Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

47th Annual Convention; Online; 2021

All times listed are Eastern time (GMT-4 at the time of the convention in May).

Program by Day for Sunday, May 30, 2021


 

Noteworthy Activity #179B
Yoga With the Health, Sport and Fitness SIG
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 AM–8:50 AM EDT
Online
Chair: Rachel Nicole Sobol Foster (University of Kansas, Applied Behavioral Economics Laboratory)

Revive and refresh from the busy conference with this yoga session open to all. No experience necessary to participate. A registered yoga teacher (RYT 200) will take you through this 1 hour long mixed level yoga class.

 
 
Paper Session #180
CE Offered: BACB
From Baselines to Phase Lines: The State of Behavior Analysis in Florida's Agency for Persons With Disabilities
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:25 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Kristin J. Korinko (APD-Agency for Persons with Disabilities)
CE Instructor: Kristin J. Korinko, Ph.D.
 

From Baselines to Phase Lines: The State of Behavior Analysis in Florida’s Agency for Persons With Disabilities

Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTIN J. KORINKO (APD-Agency for Persons with Disabilities), Scott Traynor (Agency for Persons with Disabilities)
 
Abstract:

This paper presentation will review progress made in one state agency across several projects of interest. A disproportionately small number of consumers engage in target behaviors that have the greatest intensity and resultant consequences such as admission to Crisis Stabilization Units (CSUs), emergency room visits, and incarceration. The Agency for Persons with Disabilities (APD) is a government agency who is tasked with funding and overseeing behavioral and medical supports for these “high watch consumers”. By creating a “High Watch List” of qualifying aberrant behaviors and/or acute medical episodes, APD can provide additional resources for these individuals in the form of more frequent oversight and technical assistance on individualized recommendations. In this way, a larger allocation of time and resources can be more focused to effect long term outcomes. Additionally, proactive recommendations to prevent future episodes can result in more stabilized living settings, consistent service delivery, and potential higher indices of satisfaction of services received by consumers. The results of this project has the potential for applicable state agencies to develop similar processes to serve consumers that have a disproportionately higher level of impactful behaviors that addressed successfully, can improve the quality of service provision while lowering long term costs.

 
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list and describe the intervention strategies that one state agency (Florida’s Agency for Persons with Disabilities (APD)) have implemented in response to the changing needs of our consumers (i.e., the pandemic, assessments, and the promotion of least restrictive strategies); (2) compile and describe one particular application implemented in Florida known as the “The High Watch Project.”
 
 
Paper Session #181
Diversity submission Establishing Equitable Policies in a Diverse Workplace
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:25 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Tedi Renee Teabout (ABA Adaptive Services)
 
Diversity submission Establishing Equitable Policies in a Diverse Workplace
Domain: Theory
TEDI RENEE TEABOUT (ABA Adaptive Services), Krista M. Clancy (University Pediatricians Autism Center)
 
Abstract: In recent years the BACB has taken a closer look at diversity in the field of ABA. However, according to a study published by the National Institute of Health (NIH) in 2019, while the majority of board certified behavior analyst (BCBA) respondents felt diversity training is extremely important, respondents reported little to no training in this area. In 2013, Tanka and Fong highlighted the need for multicultural awareness in the International Journal of Behavioral Consultation and Therapy. This presentation will highlight the journey of a minority established ABA clinic in a predominantly caucasian/affluent area of southern California. This presentation will also cover the use of consultation and collaboration with other experienced clinical professionals to produce policies and procedures that are equitable for employees and clients (Boundaries of Competence 1.02(b) in the Responsible Conduct of Behavior Analysts and Consultation 2.03(b) in Behavior Analysts’ Responsibility to Clients).
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #182
CE Offered: BACB
Fido, No! Using Principles From Behaviour Analysis to Investigate Canine Undesired Behaviour, Owner Training, and Interventions
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
CE Instructor: Nicole Pfaller-Sadovsky, M.S.
Presenting Author: NICOLE PFALLER-SADOVSKY (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

Dog ownership has been shown to provide many benefits to humans, such as increased and regular walking, improved cardiovascular health, as well as increased social interactions. However, dogs can display behaviours that are problematic for their owners and their respective social environment. Such behaviours include jumping up on people or aggressive responses toward other individuals. In an effort to alleviate their dogs’ problematic behaviour, owners often reach out to companion animal behaviourists or trainers. However, the interventions’ effectiveness and their outcomes can be variable, especially if there are a lack of resources, such as time, skills, and finances. Unresolved problem behaviour in dogs often leads to a breakdown of the owner-dog relationship and may result in relinquishment and euthanasia. Therefore, our research is aimed at investigating the characteristics of behavioural interventions that may contribute to their ease of implementation and effectiveness (e.g., clicker training and time-based delivery of reinforcers). This presentation will introduce our work on systematically testing intervention components, such as modelling or feedback. We identified variables maintaining problematic behaviour through functional behaviour assessments, and implemented interventions based on respective information. Attendees will learn about the effectiveness of different intervention components, the time-based response-independent delivery of reinforcers (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement) and clicker training.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Applied behaviour analysts, animal behaviourists, students, and dog owners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation attendees will be able to: (1) identify intervention components that increase effectiveness; (2) discuss the time-based response-independent presentation of a reinforcer (noncontingent reinforcement) with dogs; (3) discuss the implementation and effectiveness of clicker training.
 
NICOLE PFALLER-SADOVSKY (Queen's University Belfast)

As a long-time dog owner (since 1994) and a “Dog Trainer Certified According to Animal Welfare and Protection Legislation” (awarded by the Austrian Ministry of Health and the Messerli Research Institute), Nicole founded her own dog training business in 2008, Happy-Fellow® Coaching & Seminars. Since then she has worked with a range of clients whose dogs display problematic behaviours, such as fear-related behaviour, inter- and intraspecific aggression or stereotypic behaviours. Additionally to her work as a behaviour consultant, Nicole frequently teaches retrieving classes as a fun and stimulating activity for all dogs but also for dog-owner teams participating in retriever-specific competitions. Nicole holds a BSc (Hons) degree in Applied Animal Behaviour from the University of Portsmouth (UK) and a MSc degree in Applied Behaviour Analysis from Queen’s University Belfast (UK). Currently, Nicole is working toward her Ph.D. in Biological Sciences with an emphasis in Behaviour Analysis at Queen’s University Belfast. She conducts research on canine learning, human-dog interactions and owner training from a behaviour-analytic perspective.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #183
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Beyond Intervention: How Behaviour Analysis Can Contribute to an Understanding of Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
CE Instructor: Francesca Degli Espinosa, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (ABA Clinic)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is one of the most researched conditions within the field of psychology and education. While ABA-based early intervention is considered the most effective evidence-based comprehensive approach to increase skills and reduce problem behaviour in young children affected by ASD, behaviour analysis has yet to provide an analysis of the unique repertoires of children with autism. Instead, the most widely accepted explanations of learning deficits associated with ASD are almost exclusively non-behavioural. In this talk I will discuss the importance of a behavioural account for understanding the unique challenges associated with ASD. At minimum, such an account must be able to address three areas of cognition, widely understood to be compromised in ASD: joint attention, theory of mind, and executive functioning. Developing a comprehensive behavioural conceptual framework that addresses these areas would give behaviour analysis a seat at a table traditionally occupied by other disciplines. Behaviour analysis may then be seen not merely as a collection of techniques to decrease problem behavior or to produce isolated skills.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

behaviour analysts, speech and language therapists, education professionals

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss mainstream autism theories; (2) discuss syndrome-specific ASD deficits; (3) analyze impairments characteristic of ASD.
 
FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (ABA Clinic)
Francesca Degli Espinosa, Ph.D, BCBA-D, is director and consultant at ABA Clinic Ltd., adjunct professor at the University of Salerno, and a guest lecturer at Queen's College, Belfast, and Pennsylvania State University. 
 
 
Symposium #184
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Advances in Teaching and Assessing Conversation Skills With Adults
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Carissa Basile (Marquette University )
CE Instructor: Carissa Basile, M.S.
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder and other developmental disabilities often demonstrate deficits in conversation and professional skills, and thus may have difficulty developing friendships and finding employment. The growing literature on social skills has evaluated teaching conversation and professional skills as well as using normative data to determine what skills should be taught. This symposium will begin with Sylvia Aquino presenting descriptive data on how individuals respond to preferred, neutral, and nonpreferred topics of conversations. The authors found that the frequency of comments and length of utterances changed depending on the type of conversation topic. The second presenter, Whitney Pubylski-Yanofchick will discuss teaching adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder to initiate and respond to professional emails. As a result of a sequential training progression from group instruction to individualized training with feedback and error correction, all participants learned to compose professional emails. Last, Brandt Kail will discuss teaching adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder to use virtual platforms and interact with others in a virtual setting. Using behavioral skills training, feedback, and reinforcement, all participants acquired the necessary requisite skills to be successful in virtual meetings.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Adults, Conversation Skills, Professional Skills, Social Skills
Target Audience:

BACB and SLP

Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will be able to identify how individuals respond to conversations on topics with neutral, preferred, or aversive properties. 2) Attendees will be able to describe the importance of conducting descriptive assessments of social skills. 3) Attendees will be able to describe the use of behavioral skills training for teaching professional email writing skills. 4) Attendees will be able to identify important components of professional emails. 5) Attendees will be able to identify some basic skills important for successful interactions in virtual settings. 6) Attendees will be able to describe the use of behavioral skills training and virtual reinforcement for teaching skills via video conferencing.
 
A Descriptive Assessment of Active Listening and Topics for Initiating Future Conversations
SYLVIA AQUINO (Marquette University), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University)
Abstract: In conversations, active listening is an important skill for developing and maintaining meaningful relationships. Little research exists on how to teach someone how to actively listen and then use this information in subsequent conversations. Listeners must discriminate between topics the conversation partner is interested in and enjoys discussing, and topics that may be aversive. We conducted a descriptive assessment to identify how individuals respond to their conversation partner when they initiate conversations on topics with neutral, preferred, or aversive properties. Individuals make less comments related to a topic they find aversive and ask more follow up questions when preferred topics are discussed. On average, individuals engage in longer utterances during preferred topics and change the topic faster when aversive topics are discussed. These data may inform research and practice for teaching complex social skills to individuals that contribute to an established speaker and listener repertoire that may impact their overall interactions and quality of life.
 

Teaching Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Interact Successfully With Others in a Virtual Format

BRANDT KAIL (Texana), Rachel Callahan (Texana Center), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Texana Center), David E. Whitcher (Texana Center Behavior Improvement Center)
Abstract:

The COVID-19 pandemic has created an environment where social and professional interactions are more likely to occur in a virtual setting than ever before. In this study, 4 adults with ASD were taught skills to improve participation in virtual meetings. Participants learned how to use their microphones and cameras more appropriately and to make encouraging statements to one another while discussing current events and vocational-based lessons via Zoom™. The experimenter used a multiple baseline design across behaviors to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training, feedback, and reinforcement in the form of praise, virtual tokens, and gift cards to increase the targeted behaviors during 2-hour virtual sessions. Skills increased and maintained at levels substantially above baseline even after the experimenter faded the contingencies for appropriate responding and delivered reinforcement solely for attendance. Tests for generalization across instructors and activities yielded promising results. These findings suggest that adults with ASD can benefit from group-based telehealth ABA services to improve skills needed to interact successfully with others in a virtual format.

 

Teaching Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Write Professional Emails to Support Employment

WHITNEY PUBYLSKI-YANOFCHICK (Rutgers University), Christeen Scarpa (Rutgers University), Declan Butler (Rutgers), Jonathan Oflazian (The College of New Jersey), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience challenges securing and maintaining employment. One requisite skill to employment is professional conduct. Although there are a cluster of behaviors related to professional conduct, one skill in which unprofessional behavior can become apparent is writing and responding to professional emails. The purpose of this study was to teach adults with ASD to initiate and respond to professional emails. Our participants were five adult males diagnosed with ASD. All participants attended a university-based employment support program. We rated their emails on the level of professionalism. We used behavioral skills training to teach the participants via remote instruction to initiate and respond to professional emails based on vignettes. BST training components were systematically introduced from most efficient (i.e., group instruction) to most intensive (i.e., individual training with feedback and error correction). Following the BST group training, one of the five participants met criteria on responding to professional emails. Individualized training with feedback was conducted for all five participants for one or both type of email. At least two of the participants required a more intrusive, individual training with error correction, under which one participant met mastery criterion for both types of emails. The results of this study showed that it is possible to teach adults with ASD to initiate and respond to emails in a professional manner. This is one, of many, skills that individuals of ASD will need to master in order to obtain and maintain employment.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #185
CE Offered: BACB
Using Contingency Management and Behavioral Economics to Study Health-Related Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Michele R. Traub, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Humans are fortunate, in that their behavior can greatly impact their health. Many behaviors can promote health, wellness, and longevity (e.g., physical activity, healthy food choice, and treatment compliance.) However, there are also behaviors that negatively impact health and wellness (e.g., alcohol consumption, sedentary behavior, unhealthy food choices, risky sexual behavior). Unfortunately, the “unhealthy” behaviors are often associated with immediate and highly probable reinforcers, while the “healthy” behaviors have delayed and uncertain reinforcers. Two areas within behavior analysis can inform this competing reinforcer problem: contingency management and behavioral economics. Behavioral economic approaches allow researcher to characterize the value of reinforcers for health-related behaviors. Contingency management research primarily focuses on the use of differential reinforcement of health-promoting behaviors. This presentation will give brief backgrounds on these two areas in the context of health promotion. Data will be presented highlighting factors that impact the efficacy and feasibility of these interventions (e.g., reinforcer type, immediacy of consequences, cost of intervention, goal-setting criteria, and length of intervention.)

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify and operationally define health promoting behaviors; (2) describe at least 3 essential features for designing effective contingency management interventions; (3) Select behavioral economic measures that can characterize engagement in health promoting behaviors; (4) describe factors that increase the dissemination of behavioral interventions for health.
 
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington)

Dr. Wendy Donlin Washington is an associate professor of Psychology at University of North Carolina Wilmington. She received her Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology from Auburn University under the direction of Dr. Christopher Newland, and then completed a post-doctoral fellowship at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine working with Kenneth Silverman and Maxine Stitzer in developing behavioral treatments for drug abuse. She has conducted research in the areas of contingency management, behavioral toxicology and pharmacology, and behavioral economics. Her current research has focused on using behavioral interventions, like contingency management, to treat health related behaviors such as drug use and physical activity. She has served as Membership Board Coordinator for ABAI since 2016, is on the board of editors for Perspectives on Behavioral Science and Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.

 
 
Panel #186
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Unchartered Territories for Behavior Analysts: New Frontiers for the Science We Love (A Scientific Framework for Compassion and Social Justice: Contributor Series)
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Liliane Rocha, DBH
Chair: Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
MARGARET UWAYO (Michigan State University; By Your Side Autism Services)
KOZUE MATSUDA (Children Center Inc)
LILIANE ROCHA (The Behavior Web, LLC)
Abstract:

If we truly intend to improve and impact the world with behavior analysis, it is imperative for researchers and clinicians alike to embark on new areas in which the field of behavior analysis has the ability to address cultural injustices that limit marginalized populations, women, and black, indigenous people of colour (BIPOC). Our field has the ability to inform and create change that will have collateral impacts on society to combat systemic barriers that limit those without societal privilege. An overview will be conducted of current societal norms with respect to racism, healthcare, and economic inequalities and ways in which behaviour analysis can analyze contingencies to improve access and opportunities for marginalized populations. Behaviour analytic interventions centred around processes highlighting how to deconstruct racism, remediate the healthcare system using behavioral economics, and income inequality will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Advanced. BCBAs and BCBA-Ds. Discuss how we can effectively implement behavior change at any larger scale, such as community wide… Our field has struggled to apply change initiatives beyond small groups and individuals.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) create change that will have collateral impacts on society to combat systemic barriers that limit those without societal privilege; (2) dissect current societal norms with respect to racism, healthcare, and economic inequalities and ways in which behaviour analysis can analyze contingencies to improve access and opportunities for marginalized population; (3) identifying cultural injustices in one's own environment and how to address injustices ethically and within one's competence
Keyword(s): behavioural economics, health care, income inequality, racism
 
 
Symposium #187
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Cultural Representation and Responsiveness in Behavior Analytic Research
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: Emily Gregori, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Over the last several years, there has been a push for the field of applied behavior analysis ABA to become more inclusive to individuals from culturally and linguistically diverse (CLD) backgrounds and to adapt evidence-behavioral interventions to meet the needs of individuals from such groups. To address these issues, the field must (a) identify racial and ethnic groups that have been historically underrepresented in behavior analytic research, and (b) identify methods for adapting evidence-based behavioral interventions to meet the needs of individuals from CLD backgrounds and their families. Therefore, the purpose of this symposium is to present a series of research studies that examine the representation of individuals from CLD backgrounds in the behavioral intervention research and methods for adapting such interventions based on the cultural values and preferences of the individual and their families. Major findings of each study will be presented and discussed. Additionally, presenters will provide attendees with strategies to enhance the cultural relevance of behaviorally-based interventions in practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cultural responsiveness, Representation, Diversity
Target Audience:

Participants should have a basic understanding of single-case experimental research and behaviorally-based interventions

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the racial and ethic groups historically underrepresented in the behavior analytic research (2) Describe methods for enhancing the cultural relevance of behavioral interventions (3) List and describe methods for involving families of children from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds in intervention
 
Diversity submission 

Online Literacy Instruction to Promote School Readiness of Korean Dual-Language Learners

Sunyoung Kim (University of Illinois at Chicago), VERONICA YOUN KANG (University of Illinois at Chicago), Hanae Kim (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jing Wang (University of Illinois at Chicago), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

English language development is a critical component for young children’s school readiness. In this study, we examined the effect of Read it again-Pre-K! (Justice, 2013), that is an evidence-based literacy curriculum designed to prepare young children’s school readiness on Korean Dual language learners’ English literacy skill. Adopting a multiple probe design, eight Korean Dual language learners received online synchronous daily instructions over 2 months during the summer before their entering to the Kindergarten programs. Through the intervention, all eight children demonstrated increases in the use of English vocabulary, story comprehension and oral fluency.

 
Diversity submission 

A Systematic Review of Behaviorally Based Interventions for Students With Disabilities: Analysis of Participant Demographics Across All Disability Categories

Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), LISA S. CUSHING (University of Illinois, Chicago), Sunyoung Kim (University of Illinois at Chicago), Daniel M. Maggin (University of Illinois at Chicago), Veronica Youn Kang (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

Interventions based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been shown to be effective in reducing challenging behavior and improving academic, social, and functional skills for students with disabilities. While some reviews have summarized participant demographics, the reviews have been limited to specific populations or interventions. Thus, the purpose of this systematic review was to analyze all single-case intervention studies that implemented behaviorally-based interventions for individuals across all disability categories disabilities between the ages of 6-22. Over 600 peer-reviewed articles were obtained via a systematic database search and were coded for specific demographic information. Demographic information, including race, gender, language intervention was delivered in, disability diagnosis, socioeconomic status, was extracted from each study and analyzed. Data were also extracted on the dependent variable, intervention setting, and intervention agent to determine the contexts in which the interventions were implemented. Additionally, the methodological quality of each included study was evaluated against the What Works Clearinghouse design standards. Results of the systematic review revealed major gaps in the implementation of behaviorally-based interventions for several racial and ethnic groups, transgender and non-binary students, and students who receive intervention in languages other then English. Implications for future research and recommendations for adapting behaviorally-based interventions based on individual participant characteristics will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #188
CE Offered: BACB
Advancing Severe Problem Behaviour Research
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DEV/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marie-Chanel Monique Morgan (Brock University)
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Griffin Rooker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Between 10% and 15% of the population of individuals with intellectual and developmental disability engage in severe problem behavior. At times, many of these cases appear to be treatment-resistant. Therefore, clinicians may spend a disproportionate amount of time working and re-working assessment and treatment plans. It is imperative that the behavior analytic field continue working towards generating research that may expedite client recovery for these severe cases. The current symposium features two studies targeting different research gaps in the severe problem behavior literature. The first addresses the issue around the general absence of an objective operational definition for the term severe. The second describes an assessment strategy evaluating preference assessment stability across psychotropic medication adjustments in the context of a treatment facility offering intensive behavioral programming for adults with intellectual and developmental disability who engage in high-risk problem behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): preference assessments, problem behaviour, severe, statistical analysis
 
Exploring the Reliability of an Objective Severity Tool to Classify Severe Problem Behaviour
MARIE-CHANEL MONIQUE MORGAN (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University)
Abstract: The term severe is a common descriptor for problem behaviour in research and practice. However, it is often applied inconsistently, and at times based on ill-defined or arbitrary criteria. Measurement through direct observation may be the best way to objectively categorize problem behaviour. However, existing problem behaviour measurement tools often rely solely on caregiver recall (e.g., interviewing primary caregivers). This study aims to explore the reliability of the first iteration of a severity tool employing direct measurement strategies (e.g., response rate, injury severity as evidenced by permanent product) to categorize an individual’s problem behaviour severity. Eight Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) raters were recruited and divided into expert or novice groups according to their clinical experience with treating problem behaviour. Participants evaluated 20 case descriptions across two conditions. In the first condition, participants rated the severity of each of the 20 cases without access to the tool. In the second condition, participants were given 20 novel cases and access to the tool to rate case severity. Researchers examined each item’s added value, as well as the tool’s impact on rater consistency across and within participant rater groups. Preliminary outcomes suggest tool access increases reliability of classifying case severity.
 

Evaluating Preference Stability Across Psychotropic Medication Changes in Persons With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

AUTUMN KOZLUK (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University)
Abstract:

Behaviour analytic research evaluating psychotropic medication impact on persons with intellectual and developmental disability is relatively limited. To our knowledge, studies have yet to evaluate the impact psychotropic medications may have on preference stability across clinically indicated medications adjustments, as well as the displacement of stimulus classes. The current study will recruit approximately three adults who resided in a treatment facility for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in high-risk problem behavior. We will evaluate preference stability by conducting three types of preference assessments (edible-item, leisure-item, and combined-class) repeatedly across medication adjustments (e.g., medication increases, decreases, addition, and or removal). Once data collection is complete, we will use a Spearman rank correlation coefficient and a Kendall’s rank correlation coefficient to analyze preference stability, as well as visual analysis to evaluate displacement.

 
 
Symposium #189
Recent Studies on Punishment
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Rafaela Fontes (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Punishment is an important behavioral-regulation mechanism relevant for learning to stop engaging in maladaptive behavior and plays an important role in both natural and programmed contingencies. Punishment procedures are effective in reducing the behavior of several species, in both basic and applied settings. However, there is a relative paucity of research on punishment. The present symposium will present recent studies on punishment. The presentations will discuss the effects of punishment on both human and non-human subjects. The first presentation will consist of a review of studies using hot air blast as a punisher with rats and will discuss its effectiveness as an aversive stimulus to be used with non-human animals. The second presentation will focus on the effects of punishment on choice when only one of two available responses is punished with escalating shock intensities and will discuss the implication of the results for quantitative models of punishment. Lastly, the third presentation will review the literature regarding the quantitative assessment of differences in loss aversion between healthy controls and individuals with psychiatric disorder and will discuss how a more accurate evaluation of loss aversion in these clinical populations can improve diagnostic clarity and assessment of treatment efficacy.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Aversive Control, Choice, Loss Aversion, Punishment
 

Extending the Punishment Principles: The Hot Air Blast as a Novel Aversive Stimulus

(Basic Research)
PAULO MORALES MAYER (CEUMA), Marcus Bentes De Carvalho Neto (Universidade Federal do Pará (UFPA))
Abstract:

Understanding the basic principles of punishment is essential for a complete analysis of behavior. Most of the behavioral principles of punishment are based on studies with electric shock. To what extent are these principles valid to other aversive stimuli? Since 2005 the Hot Air Blast (HAB) has been used as a novel aversive stimulus in punishment experiments. The purpose of this presentation is to describe the HAB equipment and review the relevant results obtained so far. The experiments took place in an adapted conditioning chamber, with white rats as subjects, using 5s of HAB produced by a blow dryer as punishment. HAB has been effective in suppressing behavior even after 10 sessions of punishment demonstrating low habituation; its effectiveness depends on the stimulus compound (heat + air blast + sound); suppression is greater when the HAB is contingent on a response than when applied independently; it accelerates the discrimination learning when applied to the delta stimulus condition in comparison to the traditional reinforcement + extinction contingencies for the discriminative and delta stimulus respectively. Based on these experiments, we argue the HAB is an effective aversive stimulus to test the generality of the punishment principles, previously established with electric shock.

 

Punishment Intensity and Behavior Allocation

(Basic Research)
RAFAELA FONTES (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The present study investigated the effects of escalating punishment intensity and repeated exposure to punishment on choice between punished and unpunished responses in five Long Evans rats. Equal reinforcement rates were programmed for both punished and unpunished responses on a concurrent schedule during both baseline and punishment phases. During punishment, escalating shock intensities were superimposed on the schedule of reinforcement for the punished response, and the punished response produced 50-ms foot shock with p = .50. Baseline and punishment phases were replicated three more times. Greater behavior suppression and a larger shift in allocation toward the unpunished response resulted from increases in shock intensity. Additionally, repeated exposure to punishment generated greater suppression of the punished response without additional increases in the unpunished response. These results suggest that changes in behavior allocation during punishment are a function of punishment severity and that repeated exposure to punishment can enhance such effects. A better understanding of the effects of punishment severity on the relative values of the options in a concurrent schedule could have important implications for quantitative models of punishment.

 
Quantifying Loss Aversion in Clinical Populations: A Review and Discussion
(Theory)
BRYAN KLAPES (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine - Georgia)
Abstract: Researchers have hypothesized that aberrant decision making is present in a wide array of psychopathology. Prospect Theory (Kahneman & Tversky, 1979) allows for a formal and quantitative analysis of these decision-making processes. A core tenet of Prospect Theory is loss aversion (Kahneman & Tversky, 1991), which states that individuals will place more weight on losses than gains when making their choices. Loss aversion can be quantified via a discrete-trial task called a “mixed gambles” procedure, wherein participants are asked to make choices between two alternatives with different associated probabilities of gains and losses. In this talk, I will review the literature regarding the quantitative assessment of differences in loss aversion between healthy controls and individuals with psychiatric disorders [e.g., Major Depressive Disorder (MDD); Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD)]. Additionally, I will present promising continuous-choice analogs to measuring loss aversion (e.g., matching-law-based hedonic scaling; matching-law-based punishment models) that may rectify some of the limitations associated with the mixed gambles procedure. This methodological change may result in more accurate evaluations of loss aversion in these clinical populations, leading to increased diagnostic clarity and improved assessment of treatment efficacy.
 
 
Symposium #190
CE Offered: BACB
Using Research Synthesis to Inform Use of Common Teaching Procedures
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Justin Lane (University of Kentucky )
CE Instructor: Justin Lane, Ph.D.
Abstract: A number of systematic instructional procedures have been used to teach individuals with disabilities a variety of behaviors such as imitation, academic behaviors, and safety-related behaviors. However, even highly effective practices designated as evidence-based will not result in optimal outcomes for all individuals with a given disability or deficit. Thus, it is important for practitioners to understand the constraints of commonly-used strategies. One way to identify for whom and under what conditions a given intervention is likely to be effective is to conduct a systematic review, with attention to conditions under which functional relations are identified and conditions under which they are not. In this symposium, we will discuss systematic reviews focused on two dependent variables (imitation and safety-skills) and one intervention type (time delay), with attention to both what we know about these procedures and unanswered questions. Practical suggestions for practitioners will be provided.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): imitation, safety skills, systematic reviews, time delay
Target Audience: Basic understanding of systematic instructional procedures, including prompting procedures and behavioral skills training.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify limitations of imitation training models currently used and discuss potential solutions; (2) describe for whom and under what conditions time delay procedures have been effective and ineffective or modified; (3) name the prerequisite skills identified for individuals with disabilities who have been taught safety skills using behavioral skills training.
 
Making Imitation Training More Robust: Identifying Relevant Functions and Contexts
SIENNA WINDSOR (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: This systematic review was designed to characterize current intervention research for increasing imitation for young children with disabilities, who often demonstrate delayed imitative behavior. Embedded and massed trial interventions were identified, with embedded interventions occurring during classroom activities (classroom-based embedded trials, CBET) or play activities (play-based embedded trials, PBET) and massed trial interventions occurring with in situ models (live-model massed trials, LMMT) or video models (video-model massed trials, VMMT). Across intervention types, positive outcomes were more likely to occur when dependent variables were primary variables (i.e., not outcomes secondary to another dependent variable) and when they were context-bound (i.e., collected during intervention sessions). When only primary variables from high quality studies were considered, embedded trials (PBET, CBET) more often resulted in functional relations; however, this may be due to the fact that children in these studies had less pronounced imitation delays. A pilot study beginning in January 2021 will add single case data to the data provided in the systematic review to establish the feasibility of teaching children to imitate in varying contexts (e.g., direct instruction, play, classroom activities).
 
Time Delay Instruction: Understanding “For Whom and Under What Conditions” it is Effective
BRITTANY PAIGE BENNETT (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Systematic response prompting procedures, such as time delay (i.e., progressive or constant time delay, also known as prompt delay) are essential strategies for teaching early learners with autism and developmental disabilities. Previous reviews of time delay strategies have suggested high levels of effectiveness; however, these reviews have not included non-published but high-quality studies (e.g., dissertations). This systematic literature review was conducted for both peer-reviewed and non-peer-reviewed sources to decrease the “file drawer” problem that may result in overestimates of intervention effectiveness. We used the Single Case Analysis and Review Framework (SCARF) to evaluate the extent to which certain characteristics (e.g., age, disability) was associated with the presence or absence of functional relations in single case design studies meeting certain standards (e.g., three or more data points in each condition, three or more demonstrations of effect) and what common modifications were added to time delay procedures to increase effectiveness (e.g., wait training, changing group size, modifying prompt topography). Implications for selection of time delay versus other procedures will be discussed.
 

A Literature Review of Behavioral Skills Training for Safety Skills: Identifying Prerequisite Skills and Assessments for Individuals With Disabilities

JESSICA L FRENCH (University of Missouri and the Thompson Center for Autism & Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Casey J. Clay (Thompson Autism Center at Children’s Hospital of Orange County), Brittany Schmitz (University of Missouri and the Thompson Center for Autism & Neurodevelopmental Disorders)
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may have a higher risk of injury or death than typically developing peers. Teaching safety skills may prevent injuries and accidents. Development these skills relies on environmental cues and problem-solving skills, which can be especially difficult for children with ASD to acquire. Previous research has evaluated the effectiveness of variations behavioral skills training (BST) for teaching children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (DDD) how to respond in the presence of unsafe stimuli. However, research evaluating teaching procedures other than variations of BST is limited in variety. While BST has shown to be an effective method to teach safety skills, acquisition of these skills is not evaluated with individuals with an underdeveloped skill repertoire. To our knowledge, no research has been conducted to evaluate procedures other than variations of BST to teach safety skills to children with ASD. The purpose of this study was to review the literature on BST used to teach safety skills with individuals with IDD and identify pre-requisite skills required to enhance the effectiveness of BST for safety skills. Results indicated that BST was more effective for individuals with a well-developed skill repertoire when compared to under-developed skill repertoires.

 
 
Panel #191
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Changing Workplace Culture: Making the Workplace Inclusive for All (A Scientific Framework for Compassion and Social Justice: Contributor Series)
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Kate Elizabeth Harrison, M.Ed.
Chair: Kate Elizabeth Harrison (Brett DiNovi & Associates, BCBA)
NATALI WACHTMAN PERILO (Behavior Momentum Group)
JANANI VAIDYA (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group)
STEPHANIE D BOLDEN (Student / RBT)
Abstract:

Our Ethics Code guides us to promote an ethical culture in work environments (7.01) and to not engage in discriminatory practices (1.05d). As behavior analysts we have the capacity to promote better work environments for marginalized groups that face discrimination because of their sexual orientation, gender discrimination, or skin colour. Factors that are known to be impacted include: recruitment and retention, participation numbers and representation of women and black, indigenous people of colour (BIPOC) in management positions, compensation for equal work and equal pay, microaggressions, and organizational policies and hiring practices that tend to favor biases towards white cis-gendered men (Cirincione-Ulezi, 2020; Iwata & Lent, 1984; Johns, 2013; Li et al., 2019; and Odum, 2000). Behaviour analytic interventions centred around processes highlighting equality, aligning organizational values amongst employees, as well as diversity appreciation will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Supervisors and business owners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Ability to implement interventions centred around processes highlighting equality, aligning organizational values amongst employees, as well as diversity appreciation; (2) Identify discriminatory practices and behaviors in the work environment and develop interventions to reduce microagressions and gender discrimination; (3) Discuss organizational practices that can lead to a more inclusive, value-oriented work environment
Keyword(s): discrimination, ethics, microaggressions, organizational culture
 
 
Panel #192
CE Offered: BACB
Do We Have Agreed Behavior Principles or Processes or Both, and do they Constitute a Theory?
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Julian Leslie, Ph.D.
Chair: Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University)
JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University)
MARCUS JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech)
CARMEN LUCIANO (University Almería, Spain)
Abstract:

The basic and applied sciences of behavior analysis, and its practitioners, frequently refer to behavior principles. Indeed, one of the seminal text books in the field (Millenson, 1967) was entitled, Principles of Behavior Analysis. But what are these principles? Are they all clearly and well defined? Is there a widely agreed taxonomy of these principles? Furthermore, is the concept if a behavioral principle synonymous with the concept of a behavioral process or do principles and processes differ in some important way? Finally, how do behavioral principles (and possibly processes) fit into the concept of a behavior-analytic theory, and the ongoing development of a progressive science (both basic and applied) of behavior analysis in the naturalistic, functional-analytic abstractive, and monistic tradition of Skinnerian (radical) behaviorism? The primary objective of the proposed panel is to reflect upon these questions and to discuss and consider the need, if any, for the field grapple with issues as we seek to build an increasingly mature science of behavior that can articulate readily with other life sciences.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This discussion should improve the grasp of beginning and advanced behavior analysts of important conceptual issues.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define and identify a number of behavior principles; (2) distinguish between behavior principles and behavior processes; (3) articulate the role of defining principles and processes in the development of behavior theory
Keyword(s): behavior principles, behavior processes, behavior theory
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #193
CE Offered: BACB
Onward and Upward: Behavioral Science Principles and Practice in Human Space Exploration
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: SCI
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
CE Instructor: Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: PETER G. ROMA (Naval Health Research Center)
Abstract:

Complex mission-oriented operational environments such as space exploration seem incompatible with the rigor and control that define the behavior analytic approach. Yet, the inherent risks, strategic value, and public investment in these missions require applying the best science available to enable success. This presentation will describe the parallels between behavior analytic principles and spaceflight operations, review selected historical and recent applications of behavioral science in astronauts and other teams in isolated, confined, and extreme environments, and describe opportunities for applied behavior analysis as part of integrated multidisciplinary efforts to enable future mission success in support of those who work, live, serve, and explore on the final frontier.

Target Audience:

Scientists, lab/department/program directors, agency program administrators

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define “ICE” environment(s); (2) identify three key shared features between classical laboratory behavior analysis and spaceflight operations; (3) identify three factors that affect cooperative behavior and team performance in long-duration missions.
 
PETER G. ROMA (Naval Health Research Center)
Dr. Pete Roma is a Senior Research Psychologist in the Warfighter Performance Department, Operational Readiness & Health Directorate at the Naval Health Research Center, and former Senior Scientist and Director of the Behavioral Health & Performance Laboratory at NASA Johnson Space Center. He also holds adjunct appointments at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, the University of Kansas, the University of California—Irvine, the University of Texas at Austin, and Rice University. Prior to joining NASA, he trained and worked with space research pioneer Dr. Joseph V. Brady and behavioral economics pioneer Dr. Steven R. Hursh studying individual and environmental influences on cooperative behavior in high-performing teams. Dr. Roma specializes in multidisciplinary longitudinal research and countermeasure development to support individual and team behavioral health, performance, and biopsychosocial adaptation in isolated, confined, and extreme operational environments. Through support from NASA’s Human Research Program, Space Biology Program, and Systems Maturation Team, the National Space Biomedical Research Institute (NSBRI), the US Army Medical Research and Materiel Command (MRMC), the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), and the Military Operational Medicine Research Programs (MOMRP), recent and ongoing efforts include integrated investigations of human physical and behavioral health, performance, and adaptation over time in NASA’s Human Exploration Research Analog (HERA) facility, the Hawai’i Space Exploration Simulation and Analog (HI-SEAS) habitat, Concordia and Neumayer Stations in Antarctica, multiple Naval vessels, and the International Space Station.
 
 
Symposium #194
CE Offered: BACB
Using Video Modeling and Telehealth to Evaluate Treatment Integrity in Caregiver-Implemented Interventions
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meka McCammon (University of South Carolina)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Meka McCammon, M.Ed.
Abstract:

The purpose of these four studies was to evaluate the effectiveness of caregivers as change agents in the implementation of communication training interventions, preference assessments, and functional analyses. The first paper evaluated the effectiveness of a brief video model on caregiver integrity of conducting mand training with three young children with autism spectrum disorder. Results suggest that all participants acquired and maintained integrity and manding increased for two children. In the second paper, parents of children with Angleman syndrome were trained via telehealth to use prelinguistic/enhanced milieu teaching. The results indicate that most participants implemented enhanced milieu teaching with at least 85% integrity. The third paper demonstrated that two parents could be trained via telehealth to conduct trial-based functional analyses with high integrity. Finally, the fourth paper used behavioral skills training via telehealth to train parents to conduct and implement interventions based on the results of functional analyses. Findings are discussed in relation to participants’ responses related to social validity.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): communication training, functional analysis, parent training, telehealth
Target Audience:

The target audience for this event would be BCBAs and related practitioners (e.g., special education teachers, speech-language pathologists) with interests in training caregivers to implement communication and behavior interventions via telehealth or video modeling.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) state the significance of caregiver training; (2) describe appropriate methods for training caregivers; (3) identify interventions that parents have demonstrated integrity implementing.
 

POWER: A Caregiver Implemented Mand Training Intervention

MEKA MCCAMMON (University of South Carolina), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: The development of a vocal mand repertoire is often delayed or deficient in children with an autism spectrum disorder. Utilizing caregivers as behavior change agents to address this core deficit may be advantageous as more learning opportunities can be incorporated in daily routines. A plethora of literature exists on teaching caregivers to promote communication with their children; however, many of these studies use behavioral skills training which can be resource-intensive. This study evaluated the effectiveness of video modeling with voice-over and on-screen text, without researcher mediation, as an alternative to behavioral skills training for teaching caregivers to teach vocal mands to their two to five-year-old children with an autism spectrum disorder. The video model described mand training with an echoic prompt (Greer & Ross, 2008; Kodak & Clements, 2009), using a mnemonic (POWER: Play, Offer, Wait, Encourage, and Reinforce). Results of our nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across three dyads indicates that video modeling was effective in increasing all three caregivers’ mand training fidelity, and this correlated to small increases in independent mands with some of the child participants when training occurred less than one hour per week. We discuss implications for practice and areas for future research.
 
Telehealth Parent Coaching in Naturalistic Communication Intervention for Angelman Syndrome
Mandy Rispoli (Purdue University), ERIC SHANNON (Purdue University), Charissa Donn Voorhis (Purdue University)
Abstract: Angelman syndrome is a rare genetic syndrome includes significant communication delays. Naturalistic communication intervention embedded into home routines has been shown to improve language outcomes for children with developmental disabilities. However, there is limited research in early behavioral communication intervention for young children with Angelman syndrome. The purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate a telehealth parent training program specifically for families of children with Angelman syndrome. The effects of the training program on parent implementation fidelity were evaluated using a series of multiple baseline across participant designs. Results of parent acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of naturalistic communication intervention strategies are presented and implications for future research and practice are discussed.
 
Telehealth-Based Training Package for Teaching Parents to Implement Trial-Based Intensive Interventions for Their Children
CASSANDRA STANDISH (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Interventions delivered via natural implementers using telehealth has resulted in positive effects for the clients. However, there has been little research conducted into whether natural implementers can be trained to conduct functional analyses (FAs) via telehealth services. The purpose of this paper was to (a) evaluate the results of trial-based functional analyses (TBFAs) implemented by parents trained to conduct the TBFA via telehealth services, (b) validate the results of the TBFAs by evaluating the results of the function-based interventions, and (c) evaluate the procedural fidelity of the parent-implemented TBFAs. Two parent-child dyads were recruited. Both TBFAs resulted in the identification of at least two functions of problem behavior, and reductions in problem behavior were observed for both child participants during the function-based intervention. Additionally, procedural fidelity remained relatively high for TBFA implementation, interpretation, and graphing.
 

Outcomes From Parent Telehealth Training of Assessment and Intervention for Severe Problem Behavior: Case Studies During COVID-19

Casey Clay (University of Missouri), ERIC ISHIJIMA (Thomson Autism Center - CHOC Children's)
Abstract:

We conducted brief behavioral skills training via video telehealth to train parents to conduct preference assessments, functional analysis (FA) sessions, and intervention for in-home services involving their children who engaged in severe problem behavior. Parents were able to conduct all assessment and intervention well enough to identify preferred items and function of problem behavior. Furthermore, outcomes of intervention were successful. Social validity related to parents’ experience varied and will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #194A
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Toward Applied Behavior Analysis Reform: What It Means to “Do No Harm”
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Madison Holcomb (Camp Encourage )
Discussant: Jamine Layne Dettmering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, BIOS ABA, National Louis University)
CE Instructor: Rosie Rossi, M.A.
Abstract:

“Do no harm” is a core ethical principle that dates back to Hippocrates (Bailey & Burch, 2016). Although no well-intentioned behavior analyst knowingly does harm in their clinical practice, a lack of awareness may lead to more subtle forms of harm. For example, social skills goals may teach the client to camouflage autistic traits (Gerow et al., 2019, Koegel et al., 1974), which has been associated with lack of belonging and suicidality (Cassidy et al., 2019). Failure to consider past trauma may result in the use of contraindicated procedures (Kolu, 2020) and teaching skills that are not developmentally appropriate may cause stress and be experienced as traumatic (Burts et al., 1990). While the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code requires BCBAs to practice within their boundaries of competence (1.02), respect cultural differences (1.05), and individualize programs to the clients unique needs (4.03), behavior analysts don’t know what they don’t know. In this symposium autistic advocates and BCBA allies will a) define masking and discuss long-term costs, b) explore strategies to teach social skills in a more affirming manner, c) examine current BCBA training, and d) offer a more ethical approach to training from a developmental lens.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BCBA Training, Developmental, Masking, Social Skills
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, and graduate students with a basic understanding of the behaviors associated with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) explain "masking" autistic traits and the potential harm, 2) identify how to ethically select and teach social skill goals, 3) understand the current deficits in training future BCBAs working with the autistic population and how to address these deficits
 

A Too-Short, Very Incomplete Introduction to Masking: The Practice, Effectiveness, Costs and Ethics of Performing Neurotypicality

MADISON HOLCOMB (Camp Encourage)
Abstract:

Masking does not, as yet, truly have a clinical definition. Rather, the term might be better understood by its roots: an attempt by the Autistic people to describe and start conversations about the (overwhelmingly common) experience of trying to appear neurotypical. Teaching Autistic clients to appear neurotypical has been one of the main goals of Applied Behavior Analysis since the days of Lovaas (Lovaas, 1981), so it is imperative to understand how the Autistic community views these goals and the effort required to meet them. This talk will attempt to (a) create a working understanding of what the Autistic adults mean when discussing masking, (b) offer the opportunity to empathize with the labor that masking requires, and (c) discuss the costs of masking long term.

 
Checking Blind Spots: Navigating Neurotypical Standards of Social Skills as it Relates to Neurodivergent Clients
ROSIE ROSSI (BIOS ABA Consultants, LLC)
Abstract: The majority of Behavior Analysts today work with the autistic population (BACB, 2020) Teaching various “social skills” are standard goals for our clients. These goals are often based on neurotypical social norms and the Autistic community reports that teaching social skills often involves teaching them to mask (or suppress) autistic traits. Masking autistic traits can lead to depression and anxiety in autistic adults (Hull, et al., 2017). It may be valuable to teach autistic clients to navigate neurotypical social interactions; However, Behavior Analysts are ethically obligated to practice within our scope of competence (1.02a) and to obtain the training, experience, consultation, and/or supervision necessary to ensure the competence of their services (1.05c). Neurotypical Behavior Analysts may be oblivious as to whether or not we are teaching skills that are socially significant to the autistic community. We may unknowingly teach our clients to mask behaviors that are a part of their autistic identity. Therefore, Behavior Analysts have an ethical obligation to listen to the autistic community and design social skills treatment with respect to individual client experiences. This presentation will discuss practical recommendations for selecting and teaching social skills in a way that is meaningful to autistic clients.
 

Current BCBA Training: What Did I Just Learn?

KATIE MURRAY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, BIOS ABA Consultants)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis is known for its interventions geared towards the autistic community. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board quotes intensive Applied Behavior Analysis treatment as “the most successful approach for children with autism” (BACB, 2017). It has quickly become the gold standard approach to working with autistic individuals (CDC, 2019). Despite primarily working with autistic children, there are no requirements to educate ourselves on the autistic perspective. In our current course sequence, there is a lack of education regarding the issues that impact the autism culture, trauma, and human development as a whole. Some have argued that the medical model of disability is ableist because it defines “normalcy” based on neurotypical individuals, instead of taking the viewpoint from the neurodiverse person (We Can and Must Do Better, 2013). Behavior Analysts are responsible for involving their clients in the planning and consent for behavior services (4.02), and by the end of our graduate programs we are expected to be a master of the field and autism. This presentation will: examine the shortcomings of current Applied Behavior Analysis coursework from the perspective of a recent graduate and offer strategies for newly minted Behavior Analysts to better allies to the autistic community.

 
Towards a More Ethical and Developmental Approach to Applied Behavior Analysis
AMY BODKIN (A Charlotte Mason Plenary)
Abstract: Current Applied Behavior Analysis training focuses on skill based learning without regard for the individual’s biological, psychological, emotional development, and the appropriateness of that skill given the person’s development. Current understanding of the human brain suggests that it develops from the bottom-up, with the most basic cognitive functions developing first and building from those to create more complex cognitive functions (De Dominico, 2017). The development of these cognitive functions can be disrupted when basic needs such as physiological, safety, and psycho-social are not met. Demands that are inappropriate for the person’s current overall development can add to that disruption by causing stress and even trauma. Therefore, Behavior Analysts and those who are involved in their training have an ethical responsibility to ensure that they have a solid foundation in human development to allow them to see the whole person and not just the behavior. This presentation will discuss some practical ways the vast area of human development could be categorized and conceptualized for use in current Applied Behavior Analysis practice.
 
 
Symposium #195
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Behavioral Economic Extensions to Assessments and Interventions for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University)
Discussant: Christopher E. Bullock (Francis Marion University)
CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Gilroy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral economic methods are increasingly applied in various disciplines and areas of human and non-human research. Although these approaches have good support across populations and disciplines, relatively few researchers have extended this approach and perspective to assessments and interventions for individuals with developmental disabilities (e.g., autism). Such extensions are both timely and warranted for Behavior Analysts, as behavioral economic approaches have been particularly suited to evaluating complex response-reinforcer relationships under complex, real-world conditions. The papers invited for this symposium have been selected to provide a broad, scoping review of the current state of applied behavioral economics in assessments and interventions developed for individuals with developmental disabilities. Particular emphasis is based on the behavioral economic concept of demand and novel extensions of token economy procedures. The behavioral economic concept of demand is presented here in the context of individualized reinforcer assessments and functional communication training undergoing schedule thinning. Novel extensions of the token economy are also reviewed, evaluating the effects of loss aversion on responding.

Target Audience:

Master's level behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Explain basic behavioral economic concepts. 2. Describe elements of Behavioral Economics relevant to applied practice. 3. Describe novel extensions of Token Economies relevant to applied practice.
 

Systematic Review of Applied Behavioral Economics With Individuals With Developmental Disabilities

BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kentucky), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

Methods for evaluating individual preference and choice are regularly included in Behavior Analytic research and practice. A variety of methods have been put forward to evaluate preference though these methods rarely evaluate choices under effortful, treatment-like conditions. A fundamental disconnect between these contexts invites the possibility that stimuli identified may not be preferred in treatment-like conditions and this can jeopardize the effectiveness of otherwise appropriate treatment. Recent attempts to address this disconnect have incorporated elements of Behavioral Economics. In this study, we systematically review the scope and range of Behavioral Economic procedures that have been formally evaluated in the literature. Studies were included in the review if Behavioral Economic elements were incorporated into assessments and interventions designed for individuals with developmental disabilities. Results indicated that the level of support for assessments and interventions incorporating Behavioral Economic elements is still emerging and additional research continues to be necessary.

 

Asymmetry of Token Gain and Loss in Individuals Diagnosed With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

ELISSA SPINKS (Maryland Applied Behavior Analysis), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael Kranak (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jennifer N. Haddock (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Nicole Carver (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Matching (Herrnstein, 1961) has been demonstrated with appetitive and aversive stimuli, including when appetitive and aversive stimuli are simultaneously presented (Farley & Fantino, 1978). Interestingly, in contexts where a single response produces both reinforcement and punishment, some research has demonstrated that a punisher subtracted more value than a reinforcer added (Rasmussen & Newland, 2008). We assessed the purported asymmetry of reinforcement and punishment for three individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID). We established tokens as reinforcers and evaluated the effects of simultaneous token gain and loss schedule in a progressive manner. Losses gradually became denser to identify a schedule at which the individual would not respond. Finally, we demonstrated that the loss contingency was directly responsible for the cessation of responding, as responding maintained when an equal density of reinforcement was available for gain without the loss contingency. Mixed findings were obtained; however, these results suggest that an asymmetry between punishment and reinforcement is present for some individuals with ID. Suggestions for future research and implications for practitioners will be discussed.

 
Operant Demand and Reinforcer Efficacy: Incorporating the Elasticity of Demand into Behavior Analytic Evaluations of Reinforcers
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Louisiana State University), Jodie Waits (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Assessments of stimulus preference are regularly used to identify potentially efficacious reinforcers. Although stimuli rated highly on these assessments often function as reinforcers, the relative ranking of these stimuli offers minimal information regarding how strongly, and under what conditions, these stimuli function as reinforcers. Without a priori knowledge regarding the performance of reinforcers under real-world conditions, treatments might unintentionally rely on reinforcers that are efficacious only within a narrow window of conditions (i.e., FR1). Reinforcers that are efficacious within a narrow range limit opportunities for thinning the schedule of reinforcement and can result in more burdensome treatment packages for caregivers and educators to implement. This paper reviews an approach for evaluating reinforcers using concepts derived from Behavioral Economics, namely elasticity. We provide a review of the methods available to index the elasticity of demand for reinforcers as well as provide examples of how this approach can be used to inform which schedules of reinforcement to use in treatments (e.g., functional communication training).
 
 
Symposium #196
Behavior Analytic Teaching Procedures Using Visual Supports and Behavioral Skills Training
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Beverly Nichols (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Finding effective methods for teaching individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as well as teaching staff and caregiver how to implement those treatments is important. Behavior skills training (BST) has shown to be effective at teaching caregivers and staff to implement treatments. First, a review of BST teaching adults to implement treatments with individuals with ASD will be presented discussing the use of the different BST components. When teaching individuals with ASD skills, video prompts, video-enhanced schedules, and activity schedules are methods that have been shown to be effective. The results from a study comparing the effects of including highly preferred music or no music with a video-enhanced schedule will be discussed. Next, a study comparing two different teaching methods, video prompting and activity schedules, will be presented. Finally, the effects of a linked activity schedule on student vocalizations during cooperative activities will be discussed. These studies discovered a variety of different teaching methods that are effective for individuals with ASD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Behavioral Skills Training With Adult Interventionists: A Systematic Review

Sandra Smith (Utah State University), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), JULIANA AGUILAR (Utah State University), Nicole Pyle (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is a performance and competency-based training intervention. Authors reviewed and synthesized thirty studies that used BST to train adult interventionists to implement behavior analytic interventions with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Previous reviews have demonstrated that BST is an effective training intervention to teach interventionists to implement behavior analytic interventions. However, a survey of individuals entering the field of behavior analysis reported receiving training primarily through instruction, and limited exposure to rehearsal situations and practice with clients. Researchers have suggested that reliance on poorly-supported training methods may be due to the increased upfront costs and time of more intensive training packages such as BST. This review explored the common practices within the BST literature for behavior analytic training. Results indicate that trainers consistently implemented the four BST components, yet varied the method of component implementation. External validity measures such as generalization measures and outcome measures for children receiving the behavior analytic intervention were often reported. Authors also examined the length of BST training across intervention type and discussed efficiency measures studied within the corpus.

 

The Effects of Video-Enhanced Fitness Schedules on Exercise Behavior by Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ANGELA MAGNUSSON (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Linda Sue Meyer (Linda S. Meyer Consulting, LLC), Douglas Kupferman (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Interventions that increase exercise engagement are needed, especially for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), who are at an increased risk for living sedentary lifestyles and being overweight. Video-enhanced fitness schedules have successfully increased exercise and on-task behavior of adolescents with ASD. Research has shown that highly preferred music has also increased on-task behavior of individuals with ASD. The effects of music on a video-enhanced fitness schedule remain unknown. We evaluated the comparative effects of highly preferred music and during a control (no-music) on exercise behavior by children with ASD across video-enhanced fitness schedules using an adapted-alternating treatments design. We found that video-enhanced fitness schedules with highly preferred music were more effective and efficient in the acquisition of independent schedule-following compared to the control condition. Additionally, participants generalized the fitness schedules with highly preferred music to primary caregivers and maintained the skills at 3-weeks post mastery. Caregivers and practitioners reported the procedures and outcomes as socially valid.

 
Evaluating the Comparative Effects of Picture Activity Schedules and Video Prompting
ANA C. ALBAN (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Insitute for Educational Achievement (Institute for Educational Achievement)
Abstract: Instructional strategies, such as video prompting and picture activity schedules, have shown to be effective in teaching an array of skills including vocational skills to individuals with developmental disabilities including Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). However, additional research on the comparative effectiveness of picture activity schedules and video prompting on teaching vocational skills is needed. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of a picture activity schedule and video prompting when teaching vocational skills to adolescents and young adults diagnosed with ASD. Results indicated that both interventions were effective and slightly more efficient, in terms of the number of sessions to mastery and number of prompts provided, for three participants, while a picture activity schedule was more effective and efficient than video prompting for one participant. Generalization to an untrained task was observed for two participants. Results were maintained three weeks post-mastery Lastly, practitioners viewed the procedures, goals, and outcomes as socially valid.
 
Effects of Linked Activity Schedules on Contextually Appropriate Vocalizations During Cooperative Completion of Academic Learning Centers
STEPHANIE MATTSON (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract: Teachers and instructors often use cooperative learning activities such as learning centers to promote joint completion of academic tasks. However, children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) consistently demonstrate communication deficits and may not engage in the spontaneous verbal behavior necessary to successfully participate in these activities. Given the social demands in common instructional settings, it is crucial for children with ASD to engage in contextually appropriate social communication during cooperative activities. Previous research has demonstrated that activity schedule interventions can increase contextually appropriate language for children with ASD. This study examined the effects of a linked activity schedule intervention package on contextually appropriate initiation and response pairs for preschool students with ASD. A multiple baseline across participant dyads design with an embedded reversal was used to assess the effects of the intervention. Following the introduction of the activity schedule intervention, contextually appropriate initiation and response pairs increased for both participant dyads. Results of this study add to the existing literature demonstrating that joint activity schedules can be an effective intervention for increasing contextually appropriate language in children with ASD and extend the use of activity schedules to cooperative learning activities.
 
 
Symposium #197
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Applications of Technology to Enhance Substance Abuse Treatment
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: BPN/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Sean Regnier, Ph.D.
Abstract: Recent technological advances have made it possible to navigate barriers that stand in the way of effective substance abuse treatment. Technology has made it easier to link patients to treatment, retain them in treatment, monitor their progress, and deliver interventions and consequences that can enhance treatment effects. The present symposium arranges four recent studies that apply technology to enhance the treatment of substance abuse. The goal of this symposium is to describe new methods to apply the technology that is available to behavior analysts interested in substance abuse treatment, and provide behavioral scientists with potential directions for using technology in future clinical research and practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): addiction, behavioral pharmacology, substance abuse, technology
Target Audience: This symposium is for students and behavior analysts interested in the application of operant principles to the treatment of substance abuse.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe some relevant target behavior for operant procedures aimed to treat substance abuse; (2) Identify several logistical barriers to implementing effective substance abuse treatment remotely; (3) Describe how technology can be applied to enhance the treatment of substance abuse.
 
Diversity submission 

Computer-Based Opioid Education for Out-of-Treatment Adults With Opioid Use Disorder

FORREST TOEGEL (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Matthew Novak (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Opioid overdose is a major contributor to death among U.S. citizens. This study used a computer-based education program to teach out-of-treatment adults with opioid use disorder (N=40) about opioids; preventing, detecting, and responding to an opioid overdose; and FDA-approved medications prescribed to treat opioid use disorder. The education program contained three courses. Each course presented information and required participants to answer multiple-choice questions. All answers produced immediate feedback. Participants earned incentives for providing correct answers and progressing through each course. We evaluated the program using a multiple-probe design in which a test was delivered before and after participants completed each course. Each test contained 50 questions and was divided into three subtests that corresponded to questions from each of the education courses. Accuracy on each subtest increased reliably after participants completed the course that corresponded to that subtest. Accuracy on subtests was unchanged prior to completion of the relevant course and increases in accuracy were retained across tests that followed the relevant course. These increases occurred at similar rates across participants independent of education, employment, and poverty status. We hope that this study will contribute to the body of research aimed to prevent opioid overdose.

 
Diversity submission Bridge to Medication Assisted Treatment
Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University), SEAN REGNIER (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Opioid Use Disorder (OUD) is a major public health crisis. Many people with OUD, especially those who have overdosed, receive treatment in an Emergency Department. However, few of them enroll in treatment, even if they receive care and referral to treatment while in an emergency department. Medication assisted treatments (MAT) are among the most effective treatments for opioid use disorder. Promoting entry into MAT in people who received OUD related care in an emergency department could reduce the risk of overdose. Contingency management (CM) interventions have successfully improved a broad range of health behaviors including promoting physical activity, medication adherence and treatment attendance. In CM, incentives are made available contingent upon objective verification that the patient has engaged in a specified behavior, such as the ones described above. The purpose of this ongoing study is to develop a smartphone-based intervention to promote entry and adherence to MAT for people with opioid use disorder who have recently received care in an emergency department. In this presentation an overview of the study procedures will be provided, and a case study will be described to highlight the aforementioned barriers and how remote access to the platform was able to navigate them.
 
Diversity submission The Feasibility, Acceptability, and Initial Efficacy of a Remotely Delivered, Financial-Incentive Intervention to Initiate Vaping Abstinence in Young Adults
CAITLYN UPTON (Rowan University), Schyler Newman (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Abstract: Electronic cigarette use (i.e., vaping) is becoming more popular among young adults, leading to concerns about their long-term health effects, as well as their potential to lead to future combustible cigarette use. Interventions to promote vaping abstinence have not been explored and are sorely needed. The present study examined the feasibility, acceptability, and preliminary efficacy of a remotely delivered, abstinence-contingent financial incentive intervention to reinforce nicotine abstinence from vaping among young adults. Using a multiple-baseline design, college students (N=8) were given saliva cotinine testing kits to verify nicotine abstinence from home, remotely, via every-other-day teleconferencing calls. During baseline condition (2, 4, or 6 day duration), financial incentives ($3) were delivered contingent on submitting cotinine samples, regardless of cotinine levels. During an abstinence condition (14 days for all participants), escalating financial bonuses ($2, $7, $12, etc) were delivered contingent on negative cotinine samples only. All participants quit vaping nicotine during the 2-week pilot intervention when the abstinence-contingent bonuses were introduced. Participants rated the intervention favorably on all measures. This study supported the feasibility, acceptability, and preliminary efficacy of this remotely delivered intervention.
 
Diversity submission Development and Initial Efficacy of a Digital Episodic Future Thinking Intervention for Reducing Cannabis Use
MICHAEL SOFIS (Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth College), Shea M. Lemley (Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth College), Nicholas Jacobson (Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth College), Alan J. Budney (Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth College)
Abstract: Cannabis use is associated with deficits in episodic memory, the ability to retrieve and recombine details of past events, and delay discounting (DD), defined as the valuation of delayed rewards. Episodic memory and DD are both required to simulate valuable future events during Episodic Future Thinking (EFT), an intervention that prompts mental simulation of positive future events. This presentation will summarize three studies dedicated to developing a digital, remote EFT intervention to reduce cannabis use among active users. Study 1 tested whether simulating EFT across life domains (social, leisure, work/financial, and health), Domain-Specific Episodic Future Thinking (DS-EFT), reduced DD and cannabis relative to EFT and an Episodic Recent Thinking (ERT) control. DS-EFT alone engendered greater reductions in cannabis grams (d=.54) than ERT one-week post-intervention. DD did not differ between conditions. Study 2 tested the feasibility of delivering an abbreviated, digital DS-EFT across six weekly sessions. Participants have completed 88% of sessions (ongoing). In Study 3, an RCT (DS-EFT/ERT) will be used to compare DS-EFT sessions on cannabis use and will test whether DD and episodic memory mediate the effects of DS-EFT on cannabis use. Preliminary RCT findings will be presented and the findings from these studies will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #198
CE Offered: BACB
Utilizing Telehealth to Deliver Interventions to Increase Communication and Play Skills and Reduce Challenging Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
CE Instructor: Tonya Nichole Davis, Ph.D.
Abstract: Children with intellectual and developmental disabilities experience delays and deficits in a variety of domains, including communication, social skills, and play skills. Additionally, many children with intellectual and developmental disabilities engaged in high levels of challenging behavior. Access to high-quality behavior analytic intervention can improve both skill deficits and challenging behavior excess. However, many families experience numerous barriers to accessing intervention. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, many families lacked access due to geographical location, lack of skilled providers, and financial barriers. The pandemic has only exacerbated these and added additional barriers to accessing intervention. Telehealth and other technology-based service provision has offered solutions to overcome such barriers. Now, in the midst of a worldwide pandemic, the development and evaluation telehealth-delivered interventions is most critical. In this symposium, four research projects evaluating interventions delivered via telehealth will be presented. Two presentations will share the results of studies that evaluated interventions targeting acquisition of communication and play skills. The remaining two presentations will share the results of interventions targeted challenging behavior reduction. Both child outcomes and parent fidelity results will be presented. The final discussion will s, highlight the applied value of the results and discuss future research.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): technology, teleconference, telehealth
Target Audience: The presentation is at the basic instructional level. Our target audience includes graduate students working toward obtaining the BCBA credential, practicing BCBAs, and researchers with an interest in a telehealth delivery model.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe methods measure fidelity of parent implementation. 2. Describe the steps of behavior skills training. 3. Utilize methods to collect data on play, communication, and challenging behavior. 4. Describe the procedures of a trial-based functional analysis. 5. Describe procedures for incorporating siblings into intervention programs. 6. Describe milieu teaching procedures that can be implemented via telehealth.
 

Sibling Techniques for Enhancing Play and Supportfor Strengthening the Sibling Bond of Children With Autism via Telehealth

LINDSAY GLUGATCH (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Sibling relationships are a unique and special bond throughout the life span. Having a sibling with autism may present some extra difficulties and barriers to form a close and meaningful relationship. While siblings play an important role in the child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) life, there is no consistent method for involving siblings in treatment for individuals with ASD (Shivers & Plavnick, 2014). This research project evaluated a novel treatment package including training siblings on play strategies in combination with a sibling support group to increase positive sibling play and perceived relationship quality. Using a concurrent multiple baseline design across groups, sibling dyads will participate in the eight week online STEPS program. Specifically, the intervention package includes an online implementation of behavior skills training (BST) on simple play strategies and participation in a sibling support group. Nine sibling dyads received BST via telehealth with coaching and feedback and half of the neurotypical siblings participated in an online sibling support group. It is expected that there will be a functional relation between the intervention package and increases in neurotypical sibling fidelity of implementation, increase in the percentage of reciprocal play, and increases in the level of neurotypical sibling initiations.

 

Effects of Parent-Implemented Prelinguistic Milieu Teaching for Children With Angelman Syndrome

Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), CHARISSA DONN VOORHIS (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Angelman syndrome is a rare genetic syndrome that includes significant communication delays, often times presenting as a complete absence of vocal speech. Prelinguistic milieu teaching embedded into home routines has been shown to improve communication outcomes for children with autism spectrum disorder. However, there is limited research in prelinguistic milieu teaching for young children with Angelman syndrome. The purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate a telehealth parent training program specifically for families of children with Angelman syndrome. Parents were taught three groups of strategies including following the child’s lead, environmental arrangement, and mirroring and mapping language. We will present the effects of the training program on child vocalizations, joint attention, and use of augmentative and alternative communication within a series of multiple baseline across participant designs. Results show increases in child prelinguistic communication, use of augmentative and alternative communication systems, and slight improvements in responding to joint attention. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed.

 
Using Telehealth to Teach Parents to Conduct Trial-Based Functional Analyses in Home
Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), MACKENZIE RAYE WICKER (Baylor University), Providence Lively (Baylor University), Emily Paige Exline (Baylor University), David Sottile (Baylor University)
Abstract: The trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is an experimental method of identifying the function of challenging behavior. The TBFA is particularly well suited to applied settings as the procedure can be embedded within natural routines and activities. A number of studies have successfully utilized face-to-face instruction to train parents and professionals such as public school teachers, residential staff, and Head Start teachers to conduct a TBFA in homes and schools. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a telehealth consultation approach to teach parents to conduct a TBFA. Three children with autism spectrum disorder and their caregivers participated in this study. Parents received telehealth consultation twice a week to implement a TBFA with their child in their home. Experimenters then taught parents to implement a function-based intervention based on the results of the TBFA. Results indicated that, with coaching via telehealth, caregivers successfully implemented a TBFA and subsequent function-based intervention. Moreover, the effectiveness of the function-based intervention validated the results of the TBFA. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.
 
The Use of Behavioral Skills Training and Frequency-Building Flashcards to Parents on Behavior Support Plans via Telehealth
ALLAINA DOUGLAS (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Challenging behaviors are the most impactful factor in parent stress (Davis & Carter, 2008) and prevalence of challenging behaviors are especially high for those with a developmental delay (Dunlap et al., 2006). Currently, there is an escalating need for early intervention services and trained professionals (Hine et al., 2018); however, specific barriers make it difficult for parents to access services. Some of these barriers include; lack of resources, geographical location, and COVID-19 pandemic. Parents are left to serve as the primary interventionist and behavior change agent to their child’s behaviors (Cluver et al., 2020; Unholz-Bowden et al., 2020). The current investigation aimed to reduced these barriers by using a concurrent multiple baseline across dyads design to investigate a treatment package comprised of Behavioral Skills Training and Say All Fast A Minute Each Day Shuffled (SAFMEDS) flashcards. The study included parents with children with mild to moderated challenging behaviors and a developmental delay. All trainings and observations took place using two-way videoconferencing technology. Results of the interventions found a functional relation for increased parent treatment fidelity; however, a clinical significant change in child challenging behavior was not detected. Parents also rated the intervention as acceptable, efficient, and effective.
 
 
Symposium #199
CE Offered: BACB
The Application of Behavior Analysis in Dance Education
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University)
Discussant: Alison Cox (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Sarah Davis, M.A.
Abstract:

Behavioral research has evaluated interventions to improve performance in a variety of sports and recreational contexts.This symposium includes four diverse empirical papers that explore the application of behaviour analysis in dance. The first will compare the effects of verbal and video feedback on the performance of beginner/intermediate level dancers. The second will investigate the impact of music choice on participants’ exercise duration in Zumba dance classes. The third will present a pilot evaluation of a recreational dance program with embedded behavior analytic components to support children with neurodevelopmental disabilities. The fourth will build on this previous presentation by discussing the facilitators and barriers of this behavior analytic informed recreational dance program for children with neurodevelopmental disabilities. Taken together, these papers will provide practical information regarding the implementation of behavior analysis in dance.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
A Comparison of Verbal Feedback and Video Feedback to Improve Dance Skills
SHREEYA DESHMUKH (USF), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Mallory J. Quinn (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Research has shown that video feedback and verbal feedback can improve a variety of skills related to several sports. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of these two forms of feedback for improving dance skills. In this study, the dance skills of three beginner to intermediate dancers, ages 6 to 12, were assessed. A multiple baseline across participants with an embedded alternating treatments design was used to allow for a direct comparison of the two interventions. Verbal feedback involved the researcher providing praise and corrective feedback after the participant attempted the skill. Video feedback involved the researcher recording the participant attempting the skill and presenting the video to participant while providing praise and corrective feedback. The results indicated that verbal feedback was more effective for one participant, video feedback was more effective for one participant, and the two forms of feedback were equivalent for a third participant. The limitations discussed included potential ceiling effects, preassessment of the dancers’ skills, and procedural changes. Future research should consider a replication of this study with more participants to determine which factors influence the effectiveness of the procedures for each participant.
 
Evaluating Choice of Music to Increase Duration of Zumba Sessions in a Virtual Setting
ROBIN ARNALL (The Sage Colleges, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Nova Southeastern University), Becca Yure (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: One area that has been overlooked in the behavior analytic sports literature includes the inclusion of participant choice, especially relating to factors such as choice of music or other elements. This study examined the effects of choice making on the duration of exercise behavior in the form of participating in a Zumba dance class. Participants were divided into choice (selecting genre of music with class) or no-choice (random assignment of music with class) groups. Participants in both groups could terminate participation in each class at any point; thus, they could choose to participate for their desired duration of engagement in exercise behavior. Exercise duration was measured across individuals in both the choice and no-choice groups to determine the possible differential duration of engagement when having the opportunity to select the genre of music or not. Results indicate that the opportunity to engage in choice making behavior, in the form of song selection, impacts exercise behavior with regard to duration of participation in the activity. The researchers suggest that behavior analysts continue to examine the effect of different opportunities to choose on exercise behavior.
 

A Pilot Evaluation of a Recreational Dance Program With Behavior Analysis and Therapy for Children With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities

SARAH DAVIS (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Nicole Staite (Brock University), Madeline Pontone (Brock University), Dana Kalil (Brock University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to pilot Dance with a B-E-A-T (Dance with Behavior Analysis and Therapy), a recreational dance program with embedded behavior analytic components to support children with neurodevelopmental disabilities (e.g., autism spectrum disorder, attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder, learning disabilities). Behavioral components included evidence-based instructional modifications and motivational strategies. Four children (3 females, 1 male) between 7 and 12 years old with neurodevelopmental disabilities participated in 1-hour sessions, across 8 weeks. The percentage of correctly performed steps on a task analysis assessed children’s gross motor performance across 10 dance and balance skills. Three children participated in the post assessment and showed 33.7% improvement in their overall gross motor performance. Self-efficacy and consumer satisfaction questionnaires were also completed. Self-efficacy scores were variable, but caregivers and children reported they were very satisfied with the dance program. Results are promising and support further development of behavioral components to support recreational programming for children with neurodevelopmental disabilities.

 

Stakeholders in Dance: A Case Study Examining Facilitator Perspectives of Dance With a B-E-A-T

MADELINE PONTONE (Brock University), Courtney Denise Bishop (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Sarah Davis (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Maureen Connolly (Brock University)
Abstract:

Recreational dance programs with behavioural modifications can provide children with neurodevelopmental disabilities an opportunity to enjoy dance, which may in turn improve their motor performance, social skills, and perceived self-efficacy. Recreational programs often include multiple stakeholders, such as facilitators, participants, and caregivers. This case study builds on a pilot evaluation of Dance with a B-E-A-T (Behaviour Analysis and Therapy), a recreational dance program with behavioural modifications for children with neurodevelopmental disorders. Through semi-structured interviews with three graduate students, who served as facilitators of this dance program, we aim to understand what components of the program facilitators found contributed to the program’s success, components that they perceived to be challenging, and any successes or challenges they experienced implementing the program. Interview questions posed to facilitators were informed by an inductive thematic analysis of previously completed interviews with caregivers of former program participants. Preliminary data from facilitator interviews suggest that facilitators perceived that behavior analytic and other therapeutic components were helpful for individualizing the program for children with neurodevelopmental disabilities. Facilitators also provided recommendations (e.g., thinning the schedule of reinforcement, including reliability training for data collection) to improve future implementation of this dance program.

 
 
Symposium #200
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Impact of Practitioner Training and Service Delivery Models Through Retrospective Consecutive Case Series
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Sally Bereznak Shepley (The University of Kentucky)
CE Instructor: Sally Bereznak Shepley, M.Ed.
Abstract:

This symposium will present a suite of talks intended to serve as a forum for introspective data analysis, reflection, and future directions for two distinct service provision models. Both models offer behavior analytic services to individuals who have a history of engaging in challenging behavior and who lack important adaptive skills necessary for success in school and society. The first model discussed in this symposium, an outpatient severe behavior clinic (SBC), developed a brief, family-centered service provision model to meet the unique needs of the surrounding communities. The SBC aimed to (a) identify the function of each client’s challenging behavior, (b) create an effective, function-based treatment plan, (c) train caregivers to successfully implement the plan at home. The second model discussed in this symposium, the Vanderbilt Behavior Analysis Clinic, operates under a threefold mission: (a) service delivery, (b) practitioner training, and (c) research. Across talks, presenters evaluate the extent to which the two programs meet their reported goals and discuss to need for routine program evaluation. Ongoing evaluation of program level practices ensures that practitioners monitoring services and making modifications as needed to promote meaningful outcomes for children, families, and future practitioners.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): caregiver buy-in, practitioner training, service delivery, treatment framework
Target Audience:

Audience members should have experience with functional analysis methodology and designing function based treatments. The talks in this symposium require audience members to be familiar with evaluating behavior-analytic systems at a program-wide level.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify tailoring factors that should be considered when individualizing assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior. (2) Describe the benefits of a practitioner training model focused on individualization and iterative processes. (3) Identify the benefits of using caregiver report in conjunction with direct observation measures to evaluate treatment outcomes.
 
Evaluation of a Brief Family-Centered Service Provision Model for Treating Children’s Severe Behavior
COLLIN SHEPLEY (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: We conducted an initial program evaluation of a service provision model for providing behavior analytic services to families living in the central Kentucky area. A retrospective consecutive case series design was used to evaluate the effectiveness, feasibility, and cost of the model. We analyzed records for all families served through the model from summer 2017 to fall 2018. A total of 55 families received services, and children ranged from preschool to high school age, with 87% having autism and 63% having intellectual disability. Within-participant single-case experimental designs were used to evaluate the clinic’s assessment procedures. Conclusive assessment results were obtained for approximately 69% of children. For families that received treatment, 92% reported improved child behavior. Intent-to-treat analyses that included families that withdrew from services prior to receiving treatment, indicated that 61% of families experienced improved child behavior. Assessment and treatment outcomes for families that attended all appointments are commensurate to that of other similar clinics reported in the literature; however, the percentage of families that withdrew from services is substantially higher. For families adhering to the clinic’s services, children’s challenging behavior may be effectively assessed and treated through brief out-patient contacts utilizing services based on applied behavior analysis.
 
Evaluation of a University-Based Practicum Tailored to Train Scholars to Address Challenging Behavior
JESSICA LEE PARANCZAK (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University), Margaret Jane Macdonald (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Since its inception, the mission of the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) has been to generate a behavior-change technology capable of improving lives under socially significant circumstances. Verified course sequences are designed to provide future practitioners with a subset of skills that are applicable to a variety of domains. However, in practice, clinicians commit their lives to specific populations or applications of ABA. There is limited empirical evidence on domain specific training experiences. Vanderbilt University has crafted their training model based on conventional wisdom and professional judgement. The purpose of this study was to describe an empirical framework used to evaluate the quality and validity of an ABA-internship experience across a 6-year period of time. This experience was designed to meet the unique needs of pre-service practitioners in a special education department. Further, data were analyzed to determine the success of the internship experience in promoting the anticipated outcomes.
 
Outcomes of a Focused University Practicum: Creating a Function-Informed Mechanism-Based Framework for Challenging Behavior
Margaret Macdonald (Vanderbilt University), JOSEPH LAMBERT (Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Lee Paranczak (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Practitioner papers suggest individualization and iterative design are good ideas for both assessment and treatment of problem behavior for individuals with disabilities. However, there are no validated frameworks for engaging in this iterative process. Due to the nature of research in the field of behavior analysis, empirically validating a decision tree would be an extensive and time-consuming process. To mitigate these time restraints, we propose analyzing a framework through a retrospective controlled consecutive case series. Client data from a university-based practicum were analyzed across a 6-year period to describe and summarize functional-analysis and treatment data for clients served through a university-based internship. We then analyzed treatment outcome data to evaluate the degree to which functions identified through functional analyses facilitated clinically significant improvements in challenging behavior. The purpose of this study was to describe a function-informed, mechanisms-based framework for selecting intervention components in the treatment of persistent, challenging behavior. Preliminary results are discussed.
 

Exploring the Impact of Focused Service Delivery on Families of Children With Challenging Behavior

AMANDA SANDSTROM (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Robert Hodapp (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Interventions for the treatment of challenging behavior are often delivered intensively, over relatively short periods of time. In a focused service delivery model employed by a local, graduate-level training program, discharge occurs shortly after the reduction of problem behavior and the increase of appropriate alternative responding. While plentiful data exist documenting the immediate effects of intervention implementation on reduced rates of challenging behavior and increased rates of appropriate responding, less data document long-term effects of service delivery. In this study, 25 caregivers of children who participated in this model were contacted one-to-five years following discharge. Caregivers discussed their original expectations of services, experience participating in these services, and the current state of their child’s problem behavior. Social validity measures, as well as qualitative reports of caregiver perceptions of problem behavior and appropriate responding, are analyzed. The results compare perceived and empirical effects and suggest the persistence of service impact across several years.

 
 
Symposium #201
CE Offered: BACB
Arranging Teaching Procedures That Promote Emergent Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ashley Kemmerer (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Alison M. Betz (Betz Behavioral Consulting)
CE Instructor: Ashley Kemmerer, M.S.
Abstract:

The current symposium addresses procedural variables that may produce generative responding. The first study assessed the effects of varying non-critical features of stimuli during auditory-visual matching with adult participants to reduce variability and increase the likelihood of correct responding to untrained exemplars. The second study utilized instructive feedback, lag schedules, and naturalistic behavioral interventions to promote emergent language in children. The third study assessed the different outcomes associated with multiple exemplar instruction, namely, the interdependence between speaker and listener repertoires, and stimulus generalization across exemplars. Finally, the fourth study utilized a joint control intervention to establish bidirectional naming in children with autism. Taken together, these studies have important implications for those teaching language to individuals with disabilities.

Target Audience:

practitioners, verbal behavior researchers

 
The Influence of Differential Exposures to Noncritical Features on Stimulus Generalization
TINA SONG (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth Reeve (Caldwell University), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Samantha Breeman (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Programming for generalization involves arranging the training environment to make it more likely that learned behavior will generalize to novel stimuli. One recommended strategy to program for generalization is to vary noncritical features in teaching exemplars. Theoretically, this would avoid noncritical features being consistently associated with reinforcement and thus gaining faulty stimulus control. The purpose of the present study was to (a) assess the effectiveness of this recommendation in producing responding indicative of stimulus generalization and (b) investigate the behavioral processes responsible for this effect. Typically-developing adults were taught to respond to arbitrary stimuli with defined critical and noncritical features in an auditory-visual matching-to-sample task. Generalization outcomes were compared between a condition that varied noncritical features in teaching exemplars and a condition that did not vary noncritical features in teaching exemplars. The results suggest that varying noncritical features in teaching exemplars leads to (a) faster skill acquisition, (b) less variability in correct responding during teaching, and (c) an increased likelihood of correct responding to untrained exemplars. A proposed cause of these results is the differential levels of reinforcement associated with noncritical features between the two conditions. These results contribute towards developing an explicit technology of generalization.
 
Designing Verbal Behavior Instruction to Promote Behavioral Variability and Transfer Across Verbal Operants
CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (Auburn University), James J Oskam (Florida Institute of Technology), Matt Giuliano (Florida Institute of Technology), Jessebelle Pichardo (Florida Institute of Technology), Victoria Ryan (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder often exhibit a limited communication repertoire. A challenge when teaching verbal behavior relates to arranging teaching procedures that promote emergent language and ensuring resulting responses are variable. Some recent work from our lab has explored various strategies to promote variable verbal responding and transfer across verbal operants, in an attempt to provide efficient teaching to children with limited and rigid language repertoires. More specifically, we employed instructive feedback, lag schedules, and naturalistic behavioral interventions to promote emergent language. Instructive feedback was found to be effective in producing emergent listener skills in an untaught language. Both instructive feedback and lag schedules produced variable intraverbal responses with similar efficiency. In a group setting, we taught tacts to one child and evaluated transfer to other verbal operants as well as emergent learning in peers. Both transfer across verbal operants and acquisition of untaught targets were observed. Taken together, these studies provide evidence for various strategies applied researchers and practitioners can further explore to promote variable verbal behavior and emergent language in this population.
 
An Evaluation of the Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on Emergent and Generalized Behavior
DANIELLE LAFRANCE (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC; Endicott College - Institute for Behavioral Studies), Careen Suzanne Meyer (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Jason Church (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC; The University of Kansas), Areli Perez (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC)
Abstract: In applied behavior analysis, several efforts have been made to find effective teaching methods that will lead to the best possible outcomes for clients served. Amongst these, those procedures which lead to novel, untrained behavior are highly favored for their multiplicative effects. One of these strategies, multiple exemplar instruction (MEI), has been shown to lead to transfer between speaker and listener repertoires, or across verbal operants. However, MEI is often confused with another procedure with a similar name (i.e., multiple exemplar training), which has been shown to lead to generalization. Additionally, the amount and the kind of generativity resulting from MEI remains to be investigated thoroughly. The current study aimed to evaluate the effects of this procedure on both the development of bidirectional naming (BiN) and stimulus generalization. Results show that MEI lead to the development of BiN for all targeted sets, across all participants, but did not necessarily lead to improvements in stimulus generalization. The implications for research and practice are discussed.
 
Establishment of Bidirectional Naming through Joint Control Training
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Vibeke Haaland (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Marie Rohme Aunemo (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Per Holth (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: Bidirectional Naming (BiN) is the integration of listener and speaker behavior in an individual and can emerge from an incidental observation of other’s tacts. Unfortunately, children with autism rarely utilize incidental observations of other’s tacts. Rather, they often lack BiN skills. The present experiment aimed to establish the listener part of BiN through joint control training to evoke mediating behavior controlled by joint self-echoics and tacts which set the occasion for correct listener responses. Three preschool boys with autism or delayed language development were first trained on each component necessary for joint self-echoic/tact control, such as echoics, self-echoic and tacts. Next, joint control training was introduced. The joint control intervention consisted of three types of listener training: delayed matching to sample, successive, and simultaneous discrimination training. The BiN probes were carried out according to both successive and simultaneous discrimination tasks. The results demonstrated an increased number of the listener responses included in BiN, as well as an increased number of speaker responses. In fact, one of the three participants acquired both repertoires of BiN as a result of joint control training.
 
 
Paper Session #202
Effectiveness of Physical Activity on Academic Performance and Social Functioning Among Children With Adult Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder: A Systematic Review
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:30 AM–9:55 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Laila Aljumah (PENDING)
 

Effectiveness of Physical Activity on Academic Performance and Social Functioning Among Children With Adult Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder: A Systematic Review

Domain: Service Delivery
LAILA ALJUMAH (Indiana University, Bloomington)
 
Abstract:

This systematic review of the literature examined the academic and social effectiveness of using physical activity in school or classroom settings. The purpose of the systematic review is to enhance academic performance and social functioning for children with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) by indicating the evidence-based practices that focused on the use of physical activity for children with ADHD in preschool and elementary school. The search was conducted electronically. This search resulted in 7 studies for the review, that were published between 2010 and 2019. The studies were analyzed by looking at the participants’ characteristics, setting, how physical activity was implemented including duration and sessions needed, and academic and social impact of physical activity on participants included in such studies. Participants in these studies were between the age of 4 to 12. Focusing only on study results related to participating children with ADHD, results indicated that the academic impact of school-based physical activity among children with ADHD was positive. On the other hand, only two studies indicated the positive effects of physical activity on social skills of children with ADHD. Several limitations and implications of this study are discussed.

 
 
 
Paper Session #203
Interrelationships of Intentional Organizational Change and Negative Unintended Consequences: A Dynamical Systems Approach
Sunday, May 30, 2021
9:30 AM–9:55 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Douglas Robertson (Florida International University)
 

Interrelationships of Intentional Organizational Change and Negative Unintended Consequences: A Dynamical Systems Approach

Domain: Theory
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Abstract:

This paper reports on a case study in a 10 year line of research on intentional, systemic change in public metropolitan research universities (Robertson, 2014a, 2014b, 2016a, 2016b, 2017, 2019, 2020; Robertson & Boronat, 2015; Robertson & Pelaez, 2011, 2012a, 2012b, 2013a, 2013b, 2014, 2015a, 2015b, 2016, 2017a, 2017b, 2018, 2019, 2020). Using a dynamical systems approach (Bateson, 1979; Bertalanffy, 1967; Boulding, 1956; Laszlo, 1972a, 1972b; Novak & Pelaez, 2004; Robertson, 1988, 2017; Wiener, 1967), this paper discusses negative unintended consequences rippling through hierarchies of interlocking behavioral contingencies and metacontingencies from a policy change (i.e., rule change; Pelaez , 2013; Pelaez & Moreno, 1999; Robertson, 2018, 2020; Robertson & Pelaez, 2016, 2018) that was aimed at improving performance on graduation success metrics (retention and on-time graduation) related to state, national, and international ranking systems. The paper focuses on four specific unintended negative consequences that pertain in particular to research universities: (a) breadth and quantity of scholarship, (b) research doctoral education, (c) faculty governance, and (d) reputations and rankings.

 
 
 
Paper Session #204
A Behaviour Analytic Approach to Organisational Culture
Sunday, May 30, 2021
10:00 AM–10:25 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Megan Borlase (Lojic Institute )
 
A Behaviour Analytic Approach to Organisational Culture
Domain: Service Delivery
MEGAN BORLASE (Lojic Institute)
 
Abstract: Organisational culture is an essential component of any organisation. A successful business requires a combination of good business practice and a healthy organisational culture. ‘Culture represents the shared values, assumptions and beliefs that shape the behaviour of the people involved in an organisation. It is often described as the way people act when nobody is looking.’ (AICD). To develop and maintain a healthy organisational culture requires objective and thorough assessment, planning, and monitoring processes are required. This includes the identification of cultural influences, organisational values, and observable behaviours. Once the culture has been identified training, monitoring, and feedback processes must be implemented to ensure the maintenance and revision of the established culture. Processes relating to organisational culture should be embedded into leadership, management, training, recruitment, supervision, performance management, service delivery processes, and human resources. This talk will provide an overview of our journey to take an evidence-based behavioural approach to developing our organisational culture from assessment to process and plan development to implementation.
 
 
 
Panel #206
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Service Footprint Through New Clinic Openings
Sunday, May 30, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Diana Baekey, Ph.D.
Chair: Rohit Verma (Kadiant)
DIANA BAEKEY (Kadiant)
JENNA BATTAGLIA (Kadiant)
JOHN SHIN-LEE (Kadiant)
Abstract: The need for Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) services is experiencing rapid growth. Provider companies face the question of growing at their existing locations, through acquisition, or by establishing presence in new geographies. Given the increasing premiums for acquisitions, the latter is an important, cost-effective option for pursuing growth. And, if executed well, will typically lead to an increase in value of the provider company. This panel will assess considerations for executing a successful strategy for establishing service locations in new geographies. Including, what aspects make one location more attractive than another, defining success and establishing metrics to measure success, and the organizational structure and work effort necessary to help ensure success. Participants in this panel include leaders that have successfully established locations in new geographies and will discuss their contrasting experiences due to differences in local conditions.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: The purpose of this presentation is to discuss and review foundational principles for clinic expansion and no prerequisite skills are required.
Learning Objectives: At conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the process for identifying new locations to build clinics, (2) define expansion success and establishment, and use metrics to measure success, and (3) analyze existing organizational structure and timelines to plan for company growth.
Keyword(s): ABA services, Expanding services, new clinics
 
 
Symposium #207
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Evaluation of Culturally Responsive Assessments and Treatments
Sunday, May 30, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Daniel Kwak (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Daniel Kwak, M.S.
Abstract: Consideration of cultural variables such as language may be an integral part of assessment and treatment because incorporation of these variables may be more appropriate for serving individuals from diverse backgrounds and result in enhanced outcomes. Even when implementing evidence-based practices, such as functional analysis and functional communication training (FCT), it is still important to consider the relevance of culture with the individuals and families we serve. This symposium consists of three presentations related to culturally responsive assessment and treatment. The first two studies examined language as a potential variable to evaluate assessment and treatment in English and Spanish for individuals whose home language was reported to be Spanish. Specifically, the first study compared the results of functional analyses when they were conducted in both Spanish and English. The second study examined the emergence of functional communication responses in the untrained language. The final study evaluated empirical studies that have used culturally responsive practices to serve diverse populations.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): culturally responsive, functional analysis, functional communication, language
Target Audience: The target audience members for this symposium are practitioners and researchers.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) State the evidence supporting the impact of language on assessment results; (2) Consider how the language spoken by local verbal communities can influence the effectiveness of functional communication taught to children from bilingual homes; (3) Identify several cultural adaptations that have been made within assessment, treatment, and training
 
Diversity submission Impact of Language on Behavior Assessment Outcomes
KATHERINE CANTRELL (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington), S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Easterseals UCP North Carolina & Virginia), Jordan Wimberley (Autism Treatment Center)
Abstract: Functional analyses have been well established as a valid way to identify the maintaining variables for behavior (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). Conducting a functional analysis is the “gold standard” of behavior assessment with best practices recommending identification of idiosyncratic variables as essential to valid results. One potential variable that might impact assessment results is language of assessment. For individuals who operate in environments with multiple languages (e.g., English and Spanish), the language of assessment might differentially impact assessment results. Therefore, there is a need to evaluate if language of assessment affects identified function. The current study presents the results of 10 cases in which the experimenters conducted assessments (i.e., functional analysis) in both the Spanish and English language. Participants were nine children with autism who engaged in problem behavior and whose parents reported Spanish as the primary home language. Result indicate correspondence of function for eight of the ten cases. Discussion of results and recommendations for practice and future research are presented.
 
Diversity submission 

Mitigating the Effects of Resurgence of Problem Behavior in Bilingual Children Using a Bilingual Functional Communication Training Treatment Package

IPSHITA BANERJEE (Peabody College, Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Lee Paranczak (Vanderbilt University), Kathryn Madesta Bailey (Vanderbilt University), Cassandra Standish (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Little research has highlighted how evidence-based practices (e.g., functional communication training) might be adapted to meet the needs of children with disabilities from bilingual families. In our study, we served two children with disabilities and challenging behavior whose parents primarily spoke Spanish at home, and whose teachers primarily spoke English at school. Following traditional functional communication training (i.e., one language only), we systematically replicated the findings of Neely et al. (2019) by demonstrating that functional communication responses in the untrained language (i.e., English) did not emerge when trained functional communication responses (i.e., Spanish) contacted extinction in alternative-language contexts. Simultaneously, challenging behavior consistently resurged. After children received explicit training with both languages and were taught to change the language of request when initial attempts were unsuccessful (i.e., “repair the message” training), these same children successfully obtained near optimal rates of reinforcement in both language contexts and challenging behavior did not resurge.

 
Diversity submission Culturally Responsive Service Provision in Behavior Analysis and Related Fields: A Systematic Review
DANIEL KWAK (University of South Florida), Marlesha Bell (University of the Pacific), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Identifying and utilizing culturally responsive assessment, treatment, and training is important to meet the needs of culturally diverse individuals. Overall, limited research exists that addresses culture as a critical component of service provision, especially, when considering the number of empirical studies published to date. These empirical studies have been published across fields and may not easily be accessible to behavior analysts. The purpose of the study was to conduct a systematic review of literature to identify empirical studies that have incorporated culturally responsive services for individuals from diverse backgrounds. We searched for articles that considered a multitude of cultural variables including language, race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status, sex, gender identity, religion or spirituality, age, dis/ability, and geographical areas, among other variables. The identified articles were evaluated using cultural adaptation frameworks. We will present the adaptations that were made within the included empirical studies and discuss gaps in the literature and future directions for cultural adaptation research.
 
 
Symposium #208
CE Offered: BACB
Acceptance and Commitment Through the Lifespan: Children, College Students, and Parents
Sunday, May 30, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Ayla Schmick, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Acceptance and commitment training (ACT) represents an extension of existing behavior analytic approaches to encompass a functional analysis of private events and experiential avoidance processes. Because this intervention model emphasizes function over form, applications of ACT may exist across multiple populations, extending the scope and depth of behavior analytic work. The first presenter will explore the relationship between existing language and cognitive training and the application of ACT-based programming through the "accept. identify. move" curriculum. The second presenter will then explore an ACT-consistent approach called values-based self-management applied with college students to improve psychological flexibility as well as academic engagement and performance. The final presenter will explore the ACT model with parents of children with disabilities to promote psychological flexibility and the pursuit of chosen values. The convergence of these three presentations show how ACT can be adapted across the lifespan to address barriers to psychological flexibility that may impact overall life quality for clients that we serve.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACT, AIM, Flexibility, VBSM
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the relationship between derived responding and the appropriateness of ACT intervention; (2) Discuss values-based self-management with college students; (3) Describe how to adapt ACT for online delivery with parents
 

AIMing from the PEAK

BRIAN GRACE (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

The use of language-based interventions such as acceptance and commitment therapy/training (ACT) to develop effective and flexible behavioral repertoires has been demonstrated across a variety of participant characteristics, topographies of behavior, and environmental contexts. Accept, identify, move (AIM) is one such intervention that uses the principals of ACT to increase psychological and behavioral flexibility in typically developing children and children with exceptionalities such as autism and/or developmental delays. Children presenting with exceptionalities have a wide range of verbal repertoires and a paucity of research exists to inform practitioners for whom the above interventions would be applicable or most effective. A mixed design, including pre-post measurements on verbal abilities and psychological flexibility and a multiple baseline across participants, was used to evaluate effectiveness of the AIM-based intervention regarding problem behavior reduction, participant defined committed action, and changes in psychological flexibility.

 

Values-Based Self-Management Interventions With College Students

SARA JOHNSON (Missouri State University), Chynna Brianne Frizell (Misssouri State University), Karmen Colley (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Self-management interventions, including techniques such as self-monitoring, self-recording, and environmental management, have demonstrated effectiveness with students in elementary and university settings (e.g. Dean, 1981 & Mooney et al., 2005), as well as a number of other areas such as physical activity (e.g. Saelens et al., 2000), weight management (e.g. Baker & Kirschenbaum, 1993), and substance abuse (e.g. Walters, 2000). Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) techniques and values-based interventions have been utilized with university students in a number of different arrangements, demonstrating the benefit of such interventions with this population (e.g. Paliliunas, Belisle, & Dixon, 2018; Chase et al., 2013; Sandoz, Kellum, & Wilson, 2017). Investigations evaluating the effectiveness of a values-based self-management intervention approach combining acceptance and values-focused therapeutic exercises with a self-management intervention for targeted behavior change, psychological flexibility, values-behavior coherence, and emotional regulation as measured by self-monitored behavior and ecological momentary assessment will be reviewed. The results provide initial evidence regarding the utility of combining these intervention techniques for improving the well-being of college students along a number of socially important outcomes.

 

Remote Acceptance and Commitment Training Interventions With Parents and Children

CRYSTAL TRACY (Missouri State University), Taylor Marie Lauer (Missouri State University), Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

The prevalence of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) results in not only a demand for effective treatment and intervention services for those diagnosed with ASD, but social, psychological, and financial stressors on the parents and caregivers of these individuals (Kogan et al., 2008). Limited investigations have evaluated interventions designed to both increase behavior management skills among parents and target their psychological well-being (Blackledge & Hayes, 2006). Two remote-implemented interventions utilizing an acceptance and commitment training (ACT) approach that target the psychological and behavioral well-being of parents and children will be reviewed. First, an evaluation of a treatment package for parents including remote ACT sessions and online behavior management training modules utilizing daily self-monitoring to measure effectiveness will be reviewed. Second, an evaluation of a remote ACT intervention for children implemented with parent involvement will be reviewed, examining the effects of the intervention on both parent and child well-being using between and within session measures. Results indicate the potential utility of remote ACT interventions to improve the behavioral and psychological well-being of both parents and children. Implications for the development and implementation of such interventions will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #209
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Diversity submission The Future of ABA: The Direction of the Field and How We Will Advance the Utility of the Science (A Scientific Framework for Compassion and Social Justice: Contributor Series)
Sunday, May 30, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Michelle L Zube, M.Ed.
Chair: Barbara Gross (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Special School District of St Louis County)
BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments)
SARAH ELIZABETH TRAUTMAN (CalABA)
MICHELLE L ZUBE (CB Consultants LLC.)
Abstract:

The field of behaviour analysis has seen recent exponential growth however we are surrounded by punishment, inequality, injustice, and anti-science rhetoric. For our science to realize its far-reaching impact, we must conceptualize a society, like Walden 2, as our terminal goal and shape societal responses to that achievement. This panel discussion will discuss current systemic problems within culture and how we, as behaviour analysts, can establish systems that are rooted in data and behavioural science. Topics that will be discussed include utopian behaviour society, perspective taking, and compassion.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Advance ~ BCBAs and BCBA-Ds. Complex concepts that go beyond introductory literature or the course sequence.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Extending Walden II and concept of utopia using behaviour analysis; (2) Discuss barriers to utopian existence with current cultural contingencies; (3) Using behaviour analytic principles to prospective taking, compassion, and overcoming societal norms that limit marginalized populations
Keyword(s): compassion, culture, perspective taking, society
 
 
Symposium #210
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP — 
Supervision
Key Behavior-Analytic Applications During the COVID-19 Pandemic: An Experimental Analysis of Online Academic Performance, Mask Wearing, and Face Touching
Sunday, May 30, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (Spain) & The University of Auckland (New Zealand))
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current COVID-19 pandemic has claimed the lives of over 1.5 million people across the world and have changed the lifestyle of humanity, possibly, for years to come. In this context, specific behaviors that had received minimal or no attention in the past have been moved up the social validity scale overnight. In this symposium we will evaluate various interventions addressing some key COVID-related behaviors. Online teaching and internet use has exploded during the pandemic. The first study looks at the potential role of social media in facilitating academic performance during online university-level courses. There are essentially no experimental analyses in the literature evaluating whether social media engagement (in the context of closed Facebook learning groups) could be an important channel for multi-component behavioral interventions. The second study presents a telehealth mask-wearing training program for children with autism presenting mask-induced problem behavior. The study evaluates a caregiver-delivered intervention among an international sample of participants from Belgium, India, Mexico, and Costa Rica. In the final study we turn to face touching. Face touching is thought to account for tens or hundreds of thousands of Sars-CoV-2 infections across the world due to physical contact with contaminated surfaces. It has been suggested that face touching, a high frequency behavior, may limit the protective role of hand washing, which occurs inevitably at lower rates. In this third presentation we evaluate the suppressive effect of contingent vibrotactile stimulation on face touching in a group of typical adults as they go about their daily lives. In addition to the treatment evaluation side of the study, it also provided an opportunity to conduct a thorough quantitative and descriptive analysis of face touching in ecologically relevant settings. Overall, these studies give a perspective of the diversity of behavioral applications that can be brought to bear in order to mitigate the effects of the current pandemic.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): COVID, Face touching, Mask wearing, Social media
Target Audience:

Students, practitioners and applied researchers.

Learning Objectives: 1. Learn the mechanisms by which social media closed groups can be used to deliver reinforcement-based interventions and understand their likely effect on academic engagement and performance. 2. Understand the proposed treatment model for mask wearing acquisition among clients with developmental disability in cross-cultural settings. 3. Understand the behavioral processes underlying face toaching and its importance as a health risk behavior.
 
An Experimental Evaluation of a Facebook Group’s Contribution to Academic Engagement and Performance among Postgraduate Students
(Applied Research)
AIDA TARIFA RODRIGUEZ (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid & ABA España), Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (Spain) & The University of Auckland (New Zealand))
Abstract: This study examines the effectiveness of a multi-component package designed to increase engagement between faculty and professional specialization students in an online course. We hypothesized that enhancing online interaction can be an active element of teaching effectiveness and can have a measurable impact on performance. The intervention was delivered through a closed Facebook group. The multi-component package was comprised of peer reinforcement and cooperative learning, student self-monitoring, self-evaluation, goal setting, and teacher antecedent- and consequent-based strategies. A total of 46 students participated in a concurrent multiple baseline design across groups. The intervention was staggered across the groups over a period of eight weeks. The results indicated that the intervention was effective in increasing social media engagement in the learning group and academic performance. A post hoc multi-level analysis suggested that social media interaction responses (observing and intraverbal responses) mediated the effect of the intervention on academic performance. We will discuss the implications of our findings in the context of the widespread use of online teaching during the current pandemic.
 

Telehealth Mask-Wearing Training for Children With Autism and Mask-Induced Problem Behavior During the COVID-19 Pandemic

(Service Delivery)
Maithri Sivaraman (Ghent University, Belgium), AGUSTIN PEREZ-BUSTAMANTE PEREIRA (Hospital Ramon y Cajal, Madrid, Spain), Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid & The University of Auckland), Herbert Roeyers (Ghent University, Belgium)
Abstract:

SARS-CoV-2 is the virus causing COVID-19 and is spread through close person-to-person contact. The use of face masks has been described as an important strategy in the combat to contain and slow down its transmission while a vaccine is not made widely available. We evaluated the effects of telehealth training for caregivers to teach mask wearing to children with ASD. Six participants with a history of challenging behavior associated with mask wearing were recruited from different parts of the world, and trained using a combination of graduated exposure, shaping and contingent reinforcement. By the end of the intervention all participants wore a face mask for a target period of 10 min without exhibiting challenging behavior, and generalized the skill to a novel mask and a community setting. The findings support previous tolerance training treatment evaluations in children with developmental disability exhibiting resistance to healthcare routines. Clinical recommendations and areas for future research are discussed.

 

Suppressive Effect of Contingent Vibrotactile Stimulation on Face Touching During the COVID-19 Pandemic: An Experimental Treatment Evaluation

(Applied Research)
JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid & The University of Auckland), Maithri Sivaraman (Ghent University), Agustin Perez-Bustamante Pereira (Hospital Ramon y Cajal, Madrid, Spain), Aida Tarifa Rodriguez (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid & ABA España), Carolina Trujilo-Sánchez (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid, Madrid, Spain), Rebeca Pardo-Cebrian (ABA España, Universidad Autonoma de Madrid), Peter A. Krause (University of California Santa Cruz), Neil Timothy Martin (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

Facial contact behavior is a high frequency, high duration behavior that contributes to the transmission of communicable diseases by interaction with contaminated surfaces. Studies indicate that the Sars-CoV-2 virus remains viable for hours on surfaces such as paper, plastic, or metals. Hand-face contact has a long history among mammals and primates and is likely maintained by sensory consequences. It is estimated that thousands of infections may be mediated by hand contact with contaminated surfaces with pathogens being subsequently transferred to mucous membranes by hand contact with the mouth, nose, or eyes. We used contingent vibrotactile stimulation as an intervention to reduce hand-face contacts in ecological settings. Ten consecutively recruited adults wore one or two bracelets that delivered vibrotactile stimuli following face touching. Stimuli were delivered through Bluetooth-connected devices that were calibrated for each participant. We also evaluated the social validity of the intervention and how various environmental events were related to the level of face touching. In addition, the study provides an opportunity to discuss the quantitative characteristics of face touching. The results indicated that the face touching can be reduced considerably with this simple intervention.

 
 
Symposium #211
CE Offered: BACB
Verbal Behavior Development Interacts With Learning Academic Functional Objectives
Sunday, May 30, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
CE Instructor: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We present 2 papers that studied the relation of verbal development cusps on reading and math outcomes. The first paper tested the effects of Bidirectional Naming (BiN) on reading comprehension outcomes for first grade general education students in two experiments. The second paper studied the relation between Transformation of Stimulus Function (TSF) across saying and writing and the acquisition of math facts and math problem solving in middle school students across three experiments. In both papers, the presence of verbal behavior development cusps resulted in the advancement of academic repertoires for participants. These papers will be discussed in relation to the significance of BiN and TSF on academic outcomes for participants

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Verbal Behavior Development BiDirectional Naming

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) assess Transformation of stimulus function across saying and writing for spelling; (2) identify students who require additional intervention to benefit from fluency training; (3) tact how the components of bidirectional naming relate to reading comprehension, (4) explain how individuals may acquire bidirectional naming and derived relations, and (5) know the educational significance of the acquisition of bidirectional naming for individuals with and without disabilities.
 
The Effects of the Establishment of Bidirectional Naming on Reading Comprehension for First Grade Students
LAUREN BALDONADO (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: In 2 experiments, we studied the effects of the establishment of Bidirectional Naming (BiN) on reading comprehension for first-grade students. In Experiment 1, we measured the associations, differences, and predictive value between multiple measures of reading comprehension and BiN stimulus control in 22 first-grade students. BiN stimulus control was measured with familiar and unfamiliar stimuli and separated by degrees of Unidirectional Naming (UniN) and BiN. Measures of reading comprehension included the i-Ready® K-12 Adaptive Reading Diagnostic and Woodcock-Johnson® Tests of Achievement (WJIV). Results indicated significant correlations between degrees of UniN for unfamiliar stimuli and reading comprehension and demonstrated that degrees of BiN explained the highest proportion of variance for reading recall and vocabulary scores. In Experiment 2, we studied the effects of the establishment of BiN on reading comprehension in a single case, multiple probe design across dyads using (1) a read-do probe consisting of unfamiliar stimuli, (2) passage comprehension containing unfamiliar words, and (3) WJIV subtests as the dependent variables. Participants acquired BiN for unfamiliar stimuli through a novel experience, novel probe and novel experience repeated probe intervention. Results will be discussed in relation to the importance of BiN as a prerequisite for reading comprehension.
 
Transformation of Stimulus Function Across Math Operants for Middle School Students
YIFEI SUN (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: In 3 experiments, we tested the effects of accuracy and fluency training of math facts on the accurate and fluent responding to word problems and vice versa. The participants of the study were 8 middle school students with various learning or intellectual disabilities aged from 11-14 years enrolled in a self-contained multi-grade classroom for experiments 1 and 2. All participants performed below grade level on numbers and operations related math tasks. Experiment 1 used a multiple probe design across dyads to test the effects of training of math facts with accuracy and fluency criterion on participants’ accuracy and rate of responding to word problems. Experiment 2 systematically replicated Experiment 1. Results showed functional relations for 4 of the 8 participants. Participants demonstrating effects also demonstrated transformation of stimulus function (TSF) across saying and writing. Three of the participants who did not demonstrate TSF during the first two experiments participated in Experiment 3. When TSF was established, all three participants demonstrated accurate and fluent responding to word problems after trained accurately and fluently responded to novel math facts, suggesting that speaker-as-own-listener behavior for while solving math problems plays a key role in the transformation of stimulus function among math operants.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #212
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Problematic Mobile Phone Use as Impulsive Choice: A Behavioral Economic Approach
Sunday, May 30, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
CE Instructor: Yusuke Hayashi, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: YUSUKE HAYASHI (Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton)
Abstract:

Mobile phone use is ubiquitous in our society. While some people use it in a reasonable manner, others use it excessively and/or in a problematic manner (e.g., while driving). In this presentation, I will discuss what behavior analysis can do with the societal issue of problematic mobile phone use. From a behavioral economic perspective, problematic mobile phone use is fundamentally a choice controlled by competing reinforcement and/or punishment contingencies that involve a trade-off between multiple consequences (e.g., a smaller-sooner reinforcer vs. a larger-later reinforcer). Based on this conceptualization, I will illustrate how some behavioral economics principles, such as delay/probability discounting and demand analysis, can be utilized to understand, predict, and potentially control some forms of problematic mobile phone use, such as texting while driving, media multitasking, and excessive social media use. I will also argue that this conceptualization of problematic mobile phone use as choice can direct our attention to identifying the environmental/contextual variables that affect the choice, and that this conceptual/philosophical framework, along with strong data, is what behavior analysis can offer to other disciplines in an effort to combat the societal issue of problematic mobile phone use.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

basic and applied behavior analysts; graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define problematic mobile phone use as an impulsive choice; (2) describe how delay/probability/social discounting and demand analysis can be applied to problematic mobile phone use; (3) describe how behavior analysis can contribute to predicting and controlling problematic mobile phone use.
 
YUSUKE HAYASHI (Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton)

Yusuke Hayashi is an Associate Professor of Psychology at the Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton. His current research interests lie in understanding basic behavioral processes, such as sensitivity to delayed/probabilistic reinforcers and valuation of reinforcers, as well as translating basic principles to solve societal problems, such as problematic mobile phone use. He completed a pre-doctoral fellowship at the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health as well as a post-doctoral training at the University of Kansas. He earned his Ph.D. in psychology from West Virginia University, his M.S. in behavior analysis from the University of North Texas, and his B.A. in history from Keio University in Tokyo, Japan (his unofficial minor was behavior analysis, though). He also enjoyed his carrier as an IT engineer before he crossed the ocean and headed toward Texas. Dr. Hayashi is currently an associate editor of European Journal of Behavior Analysis and an editorial board member of Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He is active in publishing his work outside of behavior analysis, hoping to maximize the impact that behavior analysis can make on our society.

 
 
Symposium #213
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Academic Content and Communication Skills to Students With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 30, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rose A. Mason (Purdue University)
CE Instructor: Rose A. Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract:

With federal laws and state policies in place to maximize access to the general education curriculum for students with disabilities, students with autism or intellectual and developmental disabilities have gained increasing access to an inclusive education. However, there remain barriers to their learning in school, such as a lack of support for in-service special educators who work with these students, limited preparation of pre-service teachers in teaching these students, and inadequate understanding of how we can address the unique academic needs of students with autism and developmental disabilities. In this symposium, we present three papers that attempted to address these gaps. The first paper investigated the effects of an individualized coaching approach on supporting a special educator to implement systematic instruction with students with moderate to severe disabilities. The second paper examined how different variables (e.g., behavior analytic intervention components) may influence the effects of technology-aided reading interventions for students with autism. The third paper explored limitations of teacher preparation programs in training pre-service teachers to teach communication skills to students with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Implications for research will be discussed and recommendations for practice will be offered based on the study findings.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): coaching, reading, school-based interventions, teacher preparation
Target Audience:

Knowledge of Foundations in Applied Behavior Analysis and school-based support

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1)Describe how coaching can be individualized to support teachers in implementing systematic instruction in the classroom; (2)Identify strengths and limitations of technology-aided reading interventions for students with autism; (3)Determine areas of need in a teacher preparation program to train pre-service teachers to provide communication instruction
 
ParaImpact: Practice-Based Coaching to Improve Fidelity of a Special Educator's Implementation of Systematic Instruction
Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Jenna Marie Matijevic (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Jennifer Smith (Purdue University), Alana Schnitz (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), AMANDA M AUSTIN (Purdue University)
Abstract: Practitioners’ implementation of evidence-based practices such as Systematic Instruction (SI) for students with moderate-to-severe disabilities depends on high implementation fidelity to improve progress and outcomes for students. Novice practitioners may benefit from coaching to improve implementation fidelity and increase student achievement. We conducted a single-case study with multiple-baseline across skills design to investigate the effect of Practice-Based coaching (PBC) on a special education teacher’s implementation fidelity of SI consisting of four components: environmental arrangement, prompting, error correction, and reinforcement. PBC is a non-hierarchical coaching model that prioritizes the coachee’s choice in target skills, emphasizes a cyclical process of developing shared goals and action plans, conducting focused observations, and engaging in reflection and feedback on the target skills. Results indicate that despite lack of prior training in SI or experience with coaching, the teacher participant demonstrated immediate increases in implementation fidelity of SI procedures in small group instruction across all four components when receiving PBC, and maintained a stable level of fidelity after PBC was terminated for each skill. Recommendations for extending research in coaching special education teachers and practical implications will be discussed.
 

A Meta-Analysis of Single-Case Research on Technology-Aided Reading Interventions for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SO YEON KIM (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), John Davis (University of Utah), Danni Wang (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Despite the wide usage of technology in educational settings, the overall evidence base of technology-aided reading interventions for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has not been fully investigated. The purpose of this meta-analysis was to quantify the magnitude of effects of technology-aided reading interventions for students with ASD and determine if participant and intervention characteristics moderate intervention effects. Reviewed articles were systematically identified and evaluated for methodological rigor according design standards suggested by What Works Clearinghouse. Research studies that met the design standards were analyzed for effects using Tau-U. Results of this study found a moderate overall effect of .89 (95% CI [.83, .96]) for technology-aided reading interventions and variables associated with the use of time delay moderated reading outcomes.  

 

Teacher Preparation in Communication Instruction for Students With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

Robert Pennington (University of North Carolina-Charlotte), Virginia Lee Walker (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), MELISSA TAPP (University of North Carolina- Charlotte)
Abstract:

One of the most essential functions of schooling is to prepare students to communicate effectively across a diverse and expansive range of opportunities. Unfortunately, many students with disabilities, especially those with intellectual and developmental disabilities often face difficulties acquiring communication repertoires sufficient for gaining maximum benefit from their school experience and ultimately, achieving high quality of life outcomes (Carter et al., 2012). This problem reflects a confluence of barriers, including access to effective intervention practices. In this investigation, we surveyed 51 faculty who were involved in teacher preparation programs in the area of intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) across a range of institutions of higher education. We asked participants to respond to questions related to the type, quality, and quantity of program content focused on communication instruction and supports for students with IDD. Overall, findings indicated that many programs included behavioral procedures within their curriculum but presented variability in the quality and quantity of teacher preparation in their application to communication instruction. Additionally, participants described barriers related to teacher preparation in this area. These findings will be discussed in relation to understanding teachers’ current repertoires and supporting their implementation of behavioral intervention strategies for improving student’s communication outcomes.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #214
CE Offered: BACB
Managing Distress During Medical/Dental Appointments is Like... Well, It’s Like Pulling Teeth!
Sunday, May 30, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D.
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
Presenting Authors: : KEITH ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Noncompliance with basic health care can have profound effects on long term health and well-being for everyone, but especially for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). Perhaps the factor most responsible for noncompliance is the fear associated with medical and dental procedures. This presentation will review both the respondent and operant conditioning features responsible for the disruptive behaviors that result and then briefly review the empirical literature to identify the most well supported approaches for preventing and managing distress and noncompliance during medical and dental appointments in the IDD population. Promising alternative and supplemental treatments will be discussed, and then step-by-step practice recommendations will be provided for preventing, managing and resolving noncompliance.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Applied behavior analysts, behavior therapists, behavioral technicians and caregivers who are responsible for direct care or overseeing programs designed to help those with IDD access health care.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify both respondent and operant learning components in medical/dental noncompliance; (2) describe the core components of empirically supported treatments for medical/dental noncompliance; (3) describe the step-by-step components of a good preventive and intervention program for addressing medical/dental noncompliance and distress in individuals with developmental disabilities.
 
KEITH ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)

Keith D Allen, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is the Director of Psychology and Professor in Pediatrics and Psychology at the Munroe-Meyer Institute and the University of Nebraska Medical Center.  He completed his training in ABA at Western Michigan University and in clinical psychology at West Virginia University.  His clinical and research interests include parent training, pain and stress-related disorders in children, and management of noncompliance with medical/dental routines. He has published over 100 scientific papers and chapters on interventions to address behavioral health problems in children and adolescents and he has published a book on the science and practice of parent training.  He is a Fellow of ABAI, has been awarded research grants from NIH and the US Department of Education and has been recognized as both a Distinguished Researcher and as an Outstanding Teacher of the Year at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. 

 
 
Symposium #216
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Renewal and Resurgence: Bridging the Gap Between Basic and Applied Research
Sunday, May 30, 2021
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University)
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The reemergence of extinguished behavior is broadly referred to as relapse. Relapse can be especially concerning in the treatment of problem behavior, as relapse can lead to eventual treatment failure. Two forms of relapse particularly relevant in the treatment of problem behavior are renewal and resurgence. Renewal is the reemergence of an extinguished response following a context change. Resurgence is the reemergence of an extinguished response following a worsening of reinforcement conditions for an alternative response. Mitigating relapse requires both advancing our understanding of the phenomena (often achieved through basic research) and further identification of treatment variables and their potential interactions (often achieved through applied research). The symposium is comprised of two basic and two applied investigations focused on the advanced understanding of relapse and relevant treatment variables and interactions. Findings from these investigations, areas for future research, and clinical implications will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): punishment, relapse, renewal, resurgence
Target Audience:

Target audience includes practitioners and applied researchers with a BCBA or BCBA-D, as well as basic researchers with at least a graduate degree. It is also appropriate for psychologists who conduct behavioral assessments and treatments.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify clinical variables related relapse; (2) describe the role context plays in renewal as related to basic and applied preparations; (3) describe how worsening of reinforcement conditions can lead to resurgence; and (4) understand the importance of both basic and applied research in studying relapse.
 

Examining Contextual Control in Children With Automatically Reinforced Problem Behavior

(Applied Research)
ALEXIS CONSTANTIN PAVLOV (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The reemergence of problem behavior after extinction during context changes is referred to as renewal. Estimates for the prevalence of renewal for problem behavior maintained by social reinforcement indicate that renewal occurs in approximately 42% of observed context changes (i.e., location or person; Muething et al., 2019). However, when examining the reemergence of automatically reinforced problem behavior during the same context changes, extinction may not be an active component of treatment, and therefore any increase in problem behavior cannot be classified as renewal. Rather, contextual control may better explain this phenomenon. In the absence of extinction, context changes could result in increases in the automatically reinforced problem behavior based on different learning histories in different contexts. For example, returning to a home context where the problem behavior was previously observed may result in an increase. This study examined 38 context changes in a consecutive controlled case-series design (Hagopian, Rooker, Jessel, & DeLeon, 2013) for children with automatically reinforced problem behavior in an intensive outpatient program. Reemergence of problem behavior during those context changes was found in 12 of the examined changes (31%).

 
On the Scope and Characteristics of Treatment Relapse During Clinical Service Delivery
(Applied Research)
BRIAN D. GREER (CSH-RUCARES, Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Kayla Rechelle Randall (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Sarah D Haney (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (CSH–RUCARES, Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Abstract: Prior studies examining prevalence of treatment relapse have been limited in terms of relapse type analyzed (i.e., resurgence or renewal), type of clinical service evaluated (e.g., only treatments for destructive behavior), and responding assessed (i.e., only problem behavior). In the present study, we examined both resurgence and renewal across two clinical programs—a Severe Behavior Program and a Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program. We also analyzed disruption of alternative behavior. Results showed (a) treatment relapse occurred across all functions of problem behavior addressed, (b) problem behavior recurrence predicted alternative response disruption, (c) alternative response disruption predicted problem behavior recurrence, (d) the co-occurrence of these two events always equaled or exceeded the background probabilities of either event occurring in isolation, and (e) general reductions in treatment efficacy occurred across transition types with no apparent decrease in likelihood with later transitions.
 

The Effects of Fading Between Reinforcement and Extinction Contexts on Operant Renewal

(Basic Research)
MICHAEL KOEGEL (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Charlene Nicole Agnew (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kate Elizabeth Derrenbacker (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Emily L. Baxter (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

An increase in the frequency of previously extinguished behavior following a change to the context in which extinction took place is termed “renewal.” In ABA renewal, for example, a response that is reinforced in one context (Context A) during baseline and extinguished in a second context (Context B) during treatment may renew if stimuli associated with Context A are represented. The present experiment assessed whether fading from Context B to Context A during treatment reduces renewal of rats’ lever pressing when Context A is represented. Specific visual, olfactory, and tactile stimuli were associated with Contexts A and B. For one group, the stimuli that signaled Context A were faded systematically into the rats’ chambers across treatment sessions while Context-B stimuli were faded out simultaneously. A second group experienced the same fading procedure but in the opposite order: Context-A stimuli were faded out of the chambers across sessions of treatment while Context-B stimuli were faded in. A third group experienced a standard ABA renewal preparation as described above as a control procedure. Data collection is ongoing. Findings from this research may have implications for treatment strategies aimed at reducing renewal of problematic human behavior during context changes following treatment.

 
Resurgence of Punishment-Suppressed Alcohol Seeking in Rats
(Basic Research)
GABRIELLE MARIE-ANNE SUTTON (Utah State University), Anthony Nathan Nist (Utah State University), Kaitlyn Browning (Utah State University), Rusty Nall (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Resurgence refers to an increase in previously suppressed behavior following a relative worsening of conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative behavior. Resurgence of extinguished alcohol-seeking has been demonstrated in rats, but alcohol seeking of humans is thought to be the result of increasing negative consequences, rather than extinction. Thus, this study examined resurgence of punishment-suppressed alcohol seeking of rats. During Phase 1, target responses produced dippers of 20% alcohol. During Phase 2, alcohol remained available, but all rats received intermittent foot-shocks for target responses. For rats in a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior group (DRA), an alternative response was also reinforced with food. During Phase 3, all responses were placed on extinction such that neither food nor alcohol was available, and punishment was removed. Suppression of alcohol-seeking during Phase 2 was comparable across groups. Resurgence was greater in the punishment plus DRA group compared to the punishment only group. By demonstrating resurgence of alcohol seeking previously suppressed by negative consequences this procedure may provide an animal model of resurgence of alcohol seeking with increased translational utility.
 
 
Paper Session #218
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting Physical Fitness in Adults With Developmental Disabilities: A Behavior Analytic Approach to Improving Exercise and Nutrition in an Independent Supported Living Center
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–11:25 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Brandon May (Washington University in St. Louis)
CE Instructor: Brandon May, Ph.D.
 
Promoting Physical Fitness in Adults With Developmental Disabilities: A Behavior Analytic Approach to Improving Exercise and Nutrition in an Independent Supported Living Center
Domain: Applied Research
BRANDON MAY (Washington University in St. Louis; Southern Illinois University-Carbondale; Elite ABA Services)
 
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities (DD) experience obesity rates that are greater than their non-disabled peers due to physiological and behavioral factors. This proposal highlights three studies utilizing lottery and token reinforcement systems to target exercise and nutrition behaviors in adults with DD residing in an independent supported living (ISL) center. A fourth study increased procedural fidelity within the token economy. In study 1, lottery reinforcement was implemented to increase heart rate to prescribed levels during high-intensity interval training in three adults with DD. Heart rate was shaped to target levels for all three participants. In study 2, token reinforcement was implemented to decrease rapid eating in three adults with Down syndrome. Inter-response time between bites was shaped to target levels for all three participants. In study 3, token reinforcement was utilized to increase water consumption during dinner in 14 adults with DD. Water consumption increased from a group average of 36% at baseline to 88% during intervention. In study 4, public posting was utilized to increase accurate token delivery by ISL staff. These studies highlight the efficacy of generalized reinforcement systems in improving health behaviors in individuals with DD and strategies that are effective in implementing them in applied settings.
 
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) operationalize physical fitness behaviors that are appropriate for intervention; (2) discuss several ways token reinforcement systems can be applied to physical fitness. 
 
 
Paper Session #219
A Behavioral and Biological Approach to the Design of Governance Models
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–11:25 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation)
 

A Behavioral and Biological Approach to the Design of Governance Models

Domain: Theory
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation)
 
Abstract:

World history shows that autocratic governance models are usually detrimental to the interests of the governed, while representative models are prone to corruption and subversion. The digital revolution and the internet have now opened a window for applying behavioral science to the design of governance models that avoid these defects. Models for the governance of nations share a striking number of detailed design features with the biology of vertebrates. Among these are continuous distribution of vital resources, waste management, adaptation, monitoring external threats, preventing internal corruption, and providing redundancy for important functionalities. The governance model averts corruption by avoiding the creation of positions of power. Instead, ordinary citizens, employees of governmental departments and agencies, and corporations, having the closest contact with the relevant information, continuously identify governance issues requiring resolution. The functional core of the resulting governance system is a vast network of independent specialized councils that resolve issues continuously. These councils are staffed by rotating panels of certified councilors trained in the council’s area of specialization. Adversarial interests are represented by advocates, as in court proceedings. Issues traditionally resolved by power centers are instead resolved by such councils. The model lends itself to limited developmental testing of its components.

 
 
 
Symposium #220
CE Offered: BACB
Observational Learning Research: A Review of Trends and Current Examinations of Complex Repertoires
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
CE Instructor: Jaime DeQuinzio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Observational learning is important in a child’s development because it allows behavior to be changed by the natural environment without experiencing consequences directly. This symposium will present a review of observational learning research with children with autism as well as cover two recent studies conducted with children with and without developmental disabilities. Both studies focused on the complex repertoire of responding to social contingencies applied to the behavior of others. In the first study, observed contingencies were applied to incorrect responses first and were shifted to correct responses and in the second study initially non-preferred stimuli were established as conditioned reinforcers via observational learning.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, observational learning
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define observational learning from a learning perspective; (2) identify the components responses of observational learning; and (3)identify research designs used in observational learning research.
 

Teaching Observational Learning Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of the Literature

(Theory)
ALEXZANDRIA L. TRAGNO (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Leslie Quiroz (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Laura Lyons (East Windsor Regional School District, Hightstown, NJ)
Abstract:

Observational learning is important in a child’s development because it allows behavior to be changed by the natural environment without experiencing consequences directly. Given the deficits in this repertoire often observed in children with autism spectrum disorder, effective procedures for teaching observational learning are needed as part of comprehensive behavioral intervention programs. The purpose of the current review was to provide a systematic, quantitative analysis of studies that evaluated procedures for teaching observational learning to children with autism spectrum disorder. We identified 12 studies meeting our inclusion criteria and coded them across 17 parameters. An analysis of this body of research is provided, along with recommendations for clinicians and directions for future research.

 
Shifting Responding to Match Changes in Observed Responses and Contingencies: A Pilot Study to Evaluate Advanced Observational Learning Repertoires
(Applied Research)
JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Marjorie Ortego-Solano (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Research has shown that children with autism can learn to discriminate the contingencies applied to modeled responses during observational learning. However, modeled responses in the natural environment are not finite as they have been arranged in experimental conditions. Modeled responses change according to the contingencies applied to them in the moment and observers must learn to shift responding accordingly. We first taught a participant with autism to discriminate correct and incorrect response of a model learning social studies and science intraverbals and then shifted modeled responses and consequences (i.e., the model shifted to a correct response after an initial incorrect response that was consequated with negative feedback “That’s not right”). We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across three stimulus sets to determine the effects of discrimination training with rules on correct responding of one participant. Data showed that for one of the two of the three stimulus sets, the participant shifted responding to match the modeled shift (i.e., from incorrect to correct) without instruction, however rules and differential reinforcement were required to teach shifting in one set. Another noteworthy result was that sessions to criterion in the discrimination training condition decreased across stimulus sets. We discuss implications for teaching this advanced observational learning repertoire to children with autism.
 

The Effects of the Observational Procedure on Conditioned Reinforcement for Books for Preschoolers With and Without Disabilities

(Applied Research)
HUNG CHANG (teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of an observational procedure on the establishment of conditioned reinforcement for observing books using multiple probe design across dyads with 4 preschoolers. All of the participants could textually respond to kindergarten or first-grade level high-frequency words, but observing books did not function as a preferred activity for them. The independent variable was the establishment of conditioned reinforcement for books using an observational procedure. During the intervention, the participants were paired into dyads. They observed a peer confederate reading books while the confederate received consistent social approvals from the experimenter; the participants did not receive social attention and were denied access to books during the intervention. The dependent variables were the rate of acquisition of textual responses, and the duration participants spent observing printed words. Results in the first experiment showed 3 participants had an accelerated rate of acquisition of textual responses after books functioned as conditioned reinforcers. Two participants spent a longer time observing printed words during the post-intervention sessions.

 
 
Symposium #221
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Stress, Trauma, Anxiety, and Depression: Hidden Factors Underlying Behavior Problems
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts often fail to realize that there may be hidden factors underlying behavior problems. By not identifying those hidden factors, behavior analysts may be overlooking important establishing operations that may make reinforcers more salient and result in increases in problem behaviors. In school-aged children, behaviors may include tantrums, off-task, noncompliance, and verbal and physical aggression. In college students, behavior problems include skipping classes, not completing assignments, not participating, not paying attention, and not studying. While behavior analysts may admit that people experience stress, trauma (sudden loss, abuse, racial trauma), anxiety and depression, behavior analysts may not believe that they have the skills to identify these hidden factors because they are not directly observable in the present environment. However, often there are important antecedents to problem behaviors that may have occurred in a different environment or time period and may be part of their learning history. This symposium will provide strategies for identifying each of these factors and provide examples of how to incorporate these factors to develop more effective behavior programs.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavior problems, distal antecedents, establishing operations, trauma
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, counselors, teachers who are able to define and give examples of basic behavioral principles: positive and negative reinforcement, punishment, motivating operations, discriminative stimuli

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. describe how to identify the pain and hurt associated with trauma in children with aberrant behavior and help those children cope with those feelings 2. describe how to identify anxiety and anger in school-aged children and ways to help those children cope with those feelings 3. describe how to identify depression and anxiety in college students and ways to help those students cope with those feelings
 
Diversity submission 

Removing the Mask: Discovering and Altering the Function of Aberrant Behavior

JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Early abuse and neglect can teach children to engage in functional survival behaviors. Living in a chaotic environment, with intermittent reinforcement for aberrant behavior, unpredictable aversive stimuli, deprivation of attention, care and comfort, and discriminative stimuli for punishment of expression of emotions, can create the setting conditions for unattached, callous and unemotional behaviors. The emotional and physical hurt and pain from maltreatment are so severe that they become an establishing operation for escaping negative emotions, making its reinforcement value more salient and stronger. By blocking or numbing the pain, sadness and/or anxiety so they cannot feel these emotions, children can be negatively reinforced and thus more likely to continue blocking those emotions. When they start to feel anxiety, pain or hurt, or even sad, guilty or ashamed, they escape those feeling by blocking them or becoming numb. Often what survives are anger and rage expressed in the form of aggressive behavior. This presentation will address ways for behavior analysts to discover these blocked emotions in children exhibiting behavior problems and assist children in acknowledging, experiencing, and coping with these negative emotions.

 
Diversity submission 

Underlying Trauma: The Invisible Elephant in the Classroom

PAULA FLANDERS (Raleigh Montessori School)
Abstract:

Underlying trauma can be an invisible elephant in a classroom. By the age of 12, many adolescents have lived through brain-altering traumatic events, which impact their perception of people, places, and situations. Science tells us that our brain changes with each experience we face. From birth to adolescence children are absorbing everything in their environment. Children forced to deal with daily traumatic events such as abuse, neglect, and abandonment can present with problematic behaviors in the school setting. Behaviors related to underlying trauma can present as withdrawal, verbal aggression, physical aggression, anxiety, and disruptive outbursts. As behavior analysts, we need to discern whether these behaviors are related to underlying trauma, lack of parental guidance, or a disability. Making this determination will be necessary to develop a trusting and effective working relationship with the student. Identifying if behaviors are rooted in sadness, fear, or shame related to underlying traumatic events, allows adults to address the problem with a broader perspective and in a manner that will prevent escalation. Addressing students who are combative or reclusive requires tactical approaches created with all variables in mind, even when they are not observable and occurred in the past.

 
Diversity submission 

Covert Mission: Identifying and Alleviating Trauma-Based Behaviors in College Students

ALBEE MENDOZA (Wesley College)
Abstract:

In a survey by the Association for University and College Counseling Center Directors (2012), anxiety is the most reported concern among college students followed by depression and relationship problems. In a more recent study (2020), college students are reporting even more stress and anxiety due to COVID-19. This presentation is relevant as more and more college students experience poor mental health due to the pandemic and the measures to protect against the virus (i.e., shelter-in-place restrictions, online learning vs. in-person learning). Trauma may occur as loved ones are being impacted by COVID-19. College educators and counselors may be the first line responders to notice problem behaviors and recommend strategies for prevention and intervention. As such, this presentation will inform audience members of ways to identify problem behaviors, develop operational definitions, gather indirect and direct information, and collect data in higher education settings. This presentation has the potential impact of assisting college educators and counselors in having difficult conversations with students/clients and utilizing applied behavior analysis to identify and alleviate trauma-based behaviors.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #222
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Tool-Skills to Fluency: The Journey From the Skinner Box to the Operating Room
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amy Murrell (Murrell Psychological Services )
CE Instructor: Amy Murrell, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: I. MARTIN LEVY (Montefiore)
Abstract:

Time and practice are necessary for an orthopaedic resident to master the technical skills required to perform musculoskeletal surgery. Learning those skills is challenged by time constraints from work hour regulations, time pressures on both surgeon-teachers and resident-learners, and the limited tool-skills brought to the program by junior residents. The classical (apprentice) learning models used now, especially those that teach technical skills, are procedure oriented, involve emulation and self-shaping (learning) of complex activities and extend over the duration of the residency. These models can be tedious, discouraging and result in slow progress. In contrast, learning methods that employ positive operant learning can be reliable, quick, and motivating.


Operant learning is based on the fact that a behavior is more likely to occur if it is reinforced. Reinforcers used to mark the achievement of a task include acoustic stimuli or judgment-free communication and have been successfully used in a variety of human endeavors. Reinforcement, deliberate practice, and repetition let the learner rapidly progress from cognitive awareness of a skill to fluency of performance. For the learner, repetition is tolerated because the process is motivating (not unlike video games). Key to the success of this method is that complex skills (in this case the tool-skills) are analyzed and broken up into simpler skills, or “tasks,” and when learned to fluency, can be linked back together to form the complex skill. The skill can then be performed in any environment with an expectation of success.


However, to accomplish this, learning platforms need to be available that: 1) emulate the tool-skill to be learned, 2) tolerate high repetition learning and failure and 3) are available at a cost that is not prohibitive. Increasingly, surgical skills education is moving to the laboratory where residents can practice on models, cadavers and/or simulators to better prepare them for their OR experience. Unfortunately, the models used are often complex, procedurally based, and expensive, making it difficult to achieve individual learning goals and allow for the degree of repetition and deliberate practice necessary to achieve fluency.


For a skill to be fluent it must be able to be executed at the speed required by the environment it is to be used in. To build a fluent, complex skill, fluent, component (foundation) skills must be built first. This means, teach the tool-skills before you teach the procedures. It was our goal to design an innovative and inexpensive modular teaching program that allowed for meaningful repetition to achieve fluency with critical orthopaedic tools. This meant we needed to design and validate creative and challenging learning platforms that allowed for: 1) detailed task analysis, 2) use of positive operant learning methodologies, 3) meaningful repetition because they were cost sensitive, and 4) could be tolerated by both the learner and teacher, ultimately resulting in fluent tool-skills acquired by the learner.


This presentation describes why we designed it, the design details, and how we assessed our results so that these methods could be used in a variety of teaching environments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the development of a task-driven operant learning program that teaches orthopaedic surgery residents foundational tool-skills to fluency.
 
I. MARTIN LEVY (Montefiore)
Dr. I. Martin Levy is a practicing orthopaedic surgeon specializing in Sports Medicine at Montefiore Medical Center where he is a Clinical Professor and Program Director in the Department of Orthopaedic Surgery. Along with treating patients, he has been teaching and conducting research in orthopaedic surgery for more than 35 years. While his earlier research focused on soft tissue biomechanics and injury epidemiology, more recently he has concentrated on optimizing the surgical skills of orthopaedic surgery residents. Using operant learning methodologies, he has created a surgical skills program for teaching the behaviors needed to use orthopaedic tools fluently.
 
 
Symposium #223
CE Offered: BACB
The Application of Behavior Analysis to Sports and Exercise
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mariah Mussetter (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral principles explain all operant behavior, and sports and exercise has been studied within our science. Individual exercise routines, collegiate and professional sports performance, and enhancement of coaching effectiveness has been empirically studied within our science. The proposed symposium will further that research by providing theoretical as well as research-based presentations on this topic. The matching law, as applied to sports and exercise, will be described. A study investigating the effect of an intervention to increase recess play in the public schools will be described as well. Lastly, a component analysis of the TAGTeach form of instruction - as applied to teaching volleyball skills - will be presented.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): exercise, matching law, sports, TAGteach
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the relevance of the matching law to sports behavior;(2) give an example of the matching law explaining a specific sports performance; (3) explain the general procedures of the TAGTeach procedure; (4) explain the application of group contingencies to increasing group exercise.
 

A Brief Review of the Application of Matching Law in Sports

(Theory)
KY CLIFTON KANAMAN (University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The importance of sports in America is reiterated annually on the first Sunday of February when more viewers tune in for the Super Bowl than those who vote in our presidential election (Schlanger, 2015). Sports play an integral role in our society and for the past two decades behavior analysts have utilized the matching law to analyze this cultural phenomenon. The matching law has traditionally been applied as a quantitative analysis tool in the experimental analysis of behavior; however, applications of the generalized matching equation (GME) have been translated to athletic performance. GME has been utilized to predict various operant choices in sports (e.g., shot type or play type) at both the individual and team level. In addition to further demonstrating the relevance of applied behavioral science outside of the classroom or laboratory, this review provides a summary of the application and utility of the matching law in sports, discusses limitations of the current literature, and provides recommendations for future research.

 
Comparing an Interdependent and Dependent Group Contingency to Increase Physical Activity in Students During Recess
(Applied Research)
MADELINE MARIE ASARO (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract: Physical activity is defined as any body movement that requires energy expenditure. It has important physiological, mental health, academic, and cognitive benefits for children and youth. Despite these advantages, a large proportion of this population does not meet the minimum recommended amount of physical activity. Recent studies have shown that the interdependent group contingency (IGC) and dependent group contingency (DGC) improve physical activity; however, no comparison of the effects of these group contingencies on physical activity has been conducted. We used a multielement within a concurrent multiple baseline across classes design to compare the effectiveness of these group contingencies on the physical activity of two classes of Grade 5 students. Both group contingencies increased physical activity in both classes, with the IGC producing slightly higher overall levels of physical activity than the DGC at the class-wide and individual level of analyses. Side effect data suggested that reward delivery influenced the amount of positive and negative statements more so than the group contingency arrangement. Results are discussed within the context of treatment decisions and suggestions for future research.
 
Efficacy of TAGteach® Interventions: Comparing the Effects of Verbal and Audible Feedback
(Applied Research)
MARIAH MUSSETTER (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Robin Arnall (The Sage Colleges, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: TAGteach® (based on principles of teaching with acoustical guidance) is an emerging behavioral coaching strategy that utilizes verbal instructions, visual models, and audible feedback to promote skill acquisition of a variety of skills (e.g., sports, activities of daily living, and occupational skills). Extending the findings of previous research, the current study compared the effects of audible feedback (inherent in TAGteach and verbal feedback on the skill acquisition of two volleyball skills. Five female adolescents participated in the study. Results indicated that, for all participants, implementation of TAGteach procedures (regardless of the topography of feedback), produced increases in task analysis steps performed correctly, and those increases maintained for up to two weeks. Results further indicate that performance inconsistently generalized to the natural setting (i.e., inclusion of a volleyball). Results are discussed in terms of crucial components of TAGteach and the analysis of efficient behavioral instruction.
 
 
Symposium #224
Practical Applications of Fluency Training
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DEV/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan D. Aclan (University of Southern California; Aclan Behavioral Services)
Discussant: Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Fluency training is commonly used to teach skills in the academic setting and with individuals with development developmental disabilities. Much of the literature on this topic provide implications on its utility from academic and clinical settings to the natural environment. This symposium will present the application of fluency training in the natural environment.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Fluency, Precision Teaching, SAFMEDS
 
Utilization of Fluency Training to Decrease Latency and Increase Accuracy in Identifying Grammatical Errors in Writing Samples
ANDREW HALL (University of Southern California), Megan D. Aclan (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: To ensure the highest quality of life possible, being able to perform skills with fluency is vital. Fluency is important in the academic setting since students are expected to demonstrate the same, or similar, skills across various assignments. This study focused on conducting a novel approach to rate-building and fluency training, using a changing criterion embedded within a multiple baseline to evaluate the efficacy of this novel approach. A fluency procedure was used to teach three participants to identify grammatical errors across different writing samples. The data shows that across all participants, fluency was positively affected, both increasing the accuracy of errors corrected, and decreasing the latency and time needed to complete the task. The results of testing, the various unique challenges and solutions presented to this study by the COVID-19 pandemic, and the various implications for ABA telehealth, education, center-based practice, and future research will be discussed as well.
 
An Evaluation of SAFMEDS on Teaching Disaster Response
IRA MEINHOFER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The use of SAFMEDS cards are generally represented in the literature as an efficacious fluency building tool. Many studies have focused on learners in formal academic settings such as high school or college classrooms. We investigated the use of SAFMEDS as an enhancement to current training curriculum methods provided to volunteers by the American Red Cross. Three Red Cross disaster volunteers participated in the study over a 4-week period. Results showed using SAFMEDS complemented existing training methods and accelerated learning across different skills. The increase in learning maintained at 2-week follow-up.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #224A
CE Offered: BACB
The Medical and Biological Complexity of Autism
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
CE Instructor: Doreen Granpeesheh, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: RICHARD FRYE (Phoenix Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a behaviorally defined disorder. We are learning that ASD is associated with many medical co-occurring conditions such as sleep problems, gastrointestinal disorders, seizures, allergies, and anxiety, just to name a few. In addition, we are learning that there are underlying biological abnormalities with how the cells and body work. These medical and biological abnormalities may not only be related to ASD symptoms but, most importantly, may be impeding successful habilitation if they are not addressed. Thus, a multidisciplinary medical approach is necessary to evaluate and treat ASD in order to provide optimal outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Educational and behavior therapists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) recognize that many children with autism are medically complex with many closely associated medical conditions; (2) understand that medical conditional that may co-occur with autism influence the individual response to educational and behavioral treatment; (3) understand that biological abnormalities in the way in which the cells in the body work can affect the way in which individuals respond to educational and behavioral treatment; (4) recognize that a multidisciplinary medical approach to the evaluation and treatment of autism may be needed to provide optimal outcomes; (5) recognize that there are medical treatments may be needed to complement educational and behavior therapy.
 
RICHARD FRYE (Phoenix Children's Hospital)

Dr. Richard Frye is a Child Neurologist with expertise in neurodevelopmental and neurometabolic disorders. He received an MD and Ph.D. in Physiology and Biophysics from Georgetown University and completed his Child Neurology Residency and Fellowship in Behavioral Neurology and Learning Disabilities at Harvard University/Children’s Hospital Boston. He has authored over 200 peer-reviewed publications and book chapters, and serves on several editorial boards. He has conducted several clinical trials demonstrating the efficacy of safe and novel treatments that target underlying physiological abnormalities in children with ASD. He is the Chief of Neurodevelopmental Disorders at the Barrow Neurological Institute at Phoenix Children’s Hospital.

 
 
Symposium #225
CE Offered: BACB
Operant Conditioning of a "Living Fossil" - Lake Sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens)
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba)
CE Instructor: Joseph J. Pear, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium involves three presentations. All three presentations involve different aspects of the operant conditioning of lake sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens) – a species whose operant behavior has not been studied. It is important to study the operant conditioning of this species for several reasons. Most importantly, this species evolved around 200 – 250 million years ago and has changed morphologically so little in the time it has existed that it has been it has been called a “living fossil”. Thus, studying the operant conditioning of this species could contribute to our knowledge of the evolution of operant conditioning. Also important is the fact that this species is considered threatened so that studying its operant conditioning could help develop procedures that promote its survival. The first presentation in this symposium demonstrates that food can be used as reinforcement to operantly condition lake sturgeons to swim to a particular location in an aquarium. The second presentation demonstrates that darkness can be used as a reinforcer to condition lake sturgeons to swim to a particular location in an aquarium, and also to maintain the learned behavior on fixed-ratio schedules. The third presentation examines the effects of varying amount of light reduction as reinforcement for this species.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Darkness Reinforcement, Food Reinforcement, Lake Sturgeon, Reinforcer Magnitude
 
An Examination of Operant Behavior in Lake Sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens)
MUHAMMAD HAMZA SIDDIQUI (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: The aim of the study was to add to the literature surrounding operant behavior in lake sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens). Using spatial location as a cue, an experimentally naïve lake sturgeon was conditioned to enter a designated target area (TC) in order to obtain food as reinforcement. Food was delivered on a continuous reinforcement (CRF) schedule. The experiment consisted of three phases: (1) a baseline; (2) a discriminative stimulus baseline (DBL); and (3) CRF for food. The subject showed greater number of overall responses with the target area associated with food delivery (TC) than with the target associated with no reinforcement delivery (TA). The results of this study provided evidence that supports previous findings which show that operant learning can be observed in fish. Furthermore, the results provide evidence to the hypothesis that food serves as a reinforcer for lake sturgeons.
 

Fixed-Ratio Behaviour of Lake Sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens): Darkness as a Reinforcer

BRITTANY LOUISE COOK (University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

In an experimental tank (ET), two experimentally naïve lake sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens) were operantly conditioned to enter one of four target areas where they received an auditory response-feedback stimulus (RFS) in the form of a click sound and – according to the prevailing FR schedule – 10 seconds of darkness. A multiple-baseline-across-subject’s design was used. Visual observation and a video-tracking system (VTS) monitored the number of responses emitted on each of the four target areas. The target areas were in the corners of the ET and had to be entered by the subject to constitute a response. The experiment involved the following phases: (1) no-feedback baseline (NFB); (2) discriminative stimulus baseline (DSB); (3) response-feedback baseline (RFSB); and (4) fixed-ratio (FR n). The data indicated a preference for the target area that produced darkness, which implies that darkness is a reinforcer for this species. This preference was indicated by a greater number of target area responses for the target area whose entry into produced darkness, and greater activity in and around that area relative to baseline phases. Furthermore, when the n of the FR n was increased the rate of responding also increased.

 
Operant Conditioning of Lake Sturgeon (Acipenser fulvescens): Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude
SPENSER MARTIN (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: One experimentally naïve lake sturgeon (Acipenser fulvescens) was placed in a tank exposed to bright lights. Using a multi treatment reversal design (ABCBD), I turned the lights off in phase C (Lights Out Reinforcement) and dimmed the lights in phase D (Dimmed Light Reinforcement) as reinforcement when the sturgeon entered a specific corner of the tank. I measured the percent of corner entries in the reinforcing corner and compared the phases using Nonoverlap of All Pairs. I found significant comparisons between the No Feedback Baseline and Dimmed Light Reinforcement phases, t = .814, p = .004, the No Feedback Baseline and Lights Out Reinforcement phases, t = .914, p = .001, and the Dimmed Light Reinforcement and Lights Out Reinforcement phases, t = .680, p = .076, with 90% CIs [.405, 1], [.505, 1], [.050, 1], respectively. Thus, the percent of entries into the reinforcing corner increased as light intensity decreased. Researchers can use this study as a basis for future studies of reinforcer magnitude. The experiment ended prematurely due to COVID-19 regulations.
 
 
Panel #226
CE Offered: BACB
The Struggle Doesn't Have to be Real: Establishing and Maintaining Training Initiatives Within Autism Service Providers
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Layla Sump, Ph.D.
Chair: Layla Sump (DAXTA)
HOLLY L. STEINKAMP (Kadiant)
THERESA SAIZ (Kadiant)
KARLA SAUCEDO (Kadiant)
Abstract:

Effective training is crucial to ensure that professionals know how to execute their jobs and, consequently, to increase the quality of services within a professional organization. Training topics within an autism service provider organization are typically related to clinical, compliance, operations and professionalism and are necessary to be completed across job functions (e.g., clinical staff, human resources staff, etc.) during initial onboarding and ongoing training. Depending on the size, clinical model, and available resources within an organization, training needs may differ. That said, independently of these variables, every organization has a need to build and maintain training systems to: (a) ensure that training content is identified, (b) determine the training audience across function areas, (c) produce high quality training content, (d) implement training using best practices, (e) re-train staff when needed, and (f) verify training completion. The panelists will discuss topics related to establishing and maintaining training initiatives within small, medium, and large organizations, including themes related to training infrastructure needed and integration of companies within a larger organization.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Learning Objectives:

At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: (1) identify training needs within an organization, (2) identify training infrastructure used to establish and maintain training systems, and (3) identify best practices for training delivery.

Keyword(s): OBM, Training
 
 
Symposium #227
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Increasing Scope of Competence in Acceptance and Commitment Training Among Behavior Analysts
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ehren J Werntz (Arizona Autism United)
Discussant: Morgan Brown-Chipley (Arizona Autism United)
CE Instructor: Ehren J Werntz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The application of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy/Training (ACT) within conventional applied behavior analysis (ABA) is a topic that is receiving increased interest, attention and research. As ABA proliferates and the practice is applied to more diverse populations outside of young children and intellectual/developmental disabilities there is a commensurate need for a behavior analytic approach to address complex human behavior and the private contingencies of which they are a function. ACT appears to be the most popular among Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) likely because it is derived from behavioral principles, comports with seven dimensions of ABA and can be aligned with several sections of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s 5th edition task list. Despite these technical compatibilities, there remains well-founded hesitation among BCBAs regarding individual scope of practice and more importantly, scope of competence. This symposium includes two presentations that will review the state of ACT within applied behavior analysis, propose a framework for clinical training and competence, and will conclude with discussion.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, competence scope, practice scope
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts with a basic familiarity with Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT)

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to give examples of ACT currently being used in applied behavior analytic contexts 2. Participants will be able to describe a path for BCBAs to increase competence in ACT 3. Participants will be able to describe methods for training skills consistent with the application ACT
 
Is Scope of Competence Equally or More Important Than Scope of Practice When Implementing ACT in Behavior Analysis?
ERIN ELIZABETH BERTOLI (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
Abstract: With the expansion of behavior analysis across more diverse populations, it has become increasingly important to address private events when direct contingency management alone is ineffective. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) provides behavior analysts with the tools to do just that, and has been demonstrated across various populations including parents of children with autism, within organizations, as part of staff training and wellness, and with children and adolescents with behavioral and mental health disorders. It has been repeatedly demonstrated that ACT is within the scope of practice of behavior analysis. However, in practice behavior analysts are challenged with evaluating whether this application of the science is within their scope of competence. Without clear training requirements, credentialing or certifications, many behavior analysts face ethical barriers regarding the integration of ACT into their clinical practice. This presentation will briefly review the applications of ACT in applied behavior analysis, specify the importance of developing competence, and review the research that has evaluated competency-based training on ACT.
 
A Proposed Framework for Competency-Based ACT Training for Behavior Analysts
EHREN J WERNTZ (Arizona Autism United)
Abstract: With the increasing support for Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) being included in the scope of practice for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), the question of training and individual scope of competence is naturally raised. Currently, there are innumerable ACT workshops, webinars and bootcamps available to behavior analysts as well as a few published articles focused on clinical training but little to nothing that emphasizes behavioral skills training and assesses skill acquisition via publicly observable and measurable, clinician behavior. This presentation offers guidance within a broader framework for establishing competency consistent with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s (2020) Recommendations for Respecializing in a New Practice Area and LeBlanc, Heineke and Baker’s (2012) recommendations for expanding the consumer base as well as methods for behavioral skills training and measurement. This presentation is intended to advance the conversation with respect to ACT training and competence among behavior analysts such that it keeps pace with the support for ACT in the scope of applied behavior analytic practice.
 
 
Symposium #228
Behavioral Pharmacology of Prescription Drugs: The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Marc N. Branch (University of Florida)
Abstract: All psychoactive drugs have multiple effects. They are prescribed in the hopes of benefits such as pain relief, reduction of problem behavior, or enhancement of learning and memory. However, in addition to potential benefits, these same drugs also may produce a variety of less desirable effects. In this symposium, four different behavior analytic baselines are used to assess beneficial and detrimental effects of a range of widely-prescribed drugs. M. Galizio will show enhancement (methylphenidate, memantine) and impairment (ketamine) on remembering in novel incrementing matching- and non-matching to-samples tasks in rats. A. Galizio will report effects of several antipsychotic drugs on remembering in a titrating matching-to-sample procedure (TTMTS). Soto will present data on the effects of antipsychotic drugs on progressive-ratio responding and body weight in mice. Finally, Pitts focuses on the effects of prescription opiate drugs and sensitivity to reinforcer magnitude in rats and the potential impacts on impulsive and risky choice. Overall, this symposium will illustrate the value of behavior analytic techniques in the assessment of a range of drug effects of relevance to contemporary prescription practices.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): antipsychotic drugs, behavioral mechanisms, opiates, remembering
 
Drug Effects in an Automated Version of the Rodent Odor Span Task
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Thomas Wagner (Louisiana State University), Genevieve Guidone (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Calista Holt (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jonathan David Shaw (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: The rodent odor span task is widely used to study the effects of drugs and other variables on remembering. The task is generally conducted manually in a large arena and there is considerable variability in experimental protocols across laboratories. The present study sought to standardize the procedure using an automated olfactometer apparatus. 20 rats were trained on both incrementing non-matching-to-sample and matching-to-sample variations of the task (10 matching, 10 non-matching) with a varying number of stimuli to remember. When stable levels of accuracy were reached, the effects of NMDA antagonists, (dizocilpine, ketamine and memantine) and an ADHD drug (methylphenidate) were determined. Ketamine selectively impaired accuracy of responding, but some evidence for enhancement was observed for memantine and methylphenidate—particularly as the number of stimuli to remember grew larger. These results suggest that the automated incrementing non-matching- matching-to-sample tasks may be a valuable new technique for behavioral pharmacology.
 
Effects of Antipsychotics on Remembering in Pigeons
ANNIE GALIZIO (Western New England University), Frans Van Haaren (Autism Early Intervention Clinics), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Twelve pigeons were trained in a titrating delayed matching-to-sample (TDMTS) task to assess remembering. In this task, a DMTS procedure was in place, where the center key (red or blue) was the sample stimulus, and the comparison stimuli, the side keys (red and blue), were presented after a delay. A correct response (S+) occurred when the pigeon selected the comparison stimulus that was the same color as the sample stimulus and resulted in 2 s of access to food. The delay between the presentation of the sample stimulus and the comparison stimuli was titrated based on the pigeon’s performance on the task (two correct responses increased the delay by 1 s and one incorrect response decreased the delay by 1 s). At the starting delay of 0 s, pigeons’ overall accuracy was >80%, indicating high initial discriminability, but as delay increased, accuracy decreased. After establishing a baseline, the effects of olanzapine, risperidone, and aripiprazole were assessed.
 
Long-Term Behavioral and Metabolic Effects of Early-Life Second-Generation Antipsychotic Exposure in Mice
PAUL L. SOTO (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) are increasingly prescribed in children and adolescents. SGA medication use is associated with adverse metabolic changes and weight gain, which may predispose individuals to adverse outcomes in adulthood. Studies in rodents have demonstrated that early-life exposure to SGA medications can alter brain structure and function in adulthood. The current study is evaluating the long-term behavioral and metabolic effects of early-life SGA exposure in C57BL6/J mice. In one experiment, female C57BL6/J mice orally self-administered plain (vehicle) or risperidone-adulterated cookie dough from postnatal day (PND) 37-66. Mice treated with risperidone gained more weight during the treatment period. The difference in weights between the groups diminished with time following the treatment but was never fully eliminated. Following initial training to nose-poke for access to a 15% sucrose solution, mice were exposed to a progressive ratio schedule of sucrose reinforcement. Risperidone-treated mice completed more ratios than vehicle-treated mice. On PND 196, mice were switched from rodent chow to a high-fat diet. Mice in the risperidone group gained weight more rapidly and to a greater extent than mice in the vehicle group. In an ongoing experiment, young female mice were treated with olanzapine and metabolic and behavioral assessments are underway. Initial results indicate a long-term increased reinforcing effectiveness of sucrose and susceptibility to diet-induced weight gain. Together these experiments indicate that early-life SGA medication exposure can produce long-lasting behavioral and metabolic changes.
 
Oxycodone and Sensitivity to Reinforcement Magnitude: Implications for Opioid Effects on Impulsive and Risky Choice
RAYMOND C. PITTS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Justin T Van Heukelom (UNCW), Katelyn Hunt (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Thomas Wagner (Louisiana State University), Jeremy Langford (West Virginia University), Ryan Charles Blejewski (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Opioid abuse is associated with impulsive and risky behavior. Most interpretations of drug effects on impulsive and risky choice are in terms of effects on delay and probability discounting. The role of reinforcement magnitude in these effects largely has been ignored. This is unfortunate given that reinforcement magnitude plays an important role in both impulsive-choice and risky-choice procedures; impulsive-choice procedures involve tradeoffs between reinforcement magnitude and reinforcement delay and risky-choice procedures involve tradeoffs between reinforcement magnitude and reinforcement probability. The present study examined effects of the prescription opioid oxycodone on sensitivity to reinforcement magnitude. Rats responded under an concurrent-chains procedure in which the reinforcement magnitude associated with the terminal links changed within each session, across blocks of choice cycles. Under baseline conditions, choice was sensitive to the within-session changes in reinforcement magnitude. Acute administration of oxycodone (0.1-1.0 mg/kg) typically decreased sensitivity to reinforcement magnitude. This finding has important implications for understanding drug effects on impulsive and risky choice. All else being equal, a decrease insensitivity to reinforcement magnitude would be expected to increase impulsive choice, but decrease risky choice.
 
 
Symposium #229
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Emerging Conceptual Underpinnings for Culturo-Behavior Science
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Discussant: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago)
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In elaborating a natural science capable of exploring social behavior and large-scale cultural structures and processes, Skinner (1953) defined culture “as the contingencies of social reinforcement maintained by a group.” Over several decades, Skinner and others expanded on this work. Glenn (1986, 2004) offered, and in collaboration with others subsequently refined the heuristic of the metacontingency for understanding the dynamics of collective behavior. This construct proved particularly helpful in organizational and similar settings in which desired outcomes were relatively specific, and steps required to achieve those outcomes relatively constrained. Contemporary culturo-behavior scientists, however, are gaining the capacity and carry the obligation to contribute to addressing critical social and environmental challenges. Explorations of possible integrations of emergent or revised scientific models have become essential. Included in this symposium are sometimes contrasting examples of such frameworks (e.g., ecosystemic, evolutionary, systems analytic, or return to behavior-centered interventions); discussion of commonalities and distinctions among them; and potential contributions of these perspectives to a transdisciplinary culturo-behavior science powerful enough to contribute to “conditions under which human beings will show the productivity, the creativity, and the strength inherent in their genetic endowment and which are essential to the survival of the species” (Skinner, 1975).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Culturo-Behavior Science
Target Audience:

Master's level students, BCBAs, other behavioral professionals with graduate degrees.

Learning Objectives: 1) identify the steps of an iterative ecosystems approach for observing, modeling and testing cultural processes; 2) state the contributions of adopting a systems analytic framework in culturo-behavior science and criticisms thereof 3) understand how behavior analysis can contribute to promote changes at social/cultural level by proposing behavior-centered interventions 4) understand how positive feedback dynamics contribute to self-organization in culture-behavioral systems 5) identify the culturant hypercycle as one potential process through which cultural selection occurs
 
Ecosystemic Cultural Systems Modeling
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: In his efforts to elaborate a natural science capable of exploring social behavior and large-scale cultural processes, Skinner (1953) defined a culture “as the contingencies of social reinforcement maintained by a group.” Over several decades, Skinner and others expanded on this work. Glenn (1986, 2004) with collaborators, outlined and refined an approach for understanding the dynamics of selection at the cultural level, grounded in the heuristic of the metacontingency. The approach has been demonstrably useful in many settings, primarily for achieving specific desired outcomes within tightly constrained environmental contexts. As contemporary culturo-behavior scientists intensified attention to critical social and environmental challenges, however, cultural analytic models drawing on a broader scope of systemic variables within accessible models (Bates, 1950; Wolfram, 2002), have proven essential. In this presentation, the authors outline principles for modeling complex cultural and collective behavior, using an iterative, ecosystemic approach grounded in observation, conceptualization, and testing (Bates). Adequate ecosystemic models draw extensively on systems science (e.g., Mobus & Kalton, 2015), while remaining securely grounded in interlocking contingencies, equivalence relations, and other forms of relational responding as foci for intervention. An analysis of some of the dynamics of police-community relations will be presented as an example (Mattaini & Rehfeldt, 2020).
 
Back to Basics: For Big Changes, We Need to Rely on Behavioral-Level Interventions
DIEGO ZILIO (Federal University of Espirito Santo)
Abstract: Starting with the distinction between context of understanding and context of intervention, I will argue that culturo-behavior science has flaws in both contexts. The context of understanding relates to the different domains relevant in the process of understanding (and explaining) social/cultural phenomena. Instead of aiming for an interdisciplinary approach, behavior analysis seems to try to “become” part of the other domains. For instance, instead of dialoguing with anthropological theories, behavior analysis tries to become an anthropological theory itself. The context of intervention, by its turn, relates to the strategies for changing social/cultural practices. The effort to become part of other domains can neglect well established facts about behavior selection in favor of pursuing explanations at other levels. I will argue here that behavior analysis should instead pursue an interdisciplinary approach in the context of understanding and a behavioral-level approach in the context of intervention (i.e., interventions should rely on what we know about the behavior of organisms and not what we allegedly know about cultural selection). I will discuss the advantages of this alternative by using examples from the theory of social networks and complex contagion along with examples from behavior analysis itself.
 
Modeling Cultural Selection: Networking Evolutionary Organisms to Demonstrate the Emergence of Culturant Hypercycles
JONATHAN KRISPIN (Valdosta State University)
Abstract: There has been rapid development in some areas of Culturo-Behavioral Science, namely in research on the metacontingency, but there are many other areas where empirical research is needed. One such area is in the realm of cultural selection. Couto and Sandaker (2016) proposed a new perspective on this third level of selection, defining two new selection process – selection of cultures and cultural-selection. Krispin (2017; 2019) described a specific process through which these new selection process might be realized via the self-organization of culturant hypercycles. This presentation will propose a potential methodology for studying the emergence of culturant (and operant) hypercycles, built upon the Evolutionary Algorithm, a computer simulation of reinforcement learning (see McDowell, 2004; 2013). By networking interactions between simulated Evolutionary Organisms, we may be able to observe the emergence of operant and culturant hypercycles, and develop methods for modeling and studying them. Operant and culturant hypercycles may be identified using information entropy as a measurement of the extent of a system’s organization. By comparing the entropy of the emergent system with the entropy of its surroundings, we should be able to clearly distinguish these hypercycles.
 

Building a Systems Analytic Framework in Teaching, Research, and Practice in Culturo-Behavior Science

TRACI M. CIHON (University of North Texas; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Kyosuke Kazaoka (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Culturo-Behavior Science (CBS), a recently formalized specialization in behavior analysis, brings together principles and techniques from Behavior Analysis, Behavioral Systems Analysis, Cultural Selection/Analysis, and Cultural Systems Analysis in order to understand how cultural phenomena develop and change over time. Culturo-behavior scientists are united by the philosophy of radical behaviorism and by their commitment to the application of the natural science of behavior to advance our understanding of behavior in its social and cultural environments. However, often debated among culturo-behavior scientists is both the extent to which a systems analytic framework should be adopted in CBS, and the role that basic laboratory preparations play in enhancing our understanding of cultural phenomena. With much still to discover about how behavior science can contribute to solving some of the world’s most pressing problems, the goal of this presentation will be to describe strategies for incorporating the diversity of thought embodied in CBS into teaching, research, and practice in CBS.

 
 
Symposium #230
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Ethics Under the Umbrella: Sexual Behavior Considerations for Client Intervention and Beyond
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Worner Leland (Upswing Advocates)
CE Instructor: Ran (Miranda) Courant-Morgan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Sexual behavior is a complex and wide-reaching topic. And though sexual stimulation is considered to be a primary reinforcer for most, there is frequently shame and stigma associated with sexual behavior, leaving it under-discussed within our field. This symposium examines an array of ethical considerations pertaining to sexual behavior, from direct client interventions and supports around assent and noncompliance, to scholarship and theory on sex and risk, to legal considerations in sex education and censorship, to dissemination of behavior analytic analysis as it benefits pleasure-based sex education at large. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications as applicable, and will discuss recommendations for future research, instruction, and applied projects.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ethics, sex education, sexual behavior, sexuality
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs and BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify resources for gaining scientific knowledge regarding sexual behavior from within and outside of the field of behavior analysis, (2) identify ways to reduce legal risk when addressing sexual behaviors, (3) identify ways to apply behavior analytic interventions to at least two populations.
 
Diversity submission 

What is Sexual Behavior Anyway?A Biopsychosocial Account of Conceptualizing Sex and Risk

WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates)
Abstract:

Because of the complexity of potential sexual repertoires and beliefs about sex at both the ontogenic and cultural level, it can be difficult to tact what “counts” as sexual behavior. Additionally, multiple factors impact the labeling of sexual behavior as “high risk.” Relational Frame Theory (RFT) provides an account of language as operant behavior (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001). This presentation will examine different possible response classes and consequences which may be labeled as “sex” and which may be described as “risky” and will examine both derived beliefs and transfer of stimulus function when considering potentially risky sexual behavior. Relying on scientific knowledge both within and outside the field (BACB, 2019, 1.01), sex and risk will be examined as a biopsychosocial phenomenon, and the acquisition of these labels will comparably be examined through a contextual examination of selectionism at the phylogenic, ontogenetic, and cultural levels (Skinner, 1953). Harm reduction modalities will be considered as the impact of this language is examined.

 
Diversity submission Censorship, the Right to Effective Treatment, and Avoiding Legal Risk
ALEXANDRA ZHESTKOVA (Moscow Centre of Pedagogy and Psychology)
Abstract: Behavior analysts must conform to the legal and ethical codes of their social and professional communities, and must resolve any conflict in their ethical obligations and legal obligations in accordance with the law (BACB, 2019, 1.04 d & e). When considering the law regarding sexuality and sexual behavior education, behavior analysts must be especially mindful of potential conflicts between the ethical code and the law. While behavior analysts must advocate for the most effective interventions - keeping in mind cultural differences, resources and practices - legal considerations must not be forgotten. While most countries have direct laws regarding censorship and/or sexuality, the writing of these laws often leave room for loopholes or ambiguity. One must often look to legal precedent to examine actual consequence of the law in addition to the law’s written intention. This presentation will provide examples of sexual behavior related treatments that can result in legal proceedings in different countries, highlighting legal ambiguity regarding sexual education and, finally, will offer some steps that could be taken to avoid or minimize risk of legal proceedings while pursuing ethical and effective intervention.
 
Diversity submission The Use of Preference Assessments in the Selection of Sex Toys in Adult Retail Environments
LANDA L. FOX (Positive Connections)
Abstract: The utility of preference assessments in the discovery of powerful reinforcers is a vitally important technology within the field of applied behavior analysis. While preference assessments have been researched and used extensively in the area of developmental disabilities and autism their application outside of this area is more limited (e.g., Organizational Behavior Management; Applied Animal Behavior). As ethical dissemination of our science to novel environments is of value (BACB, 2019, 6.02), this presentation will explore the potential for the use of preference assessments (free operant, paired-stimulus, multiple stimulus without replacement) in adult retail stores. We will review important considerations in the application of preference assessments in adult retail stores. Considerations include: determining the type or types of preference assessment that are most appropriate; the ethics of implementation of an assessment in this environment; barriers and ethics related to effectively identifying potential reinforcers when the items in arrays cannot be directly experienced; and the potential temporal stability or instability of preferences with reference to knowledge about shifting preferences in sexual stimulation across time. Effectively assisting customers in an adult retail store in the selection of sex toys/pleasure products that will ostensibly serve as a reinforcer after purchase is a novel application of this technology.
 
Diversity submission When Should or Shouldn’t an Individual be Compliant to an Instruction?
ROBIN MOYHER (George Mason University)
Abstract: Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Delays (IDD) are victims, with alarmingly high rates, of sexual abuse and/or harassment (Sobsey & Varnhagen, 1989; Tyiska (1998). Compliance to instructions given to them from others, especially those in a position of authority, is often taught to individuals with IDD as part of their IEPs and home programming. However when considering our ethical obligation to our clients (BACB, 2019, 2.02, 2.05a) it is crucial to consider the benefit of direct noncompliance instruction, such in the case of a sexual harassment lure or sexual abuse lure. Presenting statistically significant data from a sexual harassment in the employment intervention to young adults with IDD (29 single subjects), the research will share data that demonstrates individuals are more likely to comply with instructions when presented from a person of authority versus a person of no authority. Data from this research study also shows that this population can be taught to recognize a sexual harassment lure, to respond appropriately, and report it accurately (Moyher, manuscript in progress). In the time of #metoo, it’s crucial to bring this topic to the IDD population. Instead of citing statistics of abuse that do not change decade after decade (Casteel, Martin, Smith, Gurka, and Kupper; 2008), this presentation will specifically discuss ways of teaching prevention skills to this population.
 
 
Symposium #231
Basic and Translational Research on Renewal, Resurgence, and Reinstatement
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Effective interventions for socially significant problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury) are susceptible to treatment relapse. Renewal, resurgence and reinstatement are laboratory models of relapse which could occur following successful treatment of problem behavior. Renewal occurs when responding eliminated by extinction returns following a change in environmental context. Resurgence occurs when reducing or eliminating reinforcement for an alternative response increases a previously reinforced and then extinguished response. Reinstatement refers to the reoccurrence of a target response following the presentation of stimuli that previously maintained that response. Research on renewal, resurgence, and reinstatement could facilitate the development of methods to better understand and mitigate treatment relapse. This symposium comprises four presentations. Kaitlyn Browning will present a translational study examining the effects of alternative-response discrimination training on resurgence in rats. Amanda Miles will discuss the effects of presenting conditioned reinforcers while extinguishing an alternative response on resurgence in pigeons. Carolyn Ritchey will present the results of several studies examining extinction, renewal, and resurgence in human participants recruited using Amazon Mechanical Turk. Finally, Ashley Bagwell will present the results of a series of translational studies examining reinstatement in non-clinical populations and individuals with developmental disabilities. Dr. Andrew Craig will serve as discussant.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): reinstatement, resurgence, translational research, treatment relapse
 
Repeated Resurgence With Conditioned Reinforcement
AMANDA MILES (West Virginia University), Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University), Anthony Oliver (University of Vermont), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Resurgence, transient increase in previously reinforced responses after eliminating alternative reinforcement, is an indication of behavioral flexibility under changing conditions. Prior experiments showed delivery of either reinforcers or their associated stimuli (conditioned reinforcers) while extinguishing alternative responses decreases resurgence magnitude. However, these associated stimuli were not shown to function as conditioned reinforcers. Thus, the present experiment aimed to identify stimuli that functioned as conditioned reinforcers and then determine if their presentation mitigated resurgence. Four experimentally naïve male White Carneau pigeons were exposed to a repeated within-session resurgence procedure (Cook & Lattal, 2019). In each session responses in the Alternative Reinforcement phase were reinforced under a variable-ratio (VR) 40 schedule with presentation of food and a blue light. In Resurgence Test phases food delivery was omitted, but a light still was presented on the same VR-40 schedule. On even-numbered sessions the blue light was used, whereas on odd-numbered sessions a novel orange light was used. For all pigeons a greater magnitude of resurgence was observed during odd-numbered sessions. Further, higher rates of alternative responding during even-numbered sessions indicated that the blue light did function as a conditioned reinforcer. Therefore, presentation of conditioned reinforcers while extinguishing an alternative response does mitigate resurgence.
 
Examination of Alternative-Response Discrimination Training on Resurgence in Rats
KAITLYN BROWNING (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Resurgence is an increase in a previously suppressed behavior following a worsening of conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative behavior. Given the clinical relevance of resurgence, many have assessed procedures that may be used to mitigate resurgence. For example, Fuhrman, Fisher, and Greer (2016) showed that, following alternative-response discrimination training, presentation of a stimulus that signaled the unavailability of alternative reinforcement (S-) eliminated resurgence. In a reverse-translational experiment, we aimed to replicate and extend these findings in rats. Following baseline in which the target response was reinforced, rats received discrimination training in which the alternative response produced food in one component of a multiple schedule (S+) and was on extinction in the second (S-), while target responding was placed on extinction in both. In the final phase, resurgence of target responding was assessed in both components by removing alternative reinforcement in the S+ component. Resurgence occurred at comparable rates in both components. One potentially important difference between the current study and Fuhrman et al. is that they tested only in the presence of the S- whereas we tested for resurgence in both S+ and S-. Additional experiments designed to examine this difference will be discussed.
 

Evaluating Extinction, Renewal, and Resurgence of Operant Behavior in Humans With Amazon Mechanical Turk

CAROLYN RITCHEY (Auburn University), Toshikazu Kuroda (Aichi Bunkyo University), Jillian Rung (University of Florida), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Amazon Mechanical Turk (MTurk) is a crowdsourcing marketplace providing researchers with the opportunity to collect behavioral data from remote participants at a low cost. Recent research demonstrated reliable extinction effects, as well as renewal and resurgence of button pressing with MTurk participants. To further examine the generality of these findings, we replicated and extended these methods across six experiments arranging reinforcement and extinction of a target button press. In contrast to previous findings, we did not observe as reliable of decreases in button pressing during extinction (1) after training with VR or VI schedules of reinforcement, (2) in the presence or absence of context changes, or (3) with an added response cost for button pressing. However, we found that that a 1-point response cost for all button presses facilitated extinction to a greater extent than the absence of response cost. Nevertheless, we observed ABA renewal of button pressing when changing background contexts across phases and resurgence when extinguishing presses on an alternative button. Our findings suggest that MTurk could be a viable platform from which to ask and address questions about extinction and relapse processes, but further procedural refinements will be necessary to improve the replicability of control by experimental contingencies.

 
Translational Evaluations of Reinstatement of Responding: Reinstating Effects of Previously Neutral Stimuli
ASHLEY BAGWELL (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londono (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Reinstatement is a type of relapse that involves the recurrence of responding during response-independent delivery of reinforcing stimuli following extinction. It has been suggested that the mechanism responsible for reinstatement involves the taking on of discriminative stimulus properties by reinforcing stimuli. We will present data from a series of studies that focus on relapse in the form of reinstatement across several translational experimental preparations including arrangements with (a) non-clinical responses with non-clinical populations that served as analogues to clinical situations in which there may be a risk of reinstatement of problem behavior and (b) reinstatement of problem behavior exhibited by individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Specifically, we evaluated the effects of response independent provision of previously neutral stimuli following extinction in which reinforcing stimuli were withheld. Our results showed (a) reinstatement is an effect that may represent a challenge to treatment with regard to clinical relapse in the form of recurrence of problem behavior and (b) factors other than the discriminative properties of reinforcing stimuli may contribute to reinstatement of responding. Results will be discussed both in terms of potential clinical implications as well as possible future directions in translational and applied research contexts.
 
 
Panel #231A
CE Offered: BACB
In Defense of Applied Behavior Analysis in the Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder: Don’t Throw the Baby Out With the Bath Water
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D.
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
JULIE FITZPATRICK (Parent)
COLE FITZPATRICK (Received ABA Services)
AMY GRAVINO (A.S.C.O.T Consulting)
PETER GERHARDT (The EPIC School)
RONALD LEAF (Autism Partnership)
JUDITH URSITTI (Autism Speaks)
TAYLOR ROBB (PENDING)
Abstract:

The philosophy and associated methodologies of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been applied across several contexts and populations including, but not limited to, addiction (e.g., Silverman et al., 2008), autism (e.g., Leaf et al., 2017), education (e.g., Keller, 1968), gerontology (e.g., Dwyer-Moore & Dixon, 2007), healthcare (e.g., Friman et al., 1986), human safety (e.g., Geller, 2005), intellectual disabilities (e.g., Passage et al., 2012), juvenile delinquency (e.g., Serna et al., 1986), space (e.g., Brady, 2007), sports (e.g., Luiselli & Reed, 2011), and sustainability (e.g., Bekker et al., 2010). In each of the contexts and populations with which ABA philosophy and methodologies have been applied, improvements have been observed. This is perhaps best exemplified with respect to ABA-based interventions designed for autistics/individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This is not to say that the application of methodologies based upon ABA has been without its faults. However, despite its faults, there have been countless success. The faults and the success should be discussed within the profession. The purpose of this panel is to highlight the many successes of ABA as it relates to interventions designed for autistics/individuals diagnosed with ASD while still acknowledging its faults and the need for improvement.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Symposium #232
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Passport Pedagogy: Excellence in Applied Behavior Analysis from China and Italy
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Jeremy H. Greenberg (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
CE Instructor: Jeremy H. Greenberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This collection of applied and descriptive research studies push our science in China and Italy. The first paper titled All For One And One For All used behavioral observation techniques to determine socially valid performance criterion for attending behaviors in typically developing students during group instruction. The second paper used functional behavior assessment and a conditioning procedure to replace stereotype with toy with a student having autism in an international primary school. The third paper outlines current dimensions of applied behavior analysis research in China. The fourth paper tested the effects of a different intensity CABAS®-based intervention packages using an alternating (ABACA) treatment design for 9 children diagnosed with Autism, aged 2 to 6 years old in Italy.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): aba, autism, china, school
Target Audience:

Designed for Supervisors, Directors, and Administrators

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will understand conditioning reinforcement to replace stereotypy as an effective tactic for students with autism. 2. Participants will be able to name some reference in our field from China. 3. Participants will have an understanding of a CABAS systems approach to a school in Italy.
 
Diversity submission All For One And One For All: Establishing Social Validity Measures for Inclusion
(Applied Research)
HIU CHING CHEUNG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
Abstract: Inclusion of students with special education needs (SEN) and especially autism spectrum disorder (ASD) into general education curricula is a challenging practice. In recent years, the practice of inclusion has been expanding within the international school community. Outside of the United States, the process of inclusion is developing rapidly due to an ever increasing demand mostly. The demand is fuelled by families and is compounded by the scarcity of international schools with developed programs and inclusive classrooms. Applied Behavior Analysis provides strategies and tactics that support educators and those responsible for inclusion of students SEN and ASD. The purpose of the present study was to use behavioral observation techniques to determine socially valid performance criterion for attending behaviors in typically developing students during group instruction. Direct observations occurred in situ using partial interval recording procedures across typical students across primary grades one through eight, inclusive. Data were collected under two types of conditions, lecture style instruction, and independent desk work for boys and girls across all grades. Results add to our evidence-based criterion that are used to determine the level of services needed, if any, to support our students in the general education setting.
 
Diversity submission 

Using Functional Behavior Assessment and Conditioning Procedures to Replace Stereotypy in an International School Student With Autism

(Applied Research)
JAMIE SO (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
Abstract:

The present study used functional behavior assessment and a treatment package including conditioning of toy play with a student with autism in an international primary school. The functional behavior assessment confirmed that the behaviors were being maintained through automatic reinforcement. The procedure was a partial replication from research conducted with adults and preschool students. Our student was 11 years old and had a long history of stereotypy behaviors and a limited community of reinforcers. This study tested for the external validity of the treatment package.

 
Diversity submission 

Current Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis in China: A Critical Review of Research

(Basic Research)
WEIHE HUANG (Creating Behavioral + Educational Momentum)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) was introduced into Mainland China at the beginning of the 21st century as a direct result of the rise of autism spectrum disorder. The following decades can roughly be divided into two phases in terms of the development of ABA in China. Phase one was the time period with a focus on dissemination of ABA practice in China and it lasted from 2000 to 2009. In phase two, which lasted from 2010 to the current date, initial research on ABA emerged in China while dissemination of ABA practice continued and accelerated. The objective of this presentation is to critically evaluate ABA studies conducted by Chinese researchers. For this purpose, the author conducted a systematic search for literature on ABA published by Chinese scholars. In this presentation, the author will use seven ABA dimensions (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968) to measure the quality of the ABA literature and present results from quantitative analysis and qualitative evaluation of empirical studies published by Chinese ABA researchers. The author will also attempt to explain the unique feature of ABA research published by Chinese scholars by analyzing relevant cultural contingencies. Based on these descriptions and analyses, the author will make recommendations for the future development of ABA research in China.

 
Diversity submission 

Comparing the Effects of Different ABA Interventions for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder During a Pandemic

(Service Delivery)
FABIOLA CASARINI (Scuola delle Stelle)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of a different intensity CABAS®-based intervention packages using an alternating (ABACA) treatment design for 9 children diagnosed with Autism, aged 2 to 6 years old. The study was conducted in a learning and research centre in Italy prior and during the COVID-19 Pandemic, and is still ongoing. The obligation to stop the CABAS® intervention created an opportunity to change the treatment frequency while keeping the treatment integrity for all participants, and provide the experimenters with an opportunity to collect data and compare them on the optimal treatment intensity. Condition A constituted high educational intensity where each participant received 1:1 intervention for 12 hours a week, while Condition B constituted 1:1 intervention for 3 hours a week (during the first lockdown), and during Condition C, intervention was delivered for 6 hours a week (during the second lockdown).The dependent variables in the study were the changes in participant’s ADOS-2 and CARS-2 scores prior and after each treatment change, and participants number of Learn Units to Criterion rate. The early results showed a significant difference between before and after the low-frequency package was implemented, for the total scores and each sub-test of both instruments. So far, results suggest that normative tests, together with individual graphs’analysis, can help differentiate between treatment effectiveness and efficiency for each child. Further research is needed in order to make more generalized conclusions into the optimal intensity of intervention, especially in countries, such as Italy, where children with Autism can’t attend special schools or have insurance-covered intensive treatments.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #233A
Exhibit Hours
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:00 AM–4:00 PM EDT
Online

Visit dozens of exhibitors in the virtual exhibit hall!

 
 
Paper Session #234
A Model for Fostering Community Capacity to Address Challenging Behaviour of Adults With Disabilities
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:30 AM–11:55 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Laura E. Mullins (Brock University)
 
A Model for Fostering Community Capacity to Address Challenging Behaviour of Adults With Disabilities
Domain: Service Delivery
Laura Mullins (Brock University), VICTORIA SCOTT (Brock University), Pauline Le-Drew (Regional Support Associates), Gail Clark (Regional Support Associates)
 
Abstract: Many adults with developmental disabilities (DD) are being supported in the community by developmental support agencies. Unfortunately, these adults often exhibit high rates of challenging behaviour, which present significant limitations and pressures for these service providers. Agencies need to develop effective means of increasing their capacity to provide quality support to these individuals. Previous systematic reviews have found that training staff in positive behaviour supports can lead to improved outcomes. However, the factors facilitating training's effects, long-term effectiveness, and outcomes for service users have yet to be determined. We conducted a scoping review of 95 journals and book chapters. Information regarding training programs, models of implementation, service providers and users, generalization and maintenance was extracted. Drawing from Organizational Behaviour Management and Knowledge Translation theories, we developed a model for fostering capacity development. Some relevant factors include aspects of the services providers, features of the inner and outer organizational contexts, training approaches (e.g., BST & in-situ coaching), ongoing support and feedback. The model was applied to an ongoing training initiative, and it will be validated through follow-up with former participants. This model may lead to more effective and enduring treatment programs and improved supports for adults with disabilities.
 
 
 
Paper Session #235
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Leading Through Crisis: Coming Together and Coming Out Strong
Sunday, May 30, 2021
11:30 AM–11:55 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Maria Sasaki Solis (The Reilly Behavioral Group, LLC)
CE Instructor: Maria Sasaki Solis, Other
 
Diversity submission 

Leading Through Crisis: Coming Together and Coming Out Strong

Domain: Service Delivery
MARIA SASAKI SOLIS (The Reilly Behavioral Group, LLC)
 
Abstract:

The year 2020 thrust applied behavior analysis into an uncharted intersection of clinical practice, public health, and sociopolitical evolution. On March 11, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic. Two days later, COVID-19 was declared a U.S. national emergency. Already vulnerable individuals served by the behavior analytic community found their worlds turned upside down and inside out, routines violently disrupted, and many were suddenly cut off from essential behavioral health treatment. Practitioners were furloughed, laid off, or altogether let go. Many others chose unemployment, terrified of contracting COVID-19. On May 25, a nation already gripped by health and economic fear and uncertainty exploded in protest, sparked by the death of George Floyd. Unified like never before, our nation demanded reformation of the inequity and fundamental flaws in the criminal justice system and in our society as a whole. Using a behavioral systems approach guided by the Stockdale Paradox (Collins, 2001), cognitive-diversity hypothesis (Miller, Burke, & Glick, 1998), and simple notion of kindness, a small, privately owned agency utilized professional networks, local and state resources, and sheer determination to persevere, pivot, and redefine its commitment to its clients, staff, and our science.

 
Target Audience:

Prerequisite skills/competencies: behavior systems; business strategy; corporate culture; diversity in the workplace; ethics; leadership/management; supervision.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state at least 3 different activities likely to foster diversity, cultural humility, and/or social justice in their workplace; (2) identify at least 2 non-monetary variables in a cost-benefit analysis of organizational health during a crisis.
 
 
Panel #236
Ethically and Sensitively Engaging With Clients and Team Members
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elisabeth Schendel (Kadiant)
ELISABETH SCHENDEL (Kadiant)
STEVIE MACIAS (Kadiant)
AMANDA SCOGGINS (Kadiant)
Abstract:

In the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) industry, your brand is not only the aesthetics of your organization, but also the quality of care you provide, the meaningful connections you create with your team, and the impact you have on your local community. This panel will discuss meaningful ways to engage with the audience of your ABA company who, in this case, are not only your current and potential clients, but your current and potential team members as well. We will detail a few marketing strategies implemented in an organization setting, to generate high quality leads, produce increasing engagement rates, and discuss social concepts that influence these strategies. We will also discuss the role technology plays in reaching the target audience and how trends on social media inspire creative ways to interact with clients and team members (both during and outside of treatment sessions), how to ethically and sensitively engage with a diverse ABA community, and how marketing can benefit said community. In conclusion, no matter the size of an organization's marketing budget, there are many ways to meaningfully reach your audience and engage with clients to strengthen your brand's visibility in the ABA field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cultural sensitivity, Engagement, Marketing
 
 
Symposium #237
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Why are Teachers Doing This: Assessing Social Validity and Instructional Challenges
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Theodore A. Hoch (George Mason University)
CE Instructor: Dorothy Xuan Zhang, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The separation between educational research and practice has been gaining a lot of interest in the field. To bridge these two areas requires collaboration between both parties (Vanderlinde & Braak, 2010), shared experiences (Montgomery & Smith, 2015), and intensified contacts in the process of the research (Huberman, 1990). In the field of special education, the need for highly qualified educators, teacher attrition, and workplaces/institution play the key roles to improve the transfer of knowledge for the education communities (McLeskey & Billingsley, 2012). Education researchers must carefully consider the challenges that teachers may encounter in their daily work so that the research questions and interests can go beyond the basic science and theoretical debates. Social validity leads researchers to consider the needs of practitioners while the follow-up application research facilitates the delivery of evidence-based practices. In this symposium, we will explore how researchers explore the social validity in the cultural context of the practitioners and clients while teachers’ dilemmas are embedded in research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): China ABA, Data Collection, Perspective Taking, Social Validity
Target Audience:

professionals with teaching experience in social skills and experience with data collection will benefit from attending this symposium.

Learning Objectives: 1. State the key dilemmas that teachers may be facing 2. Connect the applied research (perspective-taking and data collection) with teaching practice 3. Identify ways to assess social validity during research and practice
 
Diversity submission Assessing Social Validity in the Context of Culture
DOROTHY XUAN ZHANG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP)
Abstract:

Social validity reflects the social significance of a behavioral investigation, which is a unique and vital component of a behavior intervention and research (Kazdin, 1977). It is essential for the survival of behavior analysis as a field and it connects closely with ethics (Baer & Schwartz, 1991). Wolf (1978) states that social validity reveals the social significance of treatment goals, acceptability of the treatment procedure, and outcomes of the treatment, which are often times, opinion based. Researchers and practitioners have provided recommendations about how to assess social validity (Carter, 2019), but how does this process look like in a specific cultural context such as autism treatment in China, where culture variables may influence consumer’s opinion regarding the social validity domains differently than other cultures? Based on the strategies suggested by Carter (2019) regarding assessing social validity, this presentation bring forward the challenges of assessing social validity domain with specific examples as well as recommendations for assessing the social validity of intervention in a given cultural context.

 
Diversity submission 

Nature is the Best: Teaching Virtual Perspective-Taking

FAN YU LIN (ALSOLIFE), Bijun Wang (ALSOLIFE)
Abstract:

Visual perspective taking is the ability to discriminate whether one can see an object. A prerequisite of visual perspective taking is to identify the object another person is seeing. Conventionally, visual perspective taking task may start with use of cards (e.g., present a card of a person who gazes toward different directions), followed by generalizing to real persons in natural environments. This study included three different visual perspective taking tasks: cards, real person, real person in natural context. Six children with ASD between age of 3.5 and 9 participated in this study. The initial probe revealed most children, though not having achieved the mastery level, had relatively better performance with real human. When further conducting the training, the results showed that children quickly learned to track visual perspective from a real person, either in a lab or a natural setting. While acquisition of visual perspective taking with real person helped generalization to natural context, it did not affect the task with cards. In addition, operation of cards presented a great challenge on three of six children. This finding may stimulate practitioners and researchers to rethink the sequence and the use of cards in teaching visual perspective taking.

 
Diversity submission 

Let It Be Three: Comparing All- and Three-Trial Data Collection Method

BIJUN WANG (ALSOLIFE), Fan Yu Lin (ALSOLIFE)
Abstract:

When making a decision about child progress, teachers who provide discrete trial teaching struggle with finding a proper balance between continuous recording (e.g., taking all trials data) and discontinuous recording (e.g., taking the first few trials data). Continuous data collection method provides comprehensive information, which leads to proper decision, yet it could be labor-intensive and potentially interrupt the natural flow of teacher-child interaction. Discontinuous data collection method allows the teachers to devote to instruction, yet it may lead to inadequate reference for student performance. Previous studies have examined the effects on child progress toward mastery and maintenance, which yields rather mixed results. This study reviewed the existing data across four children with ASD, eight different tasks, 174 sessions, and over 2000 trials. Given the mastery criterion of “80% accuracy for two consecutive days”, the results revealed a moderate match between all- and three-trial data collection method. It suggests the potential of using discontinuous data collection method.

 
 
Symposium #238
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Innovations and Outcomes: Exploring Real-World Application and Evaluation of ABA Services via Telehealth
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kristine Rodriguez (Autism Learning Partners)
CE Instructor: Kristine Rodriguez, M.A.
Abstract:

The COVID-19 global pandemic of 2020 and the ensuing emergency guidelines had potential to limit the delivery of essential ABA-based Autism services. While literature outside of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has demonstrated efficacy of remote, video-conference modality for medical care, (i.e. telehealth or telepractice), replicable models of ABA-based telehealth were limited in ABA literature prior to 2020. In response to the public health crisis, a protocol modification assessment (PMA) and treatment selection matrix for modifying ABA programs for direct telehealth was developed and published in an emergency issue of Behavior Analysis in Practice (Rodriguez, 2020). The first panelist will present a model for training and implementation of the PMA in a multi-site provider organization, including confidence self-assessment results from the participating behavior analysts; the second panelist will present client outcomes in the form of pre- and post-implementation assessment change scores. A third panelist will share an innovative applied research approach to modification of a well-known curriculum (PEAK), in which the materials were transformed into an interactive video game that allowed for remote, highly engaging implementation. The panelists will offer guidance for future implementation and evaluation.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): applied research, client outcomes, PEAK, telehealth
Target Audience:

Participants should be familiar with the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB(R) 2014, including considerations for competence to practice and efficacy of services); a review of literature related to telehealth service delivery (e.g. Ferguson et al., 2019); and PEAK Curriculum (Dixon, 2008) and its applications (Belisle, 2018) will offer participants context for engagement.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: 1. Identify skills that improve a client's readiness for various modalities of telehealth ABA 2. Evaluate clinical outcomes of their clients using available assessment data 3. Modify programs and teaching resources to improve engagement and outcomes
 
A Model for Training Behavior Analysts in Program Modification for Telehealth
(Service Delivery)
JO ANNA MAZZACANE (Autism Learning Partners)
Abstract: Regional restrictions and emergency mandates related to the Covid-19 pandemic resulted in a necessary shift in delivery of essential ABA services, requiring a methodology for evaluating appropriateness of a rapid shift to telehealth for existing programs. Using the Program Modification Assessment (PMA) and treatment selection matrix for telehealth services (Rodriguez, 2020), a multi-site provider organization provided training, coaching, and resources for behavior analysts (BAs). BAs first evaluated the abilities and needs of the client, coupled with those of the caregiver, to determine the magnitude of modifications necessary to ethically transition to telehealth. Clients were designated as candidates for direct (1:1) telehealth, telehealth supervision, or a traditional (in-person) model. This presenter will review the training topics offered, the coaching model used (including live, remote Behavioral Skills Training and in-office case review), and the interactive resources provided to aid BAs in the transition. The presenter will additionally share survey data indicating a rapid and dramatic improvement in self-assessment of BA competence in delivering telehealth services.
 

Evaluating Client Outcomes Across Treatment Modalities: Telehealth vs. Traditional In-home Models of ABA

(Service Delivery)
ALLYSON MARIE KRONEBERGER (Children's Learning Connection; Autism Learning Partners)
Abstract:

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, roughly 1400 clients were transitioned to telehealth ABA services across 50+ regions of a multi-site provider organization. Many clients’ services were shifted within 1-2 weeks of the emergency orders; some were transitioned within days. While the modality of treatment offered clear benefits (i.e. continuity of care; provisioning of essential services without the risk of viral transmission), telehealth ABA has not been evaluated widely. Questions of efficacy are central to ethical compliance and provision of evidence-based, medically necessary treatment; therefore, clinical outcomes are urgently needed in order to determine whether funders will continue to adopt telehealth once the pandemic ends. This presenter will show an initial view of aggregated outcomes data, using pre- and post-assessment assessment change scores. The Vineland 3 is the primary measure of clinical outcomes in this presentation; the author will make recommendations for complementary measures to be used in future analysis.

 
Automating and Gamifying PEAK Programming and Delivery Through Telehealth
(Applied Research)
LINDSEY AUDREY MARIE DENNIS (Missouri State University), Leah Clarke (Pender Public School), raymond burke (Apex Regional Program), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract: School closures due to COVID-19 presented enormous challenges to staff and students as well as opportunities to innovate and automate behavior analytic technologies. As part of a large-scale collaboration, we developed and transported technologies used to automate discrete trial training with children with autism for remote delivery. First, we discuss the development and initial testing of an automated learning game similar to Whack-a-Mole that we used to augment existing PEAK programming. Results suggest that this strategy was successful in teaching new language and cognitive skills. Second, we will discuss how this technology was transferred to an online format leveraging interlocking social contingencies between the direct therapist and the learner. Successful results retained in this new format. Finally, we adapted the telehealth strategy to chain life skills using the PEAK Life curriculum and these strategies were combined within a Premack strategy with two learners with autism. Both showed mastery of the target vocational skills in this remote delivery format.
 
 
Symposium #239
CE Offered: BACB
Reassessing ABA Practice and Acceptance During COVID-19: Where Does Your Organization Stand?
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Noor Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Sara Gershfeld Litvak, M.S.
Abstract:

The sudden emergence and ongoing uncertainty of COVID-19 led many behavioral health organizations to reassess how they deliver applied behavior analysis (ABA) services as well as the skills that employees need to effectively execute their job functions. This reassessment for how services would be delivered resulted in ABA sessions during the COVID-19 pandemic that looked significantly different than ABA sessions delivered pre-COVID-19. In this symposium, we will share the results of three studies that measured the impact of COVID-19 on the delivery of ABA services. The first presenter will discuss the importance of compassion and empathy as a soft skill for behavior analysts, and how those skills can be taught using Behavior Skills Training. The second talk discusses parental acceptance of Telehealth to replace in-person ABA therapy. The final talk discusses the impact of COVID-19 on ABA practitioner job satisfaction and their perception of care quality. All presenters will discuss the implications of their findings and future steps.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavior-skills-training, COVID-19, employee satisfaction, telehealth
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts or patient's/caregivers of those who receive ABA services.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how COVID-19 has changed the delivery of ABA services; (2) the impact of changing service delivery on parents of patients who receive ABA services; and (3) the impact of changing service delivery on the staff who deliver ABA services.
 
Adding Soft Skills to the Repertoires of Behavior Analysts: Using Behavior Skills Training to Teach Compassion and Empathy
(Applied Research)
KAREN ROSE (Northborough/Southborough Public Schools), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: In recent years, the concept of soft skills, including those that demonstrate compassion and empathy had a place in the field of behavior analysis. Behavior analysis takes pride in their adherence to the science, data and practice of evidence-based treatment. The commitment to clients includes making socially significant changes in behavior to improve the quality of life for clients and families. With the surge in the number of practicing behavior analysts, criticism has ranged from being too rigid when collaborating with families and other treatment providers as well as not listening or taking into consideration the wants and needs of the families (Taylor, LeBlanc & Nosik, 2018). Further studies of those practicing in the field of behavior analysis indicate that while their training programs may excel at teaching the technical skills there lack of training and focus on training of soft skills such as active listening, Making empathic statements, asking clarifying questions. The purpose of this study is to use the evidence-based Behavior Skills Training Model to teach pre-credentialed behavior analysts soft skills to augment their technical skills. Seven pre-credentialed Masters students participated in three one-hour Behavior Skills trainings in the area of three soft skills; Active Listening, Making Empathic Statements and Asking Clarifying questions. With the use of behavior skills training, 6 graduate students of behavior analysis demonstrated and maintained skill acquisition of three soft skills including: active listening, Making empathic statements and asking clarifying questions.
 

Parental Acceptance of Telehealth to Replace In-Person ABA Therapy at the Onset of COVID

(Applied Research)
JENNA ARANKI (Easterseals), Amin Duff Lotfizadeh (Easterseals Southern California), Patricia I. Wright (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
Abstract:

Addressing issues of disparity in access to treatment for children with autism has gained increased attention. COVID-19 has been documented to disproportionally affect disenfranchised populations in both its direct health effects and have a greater impact on the upstream social determinants of health such as financial well-being, access to education, etc. The purpose of this retrospective study was to assess known factors that affect autism treatment (e.g. severity of symptomology, behavioral excesses) and care-providers acceptance or rejection of ABA telehealth services at the onset of COVID-19. Rejection of telehealth resulted in the absence of any behavior analytic services to patients. This study reports on an initial convenience sample (∼100 patients) of a larger sample size (∼1500 patients) from a service provider in Southern California. A t-test for the convenience sample found significance for one variable but not others. Additional measures are being conducted and a randomized sample of the patient population is being analyzed. If particular variables are found to be significant in the randomized sample, interventions may be tailored to decrease the disparity and ensure more children do not experience a disruption in service should telehealth be required as a treatment modality.

 

Impact of COVID-19 on ABA Practitioner Job Satisfaction and Perceived Care Quality

(Applied Research)
SARA GERSHFELD LITVAK (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College), Melissa Cottengim (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
Abstract:

The sudden emergence of the COVID-19 pandemic has dealt a severe blow to economies, businesses, and workers nationwide – including behavior analysis workers. During the pandemic, we administered a survey to all BACB certificants to identify the variables that best predicted perceived COVID-19-related change in service quality and the impact of COVID-19 on job status. Using regression analyses, we found that perceived negative change in ABA service quality was influenced most by low confidence using Telehealth technologies, changes in the setting of service delivery, and a higher number of cancelled sessions. Our findings also indicate that COVID had a greater impact on job status for respondents who were younger, had lower certification status (i.e., RBT, BCaBA), had lower positions in the company (e.g., frontline staff), and for those who worked in home and clinical settings. In short, this presentation highlights who was impacted most by COVID-19 and in what ways. Understanding this information opens the door to field-wide collaboration to develop and disseminate effective strategies to mitigate the negative impact of future events that have far-reaching economic impact.

 
 
Symposium #240
CE Offered: BACB
Navigating Telepractice During the Pandemic: Problem Resolution to Promote Access to Intervention at the Individual, Small Group, and Systemic Level
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: Valerie R. Rogers, Ph.D.
Abstract: Access to clinically recommended Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services has been significantly impacted for many consumers in light of the global COVID-19 pandemic. Given local shelter-in-place mandates along with needs for increased safety and reduced risk, telepractice for educational and medically necessary ABA services at the behavior technician level has been attempted. With this novel mode of technician level intervention, providers have faced many learner, caregiver, and setting variables that have served as barriers to accessing telepractice intervention. Given the novelty and limited empirical investigations on technician level telepractice, additional solutions for common barriers are needed. The current symposium seeks to support practitioners in identifying and overcoming barriers such that consumers can access needed intervention when in-person treatment may not be possible. The first paper describes a model designed to promote and sustain access to educational and medically necessary ABA services via telepractice under pandemic conditions. The second paper provides specific problem resolution strategies at the level of the learner and caregiver to increase access to telepractice ABA services and corresponding learner outcomes. The final paper describes the systemic changes implemented to ensure employee safety and retention by pivoting towards values and access to services and resulting outcomes.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): COVID-19, problem-resolution, telehealth, telepractice
Target Audience: Experience managing or directing at an ABA service provider, Visual inspection of data, understanding of best practices for learners with autism, understanding of behavioral skills training, understanding of tiered service delivery model.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe at least one training topic provided to behavior technicians, BCBAs, and caregivers to increase access to telepractice. 2) Describe at least 3 solutions to common learner barriers and 3 common caregiver barriers to telepractice. 3) Describe at least 3 outcomes at the organizational level resulting from the COVID response plan (e.g., social validity outcomes, employee satisfaction, and telepractice hours provided).
 
Commitment, Collaboration, and Service Provision During Crisis: A Model to Sustain Access to Multifaceted Behavior Analytic Services
JANICE FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Raabe (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: The coronavirus 2019 (COVID-19) has resulted in deleterious global impacts including an unprecedented disruption to educational and medical services including applied behavior analysis (ABA) intervention. The closures of schools, center-based facilities, and the ongoing threats to the sustainability of in-person service delivery have demanded revisions to traditional, in-person ABA service delivery models to mitigate service loss. The current paper provides a description of a model designed to promote and sustain access to educational and medically necessary ABA services under pandemic conditions. Components of the model including telepractice and the tools and processes required for its implementation as well as the analysis of its viability as an alternative to in-person intervention will be reviewed. Telepractice will be discussed as a safeguard to continuation of services in the presence of ongoing threats. Barriers to telepractice and problem resolution strategies to address learner and caregiver variables that may impede its utilization will be discussed. Additionally, steps taken related to advocacy, coordination with caregivers and funders and the training provided to board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) designed to promote continuation of intervention under evolving circumstances will be provided.
 
Problem Solving Through a Pandemic: Addressing Learner and Environmental Barriers to Increase Access to Behavior Analytic Telepractice Services and Corresponding Learner Outcomes
VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Raabe (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: Access to applied behavior analysis (ABA) services has been significantly impacted for many learners given the COVID-19 pandemic. Shelter-in-place orders and safety concerns have resulted in a movement toward telepractice service delivery across educational and medically necessary ABA services, even at the level of the behavior technician (BT). Still, the ease with which in-person BT intervention can move to telepractice may differ significantly depending on multiple factors including both learner readiness skills and environmental and caregiver support. The current paper describes problem resolution strategies and corresponding treatment outcomes for individual children receiving ABA services categorized across four learner profiles. Participants within these clinical profiles presented with varying degrees of learner and caregiver barriers. Specific barriers, strategies toward removing these barriers, and data regarding the initial outcomes of this endeavor are presented. The procedures and results are discussed in a manner to support practitioners in identifying and overcoming barriers such that consumers can access needed intervention when in-person treatment may not be feasible. Future directions including the need for ongoing empirical investigations regarding telepractice outcomes are also discussed.
 

Pivoting Towards Values to Address Large Scale Problem Resolution: An Organization’s Systemic Response to the Global COVID-19 Pandemic

GINGER R. RAABE (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

The coronavirus of 2019 has wreaked havoc on the business world and overall economy, including organizations providing applied behavior analysis (ABA) services. Directors of ABA service organizations faced problem resolution at an unprecedented level and the need for leadership and effective decision making had never been more important. The pandemic and resulting shelters in place caused a flood of information and directors were forced to make decisions with multi-faceted implications for both the consumers they served and the employees who trusted them. This presentation will address the implementation of problem resolution within and across all aspects of an ABA organization. A COVID response plan was created by pivoting towards values and taking steps to maximize employee safety while continuing to provide access to medically necessary services and concomitantly ensuring measurement as scientist practitioners. This presentation will include details related to immediate and ongoing steps in relation to these outlined values. In addition, this presentation will share data collected through a variety of means including, but not limited to, employee and parent surveys, measures related to access within the different services provided and total hours of telepractice hours delivered across the organization.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #241
CE Offered: BACB
Prompting, Stimulus Control, Error Correction: What’s Your Teaching Ritual?
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract:

The terms stimulus, response, and stimulus control are derived from the experimental literature. The term "prompt" arose within the applied field. There are many conceptual and logical errors in how trainers use these terms that often lead to ineffectual lessons. Similar problems can be found regarding error correction strategies and those that are described as "errorless." We will review many popular teaching strategies, including fading, most-to-least, least-to-most, etc., several error-correction strategies and a host of strategies described as "errorless teaching." The goal is to shake up many long-held and cherished beliefs about common teaching strategies.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define stimulus control and its importance is lesson design; (2) distinguish between prompt and cue; (3) describe the logical difference between fading and most-to-least (or least-to-most) strategies; (4) describe how stimulus control is important for error correction; (5) describe advantages and disadvantages related to "errorless learning."
 
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.)
Andy Bondy, Ph.D., has more than 40 years of experience working with children and adults with autism and related developmental disabilities. For more than a dozen years he served as the director of a statewide public school program for students with autism. He and his wife, Lori Frost, pioneered the development of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). He designed the Pyramid Approach to Education as a comprehensive combination of broad-spectrum behavior analysis and functional communication strategies. He is a co-founder of Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc., an internationally based team of specialists from many fields working together to promote integration of the principles of applied behavior analysis within functional activities and an emphasis on developing functional communication skills.
 
 
Symposium #242
CE Offered: BACB
Informing ABA on Trauma-Informed Care: Crisis Evaluations, Ethical Implications, and Practice Applications
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kristin J. Korinko (APD-Agency for Persons with Disabilities)
CE Instructor: Kristin J. Korinko, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The need for expanded and applicable trauma-informed services for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities is paramount. This symposium will approach this need from three vantage points while reinforcing the concept of trauma-informed behavior analysis. First, trauma as “crisis” for people with intellectual/developmental disabilities will be presented due to the apparent high risk of experiencing traumatic events throughout the lifespan. Our second presentation will focus on the reinforcement of collaboration between trauma-informed care and applied behavior analysis. It is important that behavior analysts continue to improve their treatments for people with intellectual disabilities (ID) by considering the effects of past traumatic events. This paper describes behavior changes frequently reported in people with ID following exposure to trauma and proposes ways that these changes may be understood from a behavior analytic framework. When providing services to individuals with developmental disabilities, it is becoming more common to discuss those services with an approach to understanding the role of trauma in the lives of those being served. Yet, often, the role of the parents/guardians/caregivers, as well as the role of the provider are often overlooked. This talk will discuss the role of stakeholders and providers in enhancing the way we provide trauma-informed care.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Intellectual/developmental disabilities, trauma-informed care
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will describe how past traumatic events can present as setting events or triggers, and strategies to decrease the likelihood of a trauma response when providing crisis response. (2) Participants will identify the role of stakeholders in ensuring services for those with developmental disabilities have a trauma-informed focus (3) Participants will identify the role of providers in ensuring services for those with developmental disabilities have a trauma-informed focus (4) Participants will demonstrate an understanding of the collaborative process between clinicians, clients, providers, and stakeholders in a trauma-informed approach to service provision
 
A Trauma-Informed Approach to Crisis Intervention
KAREN WEIGLE (Associate Director, Center for START Services, University of New Hampshire, Institute on Disability; Chattanooga Autism Center )
Abstract: People with intellectual/developmental disabilities are at high risk of experiencing traumatic events throughout the lifespan. Crisis events in themselves can be considered traumatic for all involved. In providing crisis response we must consider the impact of these past experiences on the current crisis as a setting event or trigger, as well as on our own behavior in an effort to decrease the potential for re-traumatization.
 

Behavior Changes Associated With Exposure to Trauma and Learned Helplessness: Implications for Assessment and Treatment

ELIZABETH JOY HOUCK (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

It is important that behavior analysts continue to improve their treatments for people with intellectual disabilities (ID) by considering the effects of past traumatic events. People with ID experience high rates of exposure to traumatic events and therefore face increased risks of developing stress-related disorders (e.g., post-traumatic stress disorder [PTSD]). Exposure to trauma often leads to behavior changes such as increases in problem behavior. However, current assessment and treatment strategies for stress-related disorders rely heavily on verbal communication, limiting their utility for most people with ID. Consequently, this population may receive treatment from behavior analysts without a way to assess the impact of stress-related disorders. Learned helplessness (LH) has been studied extensively in animals and may provide insights into a behavioral understanding of stress-related disorders in humans. These insights could lead to improvements in the treatment of these disorders in people with limited communication repertoires. This paper describes behavior changes frequently reported in people with ID following exposure to trauma and proposes ways that these changes may be understood from a behavior analytic framework. We will also suggest ways that the LH literature may improve assessment and treatment of stress-related disorders in people with ID.

 
“Whose Line Is It Anyway?” The Active Roles of Providers and Stakeholders in Trauma-Informed Care
KEN WINN (Firefly Autism)
Abstract: When providing services to individuals with developmental disabilities, it is becoming more common to discuss those services with an approach to understanding the role of trauma in the lives of those being served. Yet, often, the role of the parents/guardians/caregivers, as well as the role of the provider are often overlooked. This talk will discuss the role of stakeholders and providers in enhancing the way we provide trauma-informed care.
 
 
Symposium #244
Diversity submission Participant Identity in Behavior Analysis: Current Landscape and Future Directions
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alyssa N. Wilson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology--SoCal)
Discussant: Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Scientific research publications are permanent products that communicate the values, aims, and outcomes of the scientific enterprise to stakeholders, scientists, and members of society. Applied behavior analytic research, as a field dedicated to intervening on socially significant behaviors, should be upheld to similar publication standards as other professions. The current symposium will focus on the disciplinary reporting practices as they relate to participant identity, to explore the extent to which a) ABA research participation is equitable across social groups, and b) provides a wholistic reporting of demographic variables. The first presentation will present findings from a systematic review on the quality reporting strategies of research articles published in ABAI journals (e.g., Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Analysis in Practice, Perspectives on Behavior Science, and The Psychological Record) between 2010-2019. The second presentation will present findings from a similar review on reporting of participant demographics in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Both presentations will highlight how to improve disciplinary practices for demographic reporting policies and practices in applied behavior analytic research journals.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Applied Research, Cultural Humility, Human Rights, Research Ethics
 
Diversity submission Participant Identity in Behavior Analytic Research: Examining ABAI Journal Publications from 2010-2019
ALYSSA N. WILSON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology--SoCal), Kathryn Sharp (Saint Louis University), Claudia CottoVerdon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology--SoCal)
Abstract: The current study explored quality of reporting generally as well as specifically related to participant demographic variables, within behavior analytic publications including Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Analysis in Practice, Perspectives on Behavior Science, and The Psychological Record between 2010-2019. Of 2,348 articles identified, 281 used single-subject designs and human participants. Data was extracted by researchers answering yes, no, or open-ended answers on a google form. Questions were derived from the Single-Case Reporting Guidelines for Behavior Interventions (SCRIBE; Tate et al., 2016), a 26-item checklist that describes components needed for quality reporting of single-subject experimental design. Additional questions about participant demographic variables including age, race/ethnicity, gender, socioeconomics, and geographical location were added during data collection, and separated during data analysis to maintain the total score of 26. Total SCRIBE scores were calculated by counting all yes responses. Average SCRIBE scores across all included articles was 16.7 (64%), with most articles reporting scientific background in their introduction, procedural detail related to the intervention and results, and operational definitions of all target behaviors. Participant demographic information was reported inconsistently across articles (race/ethnicity = 16.6%, age=92%, sex/gender=85%, socioeconomic=16%, and geographic location = 24%). Implications for future reporting of behavior analytic research is discussed.
 
 
Symposium #245
CE Offered: BACB
The Impact of Antecedent, Behavior, and Consequence Variables on Response Persistence
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/PCH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rose Morlino (University of Georgia)
CE Instructor: Carolyn Trump, Ph.D.
Abstract: The long-term maintenance of treatment effects is necessary for successful intervention. However, practitioners cannot afford to wait until environmental variables change and hope the treatment effects last. Therefore, it is important to evaluate maintenance during treatment to determine the durability of effects. Nevin and Wacker (2013) suggests ways to evaluate maintenance of treatment effects through a behavioral momentum theory (BMT) framework. By using a BMT framework, researchers can quantify treatment maintenance as response persistence under conditions that challenge treatment (e.g., extinction). The following studies evaluated the effects of antecedent, behavior, or consequence variables on response persistence when treatment challenges occurred. During skill-acquisition or communication interventions with elementary-aged children with disabilities, researchers measured response persistence during treatment challenges such as extinction or the presence of distractors. Results indicate that antecedent, behavior, and consequence variables effect response persistence. Specifically, the use of verbal stimuli, high-preferred mand modalities, and high reinforcement rates or magnitudes increase the persistence of responses during treatment challenges.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): maintenance, response persistence, treatment relapse
Target Audience: BCBAs/Researchers
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe variables that affect response persistence; (2) provide examples of disruptors that can be used to test response persistence; and (3) broaden their understanding of the range of variables that can affect persistence, beyond reinforcement density.
 
They Were Warned, They Were Given an Explanation, Nevertheless, We Evaluated Response Persistence
CAROLYN TRUMP (University of Northern Colorado), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Instead of simply observing an intervention’s effect over time (i.e., maintenance), Nevin and Wacker (2013) emphasized systematic methods to program and assess treatment durability. Specifically, the authors suggested evaluating response persistence after deliberately presenting treatment challenges (e.g., extinction, satiation, low procedural fidelity levels). Although various studies evaluate the effect of different contextual variables on response persistence, few studies evaluate the effect of verbal stimuli. Therefore, this study examined the effect of instructions compared to no-instructions on response persistence. This study included four kindergarten students receiving special education services. Following preference, reinforcer, and proficiency assessments, the researcher implemented a within-subject design to systematically assess response persistence when challenged by a distractor (i.e., preferred video clips). Results indicated inconsistent total response patterns (correct and incorrect responses) in both the instruction and no-instruction conditions, across participants. However, three out of four participants exhibited greater persistence of errors in the no-instruction condition, and all four participants displayed greater proportional error percentages in the no-instruction condition. This research expands the literature evaluating various components affecting response persistence and provides implications for future evaluations as well as considerations for applied settings.
 
The Potential Effects of Mand Preference on the Long-Term Maintenance of Functional Communication Training
COURTNEY MAUZY (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia), Rose Morlino (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985) is the most frequently used reinforcement-based treatment to reduce problem behavior exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). However, less is understood regarding long-term maintenance of FCT effects when treatment is disrupted. Nevin and Wacker (2013) suggested that maintenance might be best defined, based on Behavioral Momentum Theory (BMT), as the persistence of adaptive behavior and the lack of resurgence of problem behavior when challenges to treatment occur. Ringdahl and colleagues (2018) utilized this conceptual framework to evaluate the impact of variables related to response topography, specifically preference for mand modality, on the persistence of appropriate behavior. Results suggested using high-preferred mand modalities identified through a concurrent-operant preference assessment increased appropriate behavior persistence. However, the high-preferred mand contacted more overall reinforcement pairings as a by-product of the preference assessments. In the current study, we addressed this potential confound by equating the number of response-reinforcer pairings across response alternatives during the preference assessment in the context of communication-based interventions for three elementary-aged children with limited vocal repertoires. Current results indicate high-preferred mands were more persistent than low-preferred mands, replicating the findings of Ringdahl et al. (2018) while controlling for response-reinforcer pairings.
 
The Effect of Enhanced Reinforcement on Communication Persistence During Functional Communication Training
ROSE MORLINO (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Courtney Mauzy (University of Georgia), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Response persistence is a necessary component of treatment maintenance, as described by Nevin and Wacker (2013). When treatment challenges (e.g., extinction) arise, responses that are the most resistant to change will maintain over-time. This outcome is advantageous when interventions included reinforcing appropriate behavior. Thus, it is important to access response persistence under different environmental arrangements to determine the durability of a treatment program. Previous studies have evaluated variables that may impact response persistence (e.g. preference for mand modalities). These studies show that preference effects persistence (Ringdahl et al., 2018). The current study sought to extend this literature and evaluate the effects of reinforcement arrangements following functional communication training (FCT). In this study, FCT was conducted with two elementary-aged children with disabilities and a minimal vocal repertoire. Once a communicative response was established, researchers evaluated the impact of reinforcement arrangements on the persistence of FCT during treatment challenges (e.g., extinction). Results indicated that reinforcement arrangements affected response persistence. Specifically, communication that contacted a higher rate or magnitude of reinforcement persisted longer than communication that contacted a lower rate or magnitude of reinforcement, replicating basic research findings from the behavioral momentum theory (BMT) literature.
 
 
Panel #246
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysts in Early Childhood Special Education: Challenges in Promoting Parent Participation and Team Collaboration
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Berenice de la Cruz, Ph.D.
Chair: Berenice de la Cruz (Texas A&M University-San Antonio; TxABA Public Policy Group)
MEGAN G. KUNZE (University of Oregon)
SARAH KATZ (Texas A&M University - San Antonio)
GUADALUPE CASTANEDA (Behavior Pathways, LLC)
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) are key members of early childhood special education (ECSE) teams, yet being included can be a challenge. National differences exist in how ECSE programs embrace BCBAs and seek out participation from families. BCBAs employed by school systems are faced with various challenges (e.g., limited time, untrained staff) that may stifle the positive impact their work can have on children. When employed by the family, BCBAs may face barriers to partnering with school personnel, which may negatively impact child outcomes. BCBAs are ethically bound to partner with stakeholders responsible for clients’ well-being, which in the case of ECSE are the educational staff and home-caregivers, to establish a relationship of active communication and shared decision making. Collaboration between home and school is essential, now more than ever, due to virtual schooling requiring parents to fulfill the role of teacher due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Panelists will share experiences and research in overcoming challenges in teaming and supporting parental involvement in ECSE pre-pandemic and during the pandemic and share lessons learned to inform future collaboration. Panelists’ experiences include practicing behavior analysis as BCBAs within school systems, supervisors, consultants, researchers, and teachers in Pre-K-12 grade classrooms and higher education.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this panel, participants will be able to: 1. Identify common strengths and barriers to collaboration between Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), parents, school personnel, and other stakeholders in early childhood special education (ECSE) 2. Describe the different roles of team members in ECSE programs 3. State the need for effective partnerships, BCBA participation, and collaboration to improve outcomes in young children with exceptionalities
Keyword(s): collaboration, consultant, early childhood, special education
 
 
Symposium #247
CE Offered: BACB
Conceptual Behavior Science in the Context of Scientific Work
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Timothy C. Fuller (Fit Learning)
CE Instructor: Timothy C. Fuller, Ph.D.
Abstract: Scientific work is diverse in setting, phenomena of interest, and methods and assumptions employed to orient to these phenomena. The degree to which scientific workers remain oriented to the operative assumptions contributing to their orientation is equally diverse. The conceptual subdomain of behavior sciences seeks to organize, refine, and bring clarity to the assumptions we have about our subject matter. This symposium presents three papers that comment on the benefits afforded to experimental and applied behavior scientists when conceptual behavior science is thoroughly incorporated in their work. The first paper outlines the fundamental role that theory plays when non-human experimental work is used to model phenomena related to human affairs. The second paper provides a framework for applied behavior scientists interested in integrating theory into their efforts and the communication benefits that can result. Finally, the third paper focuses on the experimental analysis of behavior and how theory plays an inseparable role in empirical efforts.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Professionals, Academics, Graduate Students
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) articulate the importance of theory in the context of translational research, (2) outline the role conceptual and experimental behavior science can play in practice settings, and (3) describe the benefits of an aligned theoretical orientation in the context of experimental work.
 

Lost in Translation: The Importance of Theory in Translational Research With Nonhuman Organisms

(Theory)
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The source of motivation for the time, energy, and resources poured into basic research is the assumption that what is observed in the contrived circumstances of the laboratory will be relevant and applicable to problems of importance in the “real world.” In psychology, the problems deemed to be of sufficient importance for the allocation of resources to basic research are primarily related to human behavior. However, much basic research in psychology is conducted with nonhuman animals. Modeling human phenomena with nonhumans is fraught with threats to validity that are frequently overlooked or ignored in the work of researchers in the fields of behavioral genetics, neuroscience, and even the experimental analysis of behavior. The thesis of this presentation is that the most significant act of “translation” from basic nonhuman research to human affairs occurs at the level of theory when modeling phenomena for study. The importance of theory in this regard will be considered in the context of several current nonhuman models of human psychological phenomena.

 

Balancing Applied Behavior Science With Conceptual and Experimental Work

(Theory)
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (Fit Learning)
Abstract:

Behavior Science’s three interrelated domains of conceptual, experimental, and applied work represents an earnest effort by adherents of this science to participate in and work toward, a comprehensive science of behavior. Though the lion’s share of conceptual and experimental work occurs in the context of universities there are efforts in the applied domain to remain oriented to, and participate in, the refinement of both experimental and conceptual work. This paper provides examples of these efforts as well as outlines a framework for interested applied behavior scientists to adopt a balance of the three pillars of behavior science. The benefits of adopting such a framework are exemplified with particular attention paid to advantages when communicating with non-technical audiences.

 
Closing the Gap Between Philosophy and Basic Research
(Theory)
CHRISTINA M. PETERS (Brock University)
Abstract: Within behavior science, there has been a renewed emphasis on closing the gap between basic research and application. As a result of these efforts, both domains have benefited. Clinicians, and the clients they serve, have benefited from increased access to evidence-based approaches to intervention. Likewise, basic scientists have enjoyed renewed interest in their work, enhanced opportunities for support and new outlets for publication. However, while the relationship between the experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) and application appears to be strengthening, the relationship between theory and EAB appears to be floundering. Some have even posited that at present EAB is insufficient when it comes to theory (Killeen, 2018). This paper will explore the potential benefits of closing the gap between theory and philosophy and EAB. Specific emphasis will be placed on the importance of theory with respect to methodological and interpretive aspects of research endeavors as applicable both to the production and consumption of basic operant research.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #248
CE Offered: BACB
Using Modern Technology to Incorporate the Principles of Behavior Analysis Into Remote Training and Supervision
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Michael F. Dorsey, Ph.D.
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (Amego Inc.)
Presenting Authors: : BRYAN BLAIR (Long Island University-Brooklyn), JESSLYN FARROS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis; Pepperdine University; Building Connections Behavioral Health), CHERYL DAVIS (Russell Sage College; SupervisorABA)
Abstract:

Instructors, trainers, tutors, and supervisors have been designing and delivering remote learning experiences for a range of learners for many years. However, some of the common methodologies and modalities, and available resources may appear to be high-quality but many of these technologies often do not incorporate best practices of instruction based on the principles of behavior analysis. In addition, some of these technologies and systems that use best practices of behavioral education and training as demonstrated by recently published publications are not often widely known or implemented across a range of instructional and training settings. This tutorial will present attendees with common practical problems and hurdles related to remote training, and will also provide attendees with easily implemented solutions based on the principles of behavior analysis and that use free or low-cost and widely available technologies and applications. The tutorial will also include detailed demonstrations of some of these solutions directly related to practical skills of interest to a range of behavior analytic practitioners and supervisors across a variety of settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Faculty, supervisors, and trainers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify basic behavior analytic principles associated with several new remote learning modalities and technologies; (2) identify challenges and barriers to remote instruction, learning, and supervision; (3) identify and develop at least one real-world behavioral solution to a challenge/barrier to remote instruction, learning, and supervision.
 
BRYAN BLAIR (Long Island University-Brooklyn), JESSLYN FARROS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis; Pepperdine University; Building Connections Behavioral Health), CHERYL DAVIS (Russell Sage College; SupervisorABA)

Dr. Bryan J. Blair is currently an Assistant Professor at Long Island University - Brooklyn where he is also the coordinator of the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) graduate certificate and supervised fieldwork programs. He is a licensed behavior analyst and doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D) and has worked with children and adults with developmental disabilities and clinical disorders for over 15 years in a variety of settings. He received an M.S. in ABA from Northeastern University in 2007 and a Ph.D. in ABA from Endicott College in 2017. Dr. Blair also provides digital technology consultation related to the practice of ABA. He has presented on topics in ABA and autism spectrum disorder at state, regional, and national conferences and has published research in peer-reviewed journals. His research and professional areas of interest include complex human behavior, improving learning outcomes, verbal behavior, staff training, parent consultation, instructional design, digital learning, and BCBA/Clinical supervision.

Jesslyn N. Farros, Ph.D., BCBA-D, has had the privilege of working in the field of behavior analysis for more than 10 years. She earned her Doctorate in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) from Endicott College. She currently supervises programs for adults with severe challenging behaviors at the Center for Applied Behavior Analysis, consults in the area of performance management at Building Connections Behavioral Health, and is adjunct faculty in the ABA Master’s program at Pepperdine University. Her favorite course to teach is verbal behavior, which she developed for the Endicott College Master’s program. Dr. Farros is an active participant at several conferences including ABAI and CalABA, and she has recently published papers in the areas of verbal behavior and online learning. Her research interests focus on evidence-based learning and verbal behavior.
Cheryl Davis is a licensed and certified behavior analyst as well as a special education teacher who received her doctoral degree from Endicott College in Applied Behavior Analysis. Cheryl is an Assistant Professor at The Sage Colleges, as well as owner of 7 Dimensions Consulting, LLC, and co-owner of SupervisorABA. She received a Master’s of Science Degree in Intensive Special Education from Simmons College in Boston, MA, after attending The University of Connecticut where she received a bachelor’s degree in Human Development. Cheryl then pursued her BCBA, while working in a world-renowned ABA school. With almost 30 years of experience working with children and families with autism, developmental disabilities, and related disorders, Cheryl specializes in effective supervision for upcoming BCBA/BCaBA candidates. She has a passion for supervision, in both providing it to people who are in locations with limited access to behavior analysis and working with other supervisors to develop best practices.
 
 
Symposium #249
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Bringing ABA to the World: Changes Across Cultures, Borders, and Disciplines
Sunday, May 30, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Dipti Mudgal (Ball State University)
Discussant: Lina M. Slim-Topdjian (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC)
CE Instructor: Lina M. Slim-Topdjian, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The world as we know it is changing and, in many ways, there are tremendous signs of growth for humanity. One such sign is the removal of boundaries for service delivery. Behavior analysts are contributing to this process in a remarkable way, for example, by taking advantage of developments in technology that allow us to communicate and collaborate in ways that were previously unthinkable. However, stepping into this new world requires us to notice differences in each other, and to work diligently to build bridges. To expect that the application of behavioral science is devoid of context and cultural norms would not provide desirable outcomes. Hence, several parameters must be considered when planning and implementing global access to behavior analysis. The aim of this symposium is to present two unique and successful collaborations that fostered equality, equity, and inclusion of recipients. Both papers will shed light on different aspects of service delivery and dissemination of applied behavior analysis in the international context.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): India, International, Speech pathologists, UAE
Target Audience:

Providers, program developers, researchers,

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: (1) Explain the FBA workshop changes that were made for Indian SLPs. (2) Explain the changes made in the ABA program for UAE population. (3) List considerations to be made when disseminating ABA services and education in other countries.
 
Diversity submission 

Cross-Discipline Training Model for Speech-Language Pathology Students in India to Develop Function-Based Interventions

GEETIKA AGARWAL (Ball State University), Dipti Mudgal (Ball State University)
Abstract:

The awareness, acceptability, and availability of Speech and Hearing programs in India far exceeds the prevalence and awareness of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) programs. There are over 800,000 registered speech therapists (Indian Speech and Hearing Association, 2019), whereas BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs together add up to merely 86 (Behavior Analysis Certification Board, 2020). For a country with over 2 billion people, the number of behavior therapists is pittance. While this gap in the number of providers is discouraging, we believe practitioners of applied behavior analysis should find mutual synergy to collaborate and train speech therapists in the science of our field. This collaboration is intuitive given the remarkable overlap in both fields. The purpose of this grant funded project was to disseminate our science by training the students and supervisors of the Department of Speech and Hearing, which was housed within a medical college in South India. We implemented a two-day intense Functional Behavioral Assessment training workshop focusing on most commonly seen challenging behaviors in their speech sessions. This paper aims to cover the model we used for customizing the workshop for speech therapists in India so that it is more relevant and inclusive of their experiences and context. Recommendations for future collaboration of both fields and/or dissemination of behavior analysis technology in India will also be provided.

 
Diversity submission 

Student-Faculty Collaboration in Dissemination of Behavior Analysis in the United Arab Emirates

CLODAGH MARY MURRAY (Emirates College for Advanced Education), Michelle P. Kelly (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE)), Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Aurora University)
Abstract:

The current paper will describe the establishment of the first graduate level Verified Course Sequence in ABA in the United Arab Emirates in August 2019, and the concomitant challenges and opportunities that arose for the UAE national students and expatriate faculty. With the aim of building local capacity in the provision of ABA services and expanding the reach of behavior analysis beyond the field of ASD intervention in the country, the faculty and students have worked together in a range of interesting and rewarding ways. The paper will discuss cultural competence as an ongoing collaborative effort. The faculty has learned to work in a Middle Eastern culture, understanding the impact of local traditions and customs on teaching and learning. Meanwhile, the students have learned to navigate the world of behavior analysis by analyzing and questioning how the methods and guidelines “fit” with the populations they serve now and into the future, for example in the selection of socially significant target behaviors, in discussing the prevalence of culturally-specific pseudoscientific interventions and in their critical evaluation of ethical codes. The positive student-faculty collaboration fostered in the UAE provides lessons for behavior analysts who work in culturally diverse settings. In particular, this paper will describe our achievements in the dissemination of the science of behavior analysis through community outreach and high-quality student-led projects, supported by faculty.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #249A
Meet & Greet and Discussion With Wendy Donlin Washington
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–2:00 PM EDT
Online
 
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
 

This conversation will be a follow-up to the talk entitled “Using Contingency Management and Behavioral Economics to Study Health-Related Behavior.” Topics for discussion include health promotion, conducting research in or developing treatments for substance use disorder, sedentary behavior, eating, or other health-related behavior.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #249B
Meet & Greet and Discussion With Pete Roma
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–2:00 PM EDT
Online
 
PETER G. ROMA (Naval Health Research Center)
 

Join Dr. Roma following his morning presentation, "Onward and Upward: Behavioral Science Principles and Practice in Human Space Exploration." Discussion topics to include:

  • How behavior analysis can contribute to the science of social behavior
  • The role of psychology and behavioral science in multidisciplinary research
  • Career development, opportunities, and non-traditional paths for behavioral scientists
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #249C
Meet & Greet and Discussion With Richard Frye
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–2:00 PM EDT
Online
 
RICHARD FRYE (Phoenix Children's Hospital)
 

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a behaviorally defined disorder. We are learning that ASD is associated with many medical co-occurring conditions such as sleep problems, gastrointestinal disorders, seizures, allergies and anxiety, just to name a few. In addition, we are learning that there are underlying biological abnormalities with how the cells and body work. These medical and biological abnormalities may not only be related to ASD symptoms but, most importantly, may be impeding successful habilitation if they are not addressed. Thus, a multidisciplinary medical approach is necessary to evaluate and treat ASD in order to provide optimal outcomes. Stop by this discussion event to talk about these issues more with Dr. Richard Frye.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #249D
Meet & Greet and Discussion With Cecilia Montiel-Nava
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–2:00 PM EDT
Online
 
CECILIA MONTIEL-NAVA (University of Texas Rio Grande Valley)
 

Topics of discussion will include:

  • ethnic disparities among children with autism spectrum and neurodevelopmental disorders
  • evidence-based parent-mediated interventions for children with developmental delays in underserved populations
  • how to reduce the gap in access to services that identify and treat neurodevelopmental disorders to improve the quality of life of underserved populations
    • main barriers to access care for people with autism
    • how culture impacts the access to care in people with autism
    • how being of ethnic minority groups might be a risk factor for later age of diagnosis and less access to care in autistic people
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #249E
Career Fair
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT
Online

ABAI's online career fairs give employers and job seekers a chance to interact, ask questions, and get to know one another in a way that scrolling through job sites just can’t provide.

 
 
Poster Session #251
BPN Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT
Online
1. Does Cannabidiol Share Discriminative-Stimulus Properties With the Benzodiazepine Anxiolytic Chlordiazepoxide?
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
REBECCA CHALMÉ (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

Cannabidiol (CBD) is one of the major centrally active phytocannabinoid components of cannabis, and has been approved by the FDA only for the treatment of two rare seizure disorders. However, CBD has been touted as a potential treatment for anxiety in place of more traditional pharmacological treatments like benzodiazepines. Although there is some evidence of anxiolytic effects of CBD, its suitability as a substitute for benzodiazepines is unknown. This experiment was designed to assess to what extent CBD shares interoceptive discriminative-stimulus properties with the anxiolytic chlordiazepoxide (CDP), a benzodiazepine. In the present experiment, a range of doses (0-333.3 mg/kg) of CBD were administered in rats trained to discriminate 5.6 mg/kg CDP from saline. Due to the long time-course effects of CBD, generalization tests were conducted at 90 and 120 min post-CBD administration. Results indicate that CBD likely does not substitute for CDP, as mean percent CDP-appropriate responding remained under 20% at most doses. Future areas of investigation, including lowering the CDP training dose, could provide additional clarity regarding the present results.

 
2. Oxycodone Impacts Sensitivity to Reinforcement Magnitude in Male and Female Rats: Implications for Impulsive/Risky Choice
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JUSTIN T VAN HEUKELOM (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Thomas Wagner (Louisiana State University), Isabelle R Rinkert (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jeremy Langford (West Virginia University), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: Acute administration of opioid agonists has been shown to increase impulsive choice. Behavioral mechanisms of this effect may include an increased sensitivity to delay and/or a decreased sensitivity to reinforcement magnitude. Furthermore, there is current interest in characterizing differences in drug effects on impulsive and risky choice between sexes. The purpose of this study was to evaluate acute effects of the prescription opioid oxycodone on sensitivity to reinforcement magnitude in male and female rats. Rats chose between different reinforcement magnitudes in a within-session, concurrent-chains procedure in which the magnitude for one option (i.e., 1, 3, and 9 dipper presentations of a sucrose solution) varied across blocks of choice trials, while the magnitude of the other option remained constant (i.e., 3 presentations). Baseline sensitivity to reinforcement magnitude tended to be higher in females (M=0.60; n=6) than in males (M=0.52; n=8). On average, oxycodone (0.3, 0.56, and 1.0 mg/kg) tended to decrease sensitivity to reinforcement magnitude in both males and females. Based upon these findings, we tentatively conclude that male rats would be more likely to engage in impulsive choice, and that oxycodone would likely induce impulsive choice in both male and female rats.
 
3. Neonatal Co-Exposure of Mice to Ultrafine Iron and Sulfur Dioxide Does Not Affect Response Inhibition or Reversal Learning in Adulthood
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW LELAND ECKARD (University of Rochester Medical Center), Alyssa Merrill (University of Rochester Medical Center), Katherine Bachmann (University of Rochester Medical Center), Elena Marvin (University of Rochester Medical Center), Günter Oberdörster (University of Rochester Medical Center), Marissa Sobolewski (University of Rochester Medical Center), Deborah Cory-Slechta (University of Rochester Medical Center)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

Air pollution (AP) is a growing threat to human health including its effect on neurological development and function. AP is a complex mixture of gases and particulate matter, including trace elements, which may differentially contribute to its neurodevelopmental toxicity. In our lab, brains of neonate mice exposed to concentrated ambient ultrafine particulate matter showed brain accumulation of iron (Fe) and sulfur (S). To determine the neurodevelopmental impact of Fe and S specifically, male and female neonate mice were exposed to air or an aerosol mixture of ultrafine Fe and sulfur dioxide (n=12). Inhalation exposures occurred from postnatal day (PND) 4-7 and 10-13 for 4 hr/day. Following training on a fixed-interval schedule in adulthood, mice were trained on successive differential-reinforcement-of-low-rates schedules (10 - 36 s) followed by a discrimination reversal task. Peak deviation analysis of DRL responding showed relatively inaccurate timing in all groups across DRLs and no differences in within-bout response IRTs or overall reinforcers earned. Similarly, across three discrimination reversals, overall errors decreased, but there were no group differences in error patterns or response latencies. Thus, Fe and S in combination at the current dose may not recapitulate the behavioral impairments associated with developmental AP exposure.

 
4. Economic Demand and Cross-Price Elasticity of Cocaine and Social Reinforcement
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
MARK A. SMITH (Davidson College), Jessica Sharp (Davidson College), Hannah Cha (Davidson College), Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: Aim: Drug addiction is characterized, in part, by the pathological choice of drugs over other reinforcers. This study used a behavioral economic approach to examine demand and cross-price elasticity of cocaine and social contact with a cocaine-free and cocaine-intoxicated partner under concurrent-access conditions. Methods: Male rats responded under a concurrent schedule of reinforcement in which the two reinforcers were cocaine (0.5 mg/kg, iv) and 30-s access to a social partner. The availability of each reinforcer was independent of the other. Social access was evaluated with a social partner that was cocaine-free and cocaine-intoxicated (10 mg/kg, ip). The ratio value (i.e., unit price) of both reinforcers varied across sessions, and economic analyses determined demand intensity and elasticity of each reinforcer under conditions in which the alternative was or was not concurrently available. Cross-price elasticity was determined by the slope of consumption for the concurrently available, fixed-price reinforcer. Results: Concurrent social access to a cocaine-free or cocaine-intoxicated partner did not reduce cocaine demand intensity or elasticity. Concurrent cocaine access decreased social demand intensity and increased social demand elasticity for a cocaine-free partner; however, this effect was not observed with a cocaine-intoxicated partner. Cross-price elasticities indicated a weak positive slope for each reinforcer with the exception of cocaine-free social access. Conclusion: Cross-reinforcer demand procedures suggest that social contact can serve as a weak substitute for cocaine, whereas access to cocaine can serve as a strong substitute for social contact, especially if the social partner is not cocaine intoxicated.
 
5. Uncertain Drug Cost as a Historical Factor Contributing to Drug vs. Nondrug Choice in Rhesus Monkeys
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
William Doyle (Program in Neuroscience; University of Mississippi Medical Center), Carlos Zamarripa (Program in Neuroscience; University of Mississippi Medical Center), Kevin B. Freeman (University of Mississippi Medical Center), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center), SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

Relative to nondrug reinforcers, illicit drugs may be more uncertain in terms of their availability, quality, and in the time and effort required to obtain them. In drug vs. nondrug choice, we have shown that a variable-ratio (VR) schedule of cocaine delivery increased cocaine’s potency as a reinforcer compared with an equal on average fixed-ratio (FR) schedule of cocaine delivery. However, it is unknown whether an history of chronic exposure to uncertain drug cost results in subsequent changes in the reinforcing properties of cocaine. Adult rhesus monkeys chose between cocaine (0-0.1 mg/kg/injection) and food (2 pellets/delivery) under concurrent FR FR schedules to establish baseline drug vs. nondrug choice functions. Subjects were then exposed to 60 days of cocaine availability (0.1 mg/kg/injection) under an FR 200 (fixed history) or VR 200 (uncertain history) schedule of reinforcement, followed by redetermination of cocaine vs. food choice functions. Then, subjects first exposed to the FR schedule experienced the VR schedule, and vice versa, followed by a final determination of cocaine vs. food choice. Thus far, cocaine choice is reduced or unchanged following a fixed history with cocaine and is increased following an uncertain history with cocaine. If replicated with additional subjects, these results suggest that exposure to uncertain drug costs could enhance the reinforcing properties of the drug compared with exposure to fixed drug costs.

 
Diversity submission 6. Assessing Demand for Cigarettes and Substitutes in African American/Black and White Smokers
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
SYDNEY BATCHELDER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Yohan Krumov (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Josie Newburg (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ashley Haberman (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Devon Bigelow (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: Although smoking is on the decline in the United States, it still poses a challenge for certain minority populations including Black smokers. Black Americans who smoke cigarettes are more likely to be affected by smoking related illnesses than White Americans (Inoue-Chol et al., 2017; Lortet-Tieulent et al., 2016). And though Black Americans are more likely to report intentions to quit, they are less likely to successfully quit (Stahre et al., 2010). For these reasons, it is necessary to delineate what variables affect smoking in Black Americans. The present study used a cigarette purchase task (CPT) and the experimental tobacco marketplace (ETM) to evaluate whether Black and White smokers have similar demand for cigarettes and whether nicotine alternatives function similarly as substitutes. Participants were recruited via Amazon Mechanical Turk to take measures including the Fagerstrom Test for Nicotine Depedence, Everyday Discrimination Scale, intentions to quit, and Timeline Followback. Participants then took the CPT and ETM, which ask smokers how many cigarettes and alternatives they would consume at increasing prices. Race, menthol status, and socioeconomic status comparisons will be conducted. Implications for treatment including harm reduction and nicotine replacement therapy based on these findings will be discussed.
 
7. Abstinence-Contingent Wage Supplements to Promote Drug Abstinence and Employment: Post-Intervention Outcomes
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW NOVAK (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: Given the interrelated nature of substance use, unemployment, and poverty, interventions designed to promote health and move low-income people out of poverty could lead to long-lasting treatment effects. This study assessed effects of abstinence-contingent wage supplements after discontinuation. Participants were randomly assigned to an abstinence-contingent wage supplement group (n = 44) or a usual care control group (n = 47). All participants could work with an employment specialist throughout the 12-month intervention period. Participants in the abstinence-contingent wage supplement group earned stipends for working with the employment specialist and, after gaining employment, abstinence-contingent wage supplements for working in their community job and providing opiate- and cocaine-negative urine samples. Assessments of drug use and employment were collected every 3 months during the 12-month intervention and the 12-month follow-up period. During the intervention, participants in the abstinence-contingent wage supplement group maintained higher levels of opiate and cocaine abstinence and were more likely to become employed and live out of poverty than control group participants. During the follow-up period, both groups had similar levels of drug abstinence, employment, and poverty status. Results will be discussed in terms of methods to promote long-term treatment maintenance.
 
 
 
Poster Session #252
EAB Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT
Online
8. Birds of a Feather Flock Together: Analyses of Coordinated Responding
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRIAN R. KATZ (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Rafaela Fontes (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Experimental analyses of coordinated responding (i.e., cooperation) have been derived largely from a procedure described by Skinner (1962) involving pairs of subjects (dyads). In this procedure, an active schedule of reinforcement is coupled with a mutual-response requirement (Tan & Hackenberg, 2016) reinforcing one response from each subject emitted within a short interval. Although it has been suggested that mutual-reinforcement contingencies enhance rates of temporally coordinated responding (de Carvalho et al., 2018; Tan & Hackenberg, 2016), simultaneous changes in reinforcement schedules and the presence or absence of mutual-reinforcement contingencies across phases raise questions concerning this conclusion. The present experiments assessed the control of coordinated responding by mutual-reinforcement contingencies while holding the active schedules (Exp1: variable-interval 20s; Exp2: fixed-ratio 1) constant. In Experiment 1, higher percentages of coordinated response were observed under mutual than under independent-reinforcement conditions, indicating the effectiveness of the mutual reinforcement contingency. Conversely, in Experiment 2, no substantial differences were observed across phases due to the large variability observed during the independent-reinforcement phases. The present results thus confirm that mutual-reinforcement contingencies do induce higher rates of temporally coordinated responding than independent-reinforcement contingencies and invite further investigation regarding how the active schedule influences patterns and rates of coordinated responding.

 
9. The Movement Cycle Under the Microscope: Expanding the Behavioral Unit to Include Neural Activity
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN MATTHEW BUGG (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Rafaela Fontes (Utah State University)
Abstract: Radical behaviorism rejects bifurcation and contends all events demonstrating sensitivity to behavioral principles, even brain responses and other responses of the central nervous system, be included in a behavioral account. The movement cycle offers a way to expand the behavioral unit to account for a coordinated sequence of behavioral events—including brain responses —as a repeatable unit. This study used Electroencephalography (EEG) and Event-Related Potential (ERP) methodologies to capture brain responses that are part of the movement cycle. Using both traditional behavioral measures and ERPs with one adult participant, motor responses and related neural activity were measured as part of the arm raising movement cycle. Future directions will involve modifications to contingencies to change underlying neural components (e.g., moving the reinforcer to different parts of the cycle).
 
10. Interactions Between Food and Water Motivating Operations Under Concurrent Food and Water Reinforcement Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NICHOLAS L VITALE (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Rafaela Fontes (Utah State University)
Abstract: In organisms’ natural environments, many events function as motivating operations (MOs), and multiple reinforcers are available concurrently. Previous research has shown that 1) multiple MOs may interact in determining reinforcing effectiveness of a single event and 2) a single MO may alter the reinforcing effectiveness of multiple events. The purpose of the current study was to examine patterns of responding under various MO conditions when food and water reinforcement is concurrently available. Across all experiments, two groups of mice responded on concurrent schedules for sucrose pellets and water under four different MOs: food deprivation, food and water deprivation, water deprivation, or no deprivation. In Experiment 1, pellets and water were available on fixed-ratio 1 (FR-1) schedules for both groups. In Experiments 2 and 3, for one group the schedule for pellets was changed to a fixed-interval 30s (FI-30s) and then fixed-interval 60s (FI-60s) while water remained on a FR-1 schedule. For the other group, pellets remained on the FR-1 schedule while the water schedule was changed to FI-30s and then FI-60s. Allocation of responding for pellets and water depended on interactions between MO conditions and the amount of responding for the reinforcers on the FI schedules.
 
11. Investigation of a Nonsequential Model of Renewal
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRIANNA SARNO (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Rafaela Fontes (Utah State University)
Abstract: ABA operant renewal is a model of relapse in which behavior established in a distinct context and then exposed to extinction in a separate context may reemerge upon a return to the original reinforcement context. Laboratory models of renewal are critical to inform clinical practice to mitigate the occurrence of relapse and facilitate the maintenance of treatment gains; however, current laboratory arrangements lack procedural similarity to applied settings. Nonsequential renewal is a modified procedure developed by Sullivan et al. (2018) that provides an alternative arrangement to study operant renewal in a manner more consistent with clinical experience. Two studies have compared renewal of responding in the nonsequential and typical (i.e., sequential) model, and the results have been mixed. The current experiment replicated the procedure of Craig et al. (2019) and compared renewal of target responding in rats that were exposed to the nonsequential or sequential renewal procedure. The use of a laboratory model of renewal that is more analogous to clinical settings may be more valuable in a translational approach to investigating relapse-prevention techniques.
 
12. Effects of Individual and Dyadic Presentation to a Food-Searching Task on Locomotion Patterns in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FRYDA ABRIL DIAZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (University of Veracruz), Bernardo Castro (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Rafaela Fontes (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Previous studies have reported that the behavioral dynamics of a rat exposed to group foraging situations is different to the one observed when rats are individually tested. In general, in group situations, subjects decrease their feeding time and increase the traveled distance. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of presenting two female Wistar rats to a dyadic and individual food-searching task under conditions of free and restricted access to the food containers. Subjects were exposed to the task in a 99 x 99 cm experimental chamber with nine food containers. Locomotion patterns, traveled distance and recurrence in different areas of the experimental chamber were registered. No differences were found between dyadic an individual session in terms of traveled distance although it was observed a slight decrease in the free access condition. Also, more variation in routes were found in the dyadic that in the individual test with an increase in recurrence in this last condition for one of the subjects. The results of the study are discussed in terms of the modulating function of conspecifics in individual behavioral patterns.

 
13. Motivational State-Dependent Conditioned Suppression
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MELIA SHAMBLIN (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Rafaela Fontes (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Several lines of research have shown that interoceptive cues such as those associated with deprivation/satiation states may come to function as discriminative stimuli when they reliably predict environmental events. This has been described as state-dependent learning. The purpose of this study was to determine if conditioned suppression can be discriminated on the basis of different motivational conditions. Eight mice responded for a sweetened condensed milk/water solution on a VI 30-s schedule, with half of the sessions following a 24-h period of food deprivation and half following a 24-h period of free access to food (0-h deprivation). During training sessions, a 1-min tone presentation was followed by shock under one MO condition for each group: 24-h deprivation for group 1 and 0-h deprivation for group 2. Conditioned suppression was observed for both groups, but reduced differentiation in suppression between the shock/no shock condition was observed for the group for which the 24-h deprivation MO condition predicted shock. These data suggest that conditioned suppression can come under the discriminative control of interoceptive food deprivation/satiation states, but also that the discriminative properties of the interoceptive states associated with these MOs interact with their motivational functions.

 
14. Acquisition of Operant Behavior by Spontaneously Hyperactive Rat and Wistar Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista)
Discussant: Rafaela Fontes (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)is a neurodevelopmental condition characterized by hyperactivity, impulsive behavior and sustained attention deficit. Recent etiological theories implicate changes on reinforcement sensitivity as a core process in ADHD. Spontaneously Hyperactive Rat (SHR) is a lineage widely used as an animal model of ADHD. Research with SHR had find changes on reinforcement processes as changes on acquisition rate, on conditioned reinforcement function and resistance to extinction. Previous research, conducted in our laboratory, indicated differences on conditioned reinforcement, only after several sessions under extinction contingency. One of the problems on the interpretation of this result is that evaluation of conditioned reinforcement effectiveness was done under an acquisition procedure, that could be, also, impaired. To evaluate this ambiguity, an experiment comparing acquisition of an operant behavior by SHR, Wistar Kyoto and Wistar rats was proposed. In the experiment subjects (N=7, for each group) were submitted to an acquisition procedure for 30 sessions, in which lever presses were followed by a food pellet. Preliminary repeated measures ANOVA, considering only SHR and Wistar lineages, indicated an interaction between group and session factors [F(29,330)=1.598; p<0.05]. These results are interpreted as impaired acquisition by SHR when compared to Wistar, WKY must still be evaluated.

 
15. Appetitive Conditioning in the Orange Head Cockroach (Eublaberus posticus)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Erandy Barrera (Converse College), Isobel Wilkes (Converse College), CHRISTOPHER ALLEN VARNON (Converse College)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract: This poster describes appetitive conditioning experiments with the orange head cockroach (Eublaberus posticus). While many invertebrate subjects are available, cockroaches have several benefits over other species that show impressive behavioral abilities, such as bees. Most notably, cockroaches are generalists that can be maintained in controlled indoor conditions while bees are highly specialized and many species must be kept outdoors. We believe the generalist nature of cockroaches facilitates the development of robust procedures. In the first experiment, we investigated the ability of cockroaches to associate novel odors with appetitive and aversive solutions. We found cockroaches learned to approach odors that were associated with a dog food sucrose solution, and also learned to avoided odors associated with salt water. The second experiment repeated these methods, but also tested for preferences between conditioned odors across several retention periods, from 15 minutes to one day after the conditioning procedure ended. We found that performance peaked 45 minutes after training then decreased as a function of time. Our work is the first to show associative conditioning in orange head cockroaches. Future work will explore additional conditioning procedures as well as include biological assays or manipulations.
 
16. Eye-Tracking Analysis: Fixation from Comparison to Sample Stimuli in Matching to Sample Procedures With Meaningful Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LIVE FAY BRAATEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract:

Including one meaningful stimulus in a class of abstract stimuli in matching-to-sample (MTS) procedures increases the probability of equivalence class responding. Some research has shown a positive effect, even including multiple meaningful stimuli in a class. Eye-tracking technology can investigate fixation duration and frequency to stimuli in the MTS procedure. In the present experiment employing simultaneous MTS procedures, participants are presented with the sample stimuli when responding to comparison stimuli and can gaze back at the sample stimulus multiple times before responding. This poster seeks to investigate how the inclusion of one, many, or none meaningful stimuli with abstract stimuli would affect participants’ eye-movements regarding whether they fixate from comparison to sample stimuli. Three groups were taught 12 conditional discriminations, learning three 5-member classes, in a one-to-many training structure. Twenty-three adults participated in the experiment. Results show that the groups trained on meaningful stimuli in each class had a considerably lower percentage of trials where gaze went back to sample compared with the two other groups, which had similar results. This difference was not apparent in training. There were no differences between BSL and SYM trials for the group with few meaningful stimuli, but a slight increase in EQ trials.

 
Sustainability submission 17. Relationship Between Discounting and Climate Change Belief
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JUSTIN MYERS (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract: Climate change in the United States is often framed as an event that will occur in the future, probabilistically, and that will cause harm primarily to people elsewhere in the world. Some have argued that inaction on climate change may be the result of people’s tendency to devalue events that are delayed, probabilistic, and affecting other people. The present study sought to investigate whether concern about climate change is related to rates of delay, probability, and social discounting. Two experiments are investigating discounting and climate change using Amazon MTurk participants. Participants complete delay, probability, and social discounting questionnaires with hypothetical monetary gains and losses, and a climate change concern questionnaire. 118 participants have been recruited to date and were placed into groups based on whether they reported high concern (n = 90) or low concern (n = 28) for climate change. Preliminary data suggests that delayed gains and probabilistic losses were discounted more heavily among low concern individuals. These data may help identify strategies to better motivate action on climate change.
 
18. Effects of Chlordiazepoxide on Pausing During Rich-to-Lean Transitions
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELIZABETH PAIGE THUMAN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jeremy Langford (West Virginia University), Sydney Batchelder (University of North Carolina Wilmington), David Austin Haste (Auburn University), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract: Extended pausing during discriminable transitions from rich-to-lean conditions can be viewed as escape (i.e., rich-to-lean transitions function aversively). Thus, an anxiolytic drug would be predicted to mitigate the aversiveness and decrease pausing. In the current experiment, pigeons’ key pecking was maintained by a multiple fixed-ratio fixed-ratio schedule of rich (i.e., larger) or lean (i.e., smaller) reinforcers. Intermediate doses (3.0-10 mg/kg) of chlordiazepoxide differentially decreased median pauses during rich-to-lean transitions. Relatively small decreases in pauses occurred during lean-to-lean and rich-to-rich transitions. Effects of chlordiazepoxide on pausing occurred without appreciable effects on run rates. These findings suggest that signaled rich-to-lean transitions function aversively.
 
19. Rapid Demand Curves and Delay Discounting in the Pigeon
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MORGAN N DELONG (James Madison University), Kiley Madison Gagain (James Madison University), Peter Montwill (James Madison University), Luke Ferdinand Cortes (James Madison University), Mona Al-Bizri (James Madison University), Marisa N Fujimoto (James Madison University), Daniel D. Holt (James Madison University)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract: Behaviorism with economics has aided descriptions and interpretations of behavior. Delay discounting, for one, has been found to be useful for furthering our understanding of how the value of a commodity is affected by the delay until its receipt. Demand functions, for another, have shown the relation between consumption of an outcome and its price. There were three aims of the present study: 1. Replicate and extend research on delay discounting; 2. Replicate and extend research of generation of demand functions; 3. Explore the potential relation between the degree of discounting and demand. Regarding Aims 1 and 2, we found pigeons' discounting of food (replication) and water (extension) to be well described by a hyperbolic function; and that demand curves revealed a clear relation between price and consumption. Concerning Aim 3, because the demand curves revealed very small differences for food and water it remains unclear what may be driving the observed differential rates of discounting (water was discounted less steeply than food). More research will be needed for a fuller understanding of “value” as it relates to discounting and demand functions.
 
Sustainability submission 20. Relationship Between Delay Discounting and Screen Time
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida), TAYLOR RAAYMAKERS (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract:

Prior studies have demonstrated associations between maladaptive behavior (e.g., excessive drinking and gambling) and delay discounting. However, many studies related to delay discounting rely on indirect measures of behavior. In the present study, a direct measure of screen time usage was compared to results of a delay discounting. Preliminary results suggest Individuals who spend excessive amounts of time mobile devices may be more likely to discount future rewards than their peers.

 
21. Force Adaptation:The Effects of Feedback on Subcriterion Responses
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NINA DELL'AERA-JACHYM (Western New England University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract:

Learning entails an adaptation to prevailing response requirements. Brief stimuli are often arranged to accompany criterion responses and may facilitate the emergence of novel behavior to meet new contingencies. When rats and humans respond under conditions of varying force requirements, response topographies contain a mixture of responses that meet the new criterion as well as a number of “subcriterion” responses that fail to meet the criterion. The present study asked if additional exteroceptive feedback would (1) hasten the emergence of criterion behavior and (2) reduce the amount of subcriterion responding. A two-component schedule was arranged. In one component, rats learned a two-response sequence under conditions of increasing force requirements. Each response that met the requirement was accompanied by a brief feedback tone. The second component arranged the same force criteria, but no feedback accompanied responding. Increasing the force requirement produced a rapid adjustment of force and induced a population of subcriterion responses, but in no case did the arranged feedback facilitate performance or reduce subcriterion behavior. In this case, arranging feedback did not assist learning. It may be possible that the brief tone was not a conditioned reinforcer or that the animal’s own proprioceptive feedback was a much more potent signal that overshadowed the exteroceptive stimuli.

 
22. Does Preference Obey the Law of Least Effort?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (Western New England University), Thomas Carpenter (Western New England University), Lara DePaoli (Western New England University), Nina Dell'Aera-Jachym (Western New England University)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract: The Law of Least Effort indicates that animals and humans will prefer a less effortful option over a more effortful one, all else being equal. In truth, little research has examined choice for more or less effort. In a recent paper (Andrews & Zentall, 2019), pigeons earned food on a concurrent chains procedure. One terminal link arranged food according to a fixed-interval (FI) schedule – thus requiring a single response to produce food; the alternative produced food according to an equal-valued differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior schedule (DRO), which required the abstinence of responding. About half of the pigeons preferred the DRO schedule; the other half showed no preference. A general preference for less work did not emerge. The purpose of the present study was to take a closer examination of preference under different degrees of work. Rats earned food on a concurrent chains schedule. Responding on either of two variable-interval 10-s schedules produced entry into terminal links. One terminal link, the High Work Option, arranged for food delivery according to a FI 1-s schedule. To satisfy the schedule, rats were required to hold the lever for varying amounts of time ranging from 0.1 – 1.6 s. The other link, the Low Work Option, arranged for food delivery according to an FI X-s schedule. Here, the work duration was fixed at 0.1-s and the value of “X” was yoked to the most recent values obtained in the High Work Option. So, the two options differed only in response work requirement. Under these conditions, no preference for greater or less work emerged. Additional conditions with greater work values are ongoing and will be discussed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #254
EDC Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT
Online
Diversity submission 24. Higher Education Dual Enrollment for Students With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ASHLEY BLANCA RODRIGUES (Bridgewater State University)
Discussant: Kayla Crook (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Of all students with disabilities, individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities (ID) have the fewest post-school educational prospects. High school students with autism and ID often have the difficult experience of watching their general education peers and siblings go on to further their education while they are left behind. Typical opportunities for these individuals, particularly those past the age of 18, have been restricted to isolated public-school classrooms (until they reach 22) or community-based day habilitation centers. Lately in the area of special education there is an appeal for the advancement and growth of higher education opportunities for students with autism and ID. In response, school systems and institutions of higher education have started partnering to offer transition services through dual enrollment to individuals ages 18 through 21 with autism and ID. This poster offers a synopsis of effective models of higher education dual enrollment for students with autism and intellectual disabilities applied at one public university. These include a college inclusion model using mentoring during the day and in the residence halls in the evenings where students with autism and ID are fully assimilated into all aspects of the college experience. Relevant supporting research will be discussed and an exploration of the implications and approaches for creation and implementation of partnership programs will be put forward.

 
25. Video Self-Modeling as a Classroom Based Intervention to Reduce Off-Task Behavior in Mainstream Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
STEVEN G. LITTLE (Walden University), Angeleque Akin-Little (Walden University)
Discussant: Kayla Crook (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: Video Self-Modeling involves individuals observing images of him/herself engaging in a desired behavior with the intent to increase the probability of the behavior occurring again. Video Self-Modeling has been used to improve academic success and/or promote positive change in a range of behaviors, most frequently with those diagnosed with disorders such as Selective Mutism or Autism Spectrum Disorder. There are a limited number of studies on the effects of Video Self-Modeling for non-exceptional students in a mainstream school. The purpose of this research was to examine the effects of Video Self-Modeling on intermediate school students in New Zealand who were identified by their teacher as engaging in off-task behavior. Participants were videoed completing independent tasks in literacy, the recording was edited to remove instances of off-task behavior, and then viewed by each participant before school for 3 weeks. The mean number of words participants wrote, and the frequency of off-task behavior were recorded. Results indicated that all four students made gains in the amount of work completed. Two of four participants demonstrated a reduction in all three recorded off-task behaviors and two participants in two out of the three off-task behaviors. Practical implications are discussed.
 
Diversity submission 26. Online Parent Training on Behavioral Principles for Korean Parents of Children With Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
JAMES LEE (Department of Special Education, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Discussant: Kayla Crook (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Consistent challenging behaviors of young children are known to have significant impact on the child’s optimal development, such as social-emotional development or communication skills (Dunlap et al., 2006). Parents of children who exhibit challenging behaviors report that these behaviors have negative effects on family’s stress, social isolation, and well-being (Meadan et al., 2010). Furthermore, many parents who live in low-resource settings outside the United States report exacerbated hardships due to limited access to resources, such as Korea. To strengthen capacity of parents in Korea, who have limited access to resources, we developed and examined the effectiveness of a series of online parent training modules on behavioral principles using a randomized controlled trial with waitlist control group (N = 88). We found significant interaction effects of Group X Time for (a) parental knowledge of behavioral principles, (b) positive parenting practices, and (c) parental stress, with no preexisting differences between the two groups. Qualitative social validity data indicated that parents were highly satisfied with the goals, procedures, and outcomes, and that the modules affected their parenting styles, increased knowledge leading to better child outcomes, and recommendations for future research.

 
27. Functional Communication Training Using Concurrent and Chained Schedules of Reinforcement in Public Elementary School Classrooms
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA TORELLI (Western Kentucky University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Kayla Crook (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Children with intellectual and developmental disabilities frequently engage in escape-maintained problem behavior, which can limit their access to academic instruction and lead to placement in more restrictive educational settings. While there are function-based interventions to treat escape-maintained problem behavior, these interventions have primarily been evaluated in clinic settings using procedures, such as extinction, that are not feasible for teachers to implement in classrooms. The goal of this study was to evaluate a multi-component intervention without extinction to treat escape-maintained problem behavior for two children with developmental delays (one child also had autism). Functional analyses indicated each participant’s problem behavior was maintained by multiple sources of reinforcement, including escape. Functional communication training + concurrent schedules reduced problem behavior for one of two participants and increased functional communicative responses for both participants. Chained schedules were implemented with one participant; results showed work completion and some types of functional communicative responses came under stimulus control, but rates of problem behavior showed an increasing trend. Results suggest continued evaluation of chained and concurrent schedules following functional communication training is warranted. Implications for future research are discussed.

 
28. Intervention Results of Using Extra Credit to Increase Quiz Scores for College Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
PIK WAH LAM (University of South Dakota)
Discussant: Kayla Crook (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: This poster presents the results of an intervention using extra credit as a positive reinforcer in a token economy system to increase students’ weekly quiz scores. The intervention was conducted in a Special Education course offered in a midwestern 4-year university. A total of 46 undergraduate students were enrolled in the course. Tokens were given to students who scored from 8 to 10 points out of 10 points in each weekly quiz. Students could use the tokens they earned to exchange for extra credits at the end of the semester. An AB design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. The first three weekly quizzes served as a baseline. The intervention was conducted throughout the rest of the semester. Results suggested that there is a very slight increase in the overall class average in the weekly quizzes. The mean score of the weekly quiz was increased by 1.02 points from 7.39 to 8.41 from baseline to intervention respectively. Extra credit showed small positive effects on students' scores in the weekly quizzes and was demonstrated to be an effective positive reinforcer. Stronger reinforcers should be identified and other extra credit delivery methods should also be examined in the future.
 
29. Effects of Intensive Coaching on Educator Implementation of a Comprehensive Function-based Intervention Package
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARNEY SQUIRES POLLACK (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Kayla Crook (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The effectiveness of behavioral interventions in schools depends heavily on the ability of educators to implement procedures with fidelity. However, much of the training literature focuses on teaching educators to implement interventions with relatively few components (Kirkpatrick et al., 2019). We used a multiple probe across participants design to evaluate the effects of an intensive coaching package on educator fidelity of a comprehensive, function-based intervention package (skill-based treatment; Hanley et al., 2014) for three public school educators without previous training in applied behavior analysis. The coaching package included (a) teaching one intervention component to mastery at a time, (b) practicing trials with pre-trial and in-vivo feedback, and (c) individualizing coaching procedures based on intervention fidelity data and participant feedback. Relative to a workshop-style behavioral skills training session, intensive coaching increased educators’ fidelity to criterion levels. Criterion fidelity in one or both intervention intervals generalized from implementation with an actor to the target student, and subsequently to the student’s regularly assigned classroom. Educators reported the training package to be feasible and the intervention to be effective for improving their student’s behavior. Results of this study highlight the need to individualize coaching supports for educators learning to implement comprehensive, function-based interventions.
 
30. Teaching Graduate Students to Identify and Adhere to Practicum Requirements
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RYAN ATKINSON (Regis College), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Discussant: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: A critical component of becoming eligible for Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®) certification is the completion of fieldwork experience hours according to the BACB Experience Standards (2018). The accrual of experience hours must meet stringent criteria and are strongly recommended to be documented using the BACB Fieldwork Tracker. Thirteen graduate students of behavior analysis were taught to enter data into the BACB Fieldwork Tracker using mock fieldwork scenarios. Training was conducted using group behavioral skills training (BST). The training occurred remotely using both synchronous and asynchronous components. Of the 13 participants, 11 showed improvement from baseline and 10 met and maintained performance at mastery levels at the end of the study. Results suggest training on the Fieldwork Tracker is necessary and BST is effective. Social validity scores indicated most participants felt the training was helpful and reported lower levels of fieldwork accrual-related stress following training (81.8% and 72.7%, respectively). Limitations and areas for future research are discussed.
 
31. The Frequency of Behavior Analysis in School Psychology Literature: A Review of 20 Years
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN GALANAUGH (Queens College, City University of New York), Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University), Paulina Luczaj (Seton Hall University), Ashley Younger (Seton Hall University), Fabiana R Cacciaguerra (Seton Hall University)
Discussant: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Although assessment for special education services continues to be a primary role of school psychologists, an increased role in behavioral assessment and treatment has been noted over time (Bahr et al., 2017). School psychologists are frequently required to conduct functional behavior assessments for student problem behavior as well as follow Response to Intervention treatment models. Both activities can be considered rooted within the theories and procedures of behavior analysis (Johnson et al., 2018; Ardoin et al., 2016). This indicates a need for behavior analytic research within the school psychology literature. The purpose of the present study was to investigate the frequency of articles consistent with the theories and practices of applied behavior analysis (operant and respondent conditioning models of assessment and intervention) published in four school psychology journals between 2000 and 2020. A total of 2765 original research articles were reviewed by looking for the presence of ABA focused content within the title or abstract. Results indicate that only 5.5% of articles (n=153) had a primary focus reflective of ABA theory or practice. These data were lower than would have been expected given the current job roles reported by practicing school psychologists. The authors will discuss the implications of this finding to the practice of psychology in the schools.
 
32. A 30-Year Systematic Review of the Use of Self-Monitoring for Improving Teacher Performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
TERESA CROWSON (Old Dominion University), Selena J Layden (Old Dominion University)
Discussant: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Self-monitoring, by encompassing the methodical observation of one’s own behavior, is a process which can be used by teachers to improve their performance in the classroom. In this systematic review, we identified 22 articles of published research that included teachers as participants implementing self-monitoring procedures in a school setting from 1990 through 2020. These studies were analyzed with a focus on participants, dependent and independent variables, type of self-monitoring used, and outcomes. In addition, the studies were analyzed using the Council for Exceptional Children’s Quality Indicators for study quality. Results yielded 21 of 22 studies having indicated positive results, though some included self-monitoring as part of an intervention package. However, only eight of the 22 studies met all of the quality indicators.

 
33. An Analysis of Stimulus Presentation on Fluent Performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
COURTNEY SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno), Helen Tecle Kidane (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

The demand for effective and efficient instruction in education is clear; research at the experimental level is needed in order to extend a behavior analytic understanding of the process of learning. The purpose of the current study was to extend the understanding of learning by manipulating the presentation of stimuli presented in an array. Two presentation types were examined: An Additive Presentation (starting with one stimulus and progressively adding stimuli) and a Complete Presentation (presenting all stimuli). The targeted response was assessed using measures of fluency including performance standards, application, and endurance. Data show that an Additive Presentation of stimuli is correlated with more time to meet criteria (defined by fluency aims) than is a Complete Presentation of stimuli when the stimulus set is comprised of five stimuli. When the stimulus set size is comprised of seven stimuli, data show that the order of presentation is the more relevant factor.

 
34. Response Accuracy Does Not Align With Generalization During Discrete-Trial Instruction
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MADELINE JOYCE MURPHY (West Virginia University), Catherine Williams (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Discrete-trial instruction (DTI) involves training response(s) under the discriminative control of multiple stimuli. A desired outcome of DTI is often that responses generalize to novel examples and not to novel nonexamples (i.e., concept formation). Multiple factors influence acquisition and generalization, though factors that influence acquisition may not have the same effect on generalization and vice-versa. Previous experiments demonstrated that the number of distinct stimuli included in training (i.e., set size) is one factor that affects acquisition during DTI, but did not evaluate whether the response taught generalized to novel stimuli. The present experiment measure acquisition and generalization with college students across two conditions: 1) gradually increasing the number of stimuli and 2) including all stimuli from the start of training. The findings suggest that the number of distinct stimuli required for acquisition and generalization varied across participants. Generally, response accuracy during training was not an indicator of response accuracy in the generalization probes nor did response accuracy during generalization probes indicate training mastery. However, response accuracy was more highly correlated with generalization when all stimuli were included from the start of training. The relation between generalization and accuracy-based mastery and considerations regarding mastery criteria for DTI when generalization is a desired outcome are discussed.

 
35. Noncontingent Reinforcement in the Classroom: Effects on Levels of On-Task Behavior and Inappropriate Vocalizations in a Virtual Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY WILTSCH (University of Missouri-St Louis), Keely Stephens (Special School District), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis)
Discussant: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Schools and clinics have had to adjust their practices to provide services in a virtual setting on a greater scale than in previous years. In order to ensure students and clients receive the most effective treatment possible, there needs to be an increased focus on determining appropriate interventions to apply in the virtual setting. Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) has been shown to be effective with students with a wide variety of disabilities (Austin & Soeda, 2008; Noel & Getch, 2016; Rasmussen & O'Neill, 2006). It has also been shown to be effective when implemented during typical classroom and group activities with selected students (Austin & Soeda, 2008; Noel & Getch, 2016). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of NCR on the levels of on-task behavior and inappropriate vocalizations for three students with developmental disabilities in a middle-school, self-contained classroom in the virtual setting. Results indicated that NCR can be used virtually within a group setting to increase on-task behavior and decrease inappropriate vocalizations when implement as a package along with other intervention components.
 
36. Reset Contingencies are Not Necessary to Maintain Quiz Submission in College Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HELOISA CURSI CAMPOS (University of Central Oklahoma)
Discussant: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Escalating reinforcement schedules with reset contingencies maintain drug abstinence. Escalating reinforcement schedules can also sustain quiz submission in college students. This study investigated if the reset contingency is necessary for the submission of optional weekly quizzes. Undergraduate students were divided into three groups—fixed reinforcement schedule (Fixed Group), escalating reinforcement schedule without a reset contingency (No-Reset Group), and escalating reinforcement schedule with a reset contingency (Reset Group). The baseline measured how many participants submitted quizzes 1 and 2. Next, participants could earn 50 bonus points for submitting quizzes 3 through 12. Participants in the Fixed Group earned 5 bonus points for each quiz submission. Participants in the No-Reset and Reset Groups earned 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, and 7 bonus points for submitting respectively quizzes 3 through 12. If participants in the Reset Group missed one quiz, the bonus points reset at 3. Results showed fewer participants in the Fixed Group who submitted quizzes 3-12 while participants in the No-Reset Group submitted more quizzes throughout the study. Participants in the No-Reset Group also sustained more consecutive quiz submissions. These results suggest that the reset contingency is not necessary to maintain quiz submission in college students.

 
37. On DeMAND: Mand Training in the Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ADRIENNE JADE BOHLEN (Western Michigan University), Alyssa R McElroy (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University), Mindy Newhouse-Oisten (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Mand training is an evidence-based strategy that involves altering the motivating operations (MOs) in a student’s environment and is commonly used to increase requests made among students with and without developmental disabilities (Jennett et al., 2008). There is evidence that behavior analysts serving as consultants can use Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to effectively train teachers and other classroom professionals to implement interventions with high fidelity, including mand training (Hsieh et al., 2011; Homlitas et al., 2014; Nigro-Bruzzi & Sturmey, 2010; Suberman & Cividini-Motta, 2020). The current project adds to previous literature on the utility of BST to train teachers and classroom staff to implement mand training in an early childhood special education (ECSE) setting. Using instructions, modeling, feedback, and in-vivo practice, staff were trained to contrive and capitalize on naturally occurring opportunities to teach requesting to ECSE students with varying verbal repertoires. Once classroom staff met mastery criterion for each skill with a confederate, they were observed with students in the classroom, and generalization of skills were measured. Results of the project will be shared and discussed in relation to past findings in the literature and future applications for the field.

 
 
 
Poster Session #255
TBA Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT
Online
38. The Effect of Self-Monitoring to Increase the Implementation of Discrete Trial Training on Staff Working With Children With Disabilities
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ERICA SPIEGEL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

This study expanded on the current research on using self-monitoring checklists to teach staff how to implement discrete trial training (DTT) effectively. DTT is a structured methodology for teaching new skills. Previous research has demonstrated that self-monitoring can be effective for teaching DTT methods to staff. If staff are inefficiently trained, delivery of the DTT procedures can negatively effect the child’s academic progress (Belfiore et al., 2008). To teach children independence in skills, it is important that the staff working with these students are well trained. Educators may not implement such evidence-based interventions for children with ASD with appropriate procedural integrity over a length of time (Collier-Meek, Sanetti, & Fallon, 2017). Research consistently shows us that many educators struggle to implement interventions as and as a result, these low levels of implementation generally result in poorer student outcomes (Collier-Meek et al., 2017). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of self-monitoring on treatment integrity with staff implementing a discrete trial training program, as well as child skill acquisition, and maintenance of procedures. It was hypothesized that self-monitoring will help staff to develop skills required for implementing effective DTT methods, and also allow for staff to maintain the DTT skills. Results showed that all staff improved their performance once intervention had begun, and were able to maintain their high performance scores.

 
39. Using "Baby Yoda" to Augment Teaching in Behavioral Courses
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CODY LINDBLOOM (University of Arkansas), Brenna R Griffen (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Almost four decades of research supports the usage of feature films and television series in teaching psychological science concepts in higher education. Given that more higher education instruction is moving towards remote and online learning due to the COVID-19 pandemic, instructors should have a variety of multimedia resources readily available to provide sufficient instruction. Upon reviewing articles which use various films and television series to provide psychological science instruction, the benefits in using a character’s consumption behavior from the Disney+ original series, The Mandalorian, in teaching the four-term contingency and frequency data collection are explored. After reviewing the character’s behavior over two seasons of The Mandalorian, it appears that using Grogu’s consumption behavior to teach behavioral content in higher education psychology and behavioral courses is a likely resource.
 
40. Teaching Reinforcement and Punishment: A Comparison of a 2 X 2 and a Matching Matrix
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research
BARBARA METZGER (Troy University), Landon Dubose (Troy University), Kathryn Waller (Troy University), Frank Hammonds (Troy University)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Despite the importance of positive reinforcement, negative reinforcement, positive punishment, and negative punishment in the field of behavior analysis; there is a paucity of research showing effective methods of teaching them. The purpose of these experiments was to evaluate the effectiveness of Flora and Pavlik’s (1990) 2 X 2 Matrix and a Matching Matrix in teaching the four terms. Using a pre-post experimental design, we taught college students the four terms. We used a PowerPoint lecture based on behavior skills training with the 2 X 2 Matrix in Experiment 1 and a Matching Matrix in Experiment 2. We measured accuracy of identifying the four terms via written multiple-choice tests. We also measured accuracy of producing novel examples as a generalization test. In Experiment 1, participants identified positive reinforcement and negative punishment more accurately than negative reinforcement and positive punishment. An error analysis showed that participants rarely made reinforcement/punishment errors but were more likely to make positive/negative errors. (We will be collecting data for Exp.2 in Spring of 2021.) Our data support the use of the 2 X 2 Matrix, but it may be best suited for a beginning level course. We propose a Matching Matrix for more advanced courses.
 
41. Optimizing Schedules of Reinforcement for Skill Acquisition: A Systematic Review
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
AAISHAY HAQUE (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: The use of various schedules of reinforcement is an integral part of skill acquisition behavior change programs in the field of applied behavior analysis, organizational behavior management, behavior modification and other related fields. However, there is limited guidance available to practicing behavior analyst how to alter a schedule from an initial value to an optimal degree. Hagopian et al., 2011 explored considerations for and provided the recommendation towards schedule thinning procedures for reduction of problem behavior. To the authors’ knowledge, there is an absence of recommendations in this manner for skill acquisition. As a result, practitioners must often make arbitrary schedule decisions, which may comprise the efficiency of treatment programming. Thus, the primary purpose of this review is to analyze literature to provide practitioners with recommendations on the variables that must be evaluated to make optimal adjustments to a reinforcement schedule in skill acquisition programs. We conducted a systematic review of texts and articles selected from a peer reviewed article containing a list of the most frequently assigned readings in behavior analysis graduate training programs, the ABAI online syllabus bank, and an online keyword search of behavior analytic articles using PsychINFO & ERIC.
 
42. Specialization and Meaningful Application of Behavior Analysis- A Fellowship Model for Aspiring Behavior Analysts
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
DANIELLE TIBERT (Constellations Behavioral Services)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: As the demand for behavior analysts continues to increase, mentorship models must apply training mechanisms that efficiently provide meaningful learning opportunities, while ensuring the mentees’ ability to practice independently after certification (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020). The outcomes required of a mentorship model include both shaping a competent behavior analyst, able to perform the requirements set forth by various accreditation entities, while also providing a quality service to their clients. We will present the development of a mentorship model that supports organizational sustainability, while providing a group of mentees the opportunity to develop skills within an identified specialization of behavior analysis. The model demonstrates efficiency with shaping competent behavior analyst, as evidenced by the rate of board certification of mentees, retention of mentorship model behaviors analysts post certification, and demonstration of their ability to independently practice across the industries of healthcare and education.
 
43. Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Teacher Versus Self-Evaluation/Self-reflection Feedback to Increase Students’ Behavioral Observation Skills
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
MARCIE DESROCHERS (State University of New York, Brockport), Jie Zhang (SUNY Brockport), Michael Fensken (University of Nevada-Las Vegas)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Online instruction involving large class sizes is becoming a common phenomenon in higher education. Although teacher feedback is typically delivered for assignments to promote learning, student self-evaluation/self-reflection of learning may be a more practical method of managing the instructional environment while fostering students’ independence or self-determination. In this action research experiment, the effectiveness of four methods of delivery of feedback on students’ acquisition of behavioral observation skills were compared. Participants (N = 132) were randomly assigned to one of four methods of providing feedback: teacher only (TT condition), student self-evaluation/self-reflection only (SS condition), teacher-then-student self-evaluation/self-reflection (TS condition), or student self-evaluation/self-reflection-then-teacher (ST condition). Participants were asked to complete behavioral assessments for two training video-based scenarios with feedback delivered within 48 hours after each and then two assessment video-based scenarios were assigned. The results, both for a random sample of individual learners as well as at the overall group difference level, show that the SS, ST, and TT conditions were superior to the TS condition for acquisition of behavior observation skills. Possible reasons for these findings are discussed.
 
44. AIMing Higher: Using a Multidimensional Approach to Conduct Balanced Supervision of Behavior Analytic Trainees
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
TAYLOR MARDIS DEWOODY, M.A., BCBA, LBA (Autism in Motion Clinics), Jana Sarno, M.A., BCBA (Autism in Motion Clinics), Emily Doak, M.Ed., BCBA, LBA (Autism in Motion Clinics)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: With such rapid growth in the field of applied behavior analysis, effective supervision practices are vital in the training and mentorship of Board Certified Behavior Analysts to ensure clinical effectiveness. The recent literature reports the requirement of a competency-based approach to the supervision of behavior analytic trainees, including baseline assessment of skills, the use of behavioral skills training, delivery of timely and effective feedback, developing case conceptualization, teaching problem-solving skills, and shaping decision-making repertoires. Additionally, supervising BCBAs hold an ethical obligation to the evaluation of supervision practices and their outcomes. This poster presents a competency-based training model aligned with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) Supervisor Training Curriculum Outline 2.0 (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2018), while incorporating the Competence and Confidence Checklist (CCC; Brodhead, Quigley, & Wilczynski, 2018) to evaluate training outcomes and opportunities for continued professional development. This approach utilizes a competency-based approach to training while incorporating the CCC as a self-assessment for future professional development opportunities, allowing trainers to model ethical decision making in practice and proper methods for consultation. This poster presents an overview of each component's design and implementation as part of a training package, as well as future directions for supervision research.
 
46. Teaching School Personnel the Basics of Functional Behavioral Assessment and Function-Based Intervention
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
SAMANTHA GOLDMAN (Assumption University)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: It is well-established that function-based interventions, developed based on results of functional behavioral assessment (FBA), are the most effective means of addressing student problem behavior. However, school personnel are often not trained in these procedures. Although highly trained behavior specialists should conduct FBAs and write behavior intervention plans (BIP), it is important for school personnel who are involved in the assessment and implementation process to develop an understanding of these procedures. In this study, we provided training on FBA/BIP for 14 employees of a large, diverse, urban school district. Four 90-min sessions were provided by the district Behavior Intervention Consultant with 100% fidelity. Pre- and post-test data were collected using established measures of FBA/BIP knowledge and confidence. A measure of social validity was also completed at post-test. Although post-test data have not yet been collected, we will evaluate changes in FBA/BIP knowledge and confidence from pre- to post-test and quantitatively summarize social validity results. Findings from this pilot study contribute to the research on FBA/BIP training that is provided by district specialists for other school personnel, under typical professional development circumstances, in diverse, urban school districts with limited resources.
 
 
 
Poster Session #256
CSS Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT
Online
47. Cooperation in Groups: Effects of a Values-Based Task
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
SADIE LYNN KLASSEN (University of Nevada, Reno), Natalie Buddiga (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

In behavior analysis, public goods games have been used to experimentally analyze cooperative behavior. Despite a growing number of studies using this and similar preparations, research is yet to evaluate how participants contribute other resources besides money. Furthermore, while research in values-based interventions have shown a contingent increase in prosocial behavior among participants, no study has yet examined this effect in an experimental preparation. The aim of the present study was twofold: (1) Assess how participants would allocate time—specifically towards pollution reducing activities—compared to money and (2) evaluate the effects of a values-based intervention on cooperation. During the public goods rounds, participants were instructed to allocate their given money or minutes to a collective fund in the standard task or for pollution reducing activities in the modified task. Values-based interventions asked the participant to evaluate and develop goals aligned with certain values concerning general social or environmental factors. Thus far, results have demonstrated more inconsistency in contributions prior to intervention and stability in responding post-intervention across both values-based tasks and the control task. This calls into question whether a values-based intervention can effectively alter cooperative behavior in an experimental task. More investigations, however, are warranted to isolate the necessary and sufficient variables for cooperation.

 
Sustainability submission 48. COVID-19: The Past, Present, and Future
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLOR ANNALISE JANOTA (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: COVID-19 is considered the most impactful global viral infection in the last century, resulting in a declaration by the World Health Organization (WHO) that the virus had met pandemic levels in March, 2020. In the first study, college student participants were given a probability discounting task that presented concurrent choices of social distancing for an amount of time or risk a global pandemic at a given probability ranging from 2.5 to 50 percent. In one condition, the participants selected options individually and in the other condition their choices were assumed to account for the group. Following the closure of the university and the pandemic announcement by the WHO, the same discounting tasks were re-administered. Results suggested that participants were more willing to socially distance for a longer duration if the choice was collective rather than individualistic and willingness was greater during the second administration within the pandemic. The second study extended upon the first study by incorporating delay discounting of past, present, and future, where participants were required to make probabilistic choices today, 4-months ago (i.e., on-set of the pandemic), and 4-months in the future (i.e., unknown state of the pandemic). Results are discussed in terms of policies related to collective action with implications for future pandemic events and similar global catastrophes.
 
50. Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Sexual Assault Reporting Steps to University Students
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
ASHA FULLER (University of South Florida; Arizona State University), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: Among college students, sexual assault underreporting occurs significantly more than among other populations (NSVRC, 2018a). Two main types of training attempt to address the prevalence and underreporting of sexual assault: bystander education and victim advocate training. However, neither of these methods have been empirically validated. The purpose of this study was to compare behavioral skills training to the traditional information-only approach when teaching college student victim advocates the steps to reporting a sexual assault. Results from this study indicate that individuals in the behavioral skills training group demonstrated a greater understanding of the training content and retention of this information as compared to the information-only group. Future research should evaluate how these procedures extend to different populations and how long victim advocates can retain information on the steps to reporting.
 
51. Self-Care Strategies and Job-Crafting Practices as Predictors of Work-Life Balance, Work Engagement, and Burnout
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC), Amanda DeLongchamp (University of Minnesota Duluth)
Discussant: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) practitioners report high levels of burnout, exhibited as exhaustion and disengagement. Turnover, a stressful and costly experience for individual practitioners and the human service organizations that employ them, is a potential consequence of burnout. Work-life balance and work engagement are associated with lower burnout and lower intention to quit. Research concerning behavioral predictors of work-life balance, work engagement, and burnout—all of which are associated with turnover intentions—among ABA service providers is scant. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to explore whether and how the use of self-care strategies and job crafting practices influence perceived levels of work-life balance, work engagement, and burnout among ABA practitioners who work in human service settings. In a sample of 826 ABA practitioners, 72% reported medium to high levels of burnout. Hierarchical regression analyses revealed that the use of both self-care strategies and job crafting practices strongly predicted work-life balance, work engagement, and burnout above and beyond sociodemographic variables (gender and years of experience). Findings can inform the development of effective organizational/systems- and individual-level self-care and job crafting interventions that support sustainable individual, organizational, and client-related outcomes. We contend that self-care and job crafting interventions support a culture of wellbeing in graduate programs, training/supervision curricula, and mentor/mentee relationships.

 
52. A Behavior Analytic Approach to Promote Fact-Checking on Social Media
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
CAROL E WILLIAMS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: Since at least 2017, Americans have turned to online sources for news and related information. Information propagated as false news has political, social, economic, and health implications which have potential collateral consequences of altering resource allocations, changing the status quo, and polarizing populations against one another based on interpretations of virally produced false information or identification with certain groups disseminating false narratives. To stem the flow of false information, online platforms such as Twitter, could utilize bilateral strategies, including analysis of response effort and individual behavior consequences. This quasi-behavioral experiment examined variables related to the flexibility of rule-governed behavior specific to sharing information using a single subject reversal design. The research determined a relation between the availability of convenient fact-checking services and the rates of sharing behavior. Additionally, the study examined factors relative to implementation of a consequence, wherein participant’s shared information was rated according to percentage of factually checked information and resulting in a publicized percentage on each participant’s public profile. The study results were that participants increased sharing of factual information with fact checking resources conveniently available; that sharing of false information was reduced with the introduction of a consequence; and that participants overall made use of a fact checking resource when it was conveniently available. Knowledge regarding what factors motivate readers to determine the validity of shared information and what may deter the spread of false news may provide strategies to improve social outcomes and reduce the negative impact of false information.
 
Sustainability submission 53. The Environmentalist Behavior Analyst: Identifying Opportunities and Feasibility of Behavior Analytic Careers in Sustainability
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA GHAI (Boston University), Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; Applied Global Initiatives LLC), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Discussant: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: While a vast majority of behavior analysts work within the fields of education and human services with individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities, a growing number of practitioners and researchers have expressed the desire to expand, or fully transition, beyond these traditional outlets to other emerging sectors of opportunities. Environmental sustainability is one area that continues to grow as a legitimate professional opportunity for behavior analysts. Given the complexity and urgency of this Super Wicked Problem, there exists a vast number of issues related to the environmental crisis that behavior analysts can apply their unique skill sets to achieve meaningful impact. This poster presents the vast array of environmental sustainability issues behavior analysis can help solve as well as a systematic framework for those behavior analysts thinking of focusing their behavior analytic work on sustainability. A comprehensive task analysis that encompasses procedures to clarify personal values, evaluate situational needs and assets, and the creation of an action plan are outlined. By undertaking this cyclical and interrelated individualized evaluation process, behavior analysts can start to think about how they may augment, or fully focus, their work in behavior analysis to critical issues of environmental sustainability.
 
Diversity submission 54. A Systematic Literature Review of Cultural Competency Training: Implications for Behavior Analysts
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
ALYSSA MICHELLE UHER (Michigan State University), Marisa H Fisher (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: The new Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts goes into effect on January 1, 2022, including the updated Standard 1.07: Cultural Responsiveness and Diversity. To bring attention and change to the current absence of cultural competence and prioritization of culturally responsive practices, this addition places the responsibility to gain said competence on each practitioner. As content and materials to gain this competency will be a high priority, the field will need to create trainings and other resources to ensure all practitioners are culturally competent. Aligning with behavioral practices, behavior analysts will need to look to other fields to identify practices demonstrated to be effective in teaching cultural responsiveness. To assist the research, creation, and development of these trainings and content, the purpose of this project was to identify how other education-based professions teach cultural competence. A systematic review was conducted to identify cultural competency trainings for practitioners in fields that work with students with disabilities within the public school setting. The focus was to identify how cultural competency is defined by different fields, the methods used to teach cultural competency, the skills that were most often targeted, and to what extent performance was assessed before, during, and after training.
 
Sustainability submission 55. Community Data Collection Initiative: Box Turtles
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Marwa Abdelkader (Florida State University, Panama City), LEAH JULIA KOEHLER (Florida State University, Panama City), Adam Kaeser (Bay County Box Turtle Project)
Discussant: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

Currently, there is minimal research to engage members of the community to be involved in data collection. Traditional research standards encourage investigation of questions in which all variables can be controlled or influenced by investigators. By not conforming to these research values, broader contextual variables and new research questions can be studied at a community level (Fawcett, 1991). This study is a community-level initiative to engage members of three local neighborhoods to be involved in data collection on neighborhood box turtle sightings to aid local wildlife biologists in gaining information on species prevalence and conservation. We plan to examine the effectiveness of brochures, magnets, and social media platforms by systematically staggering these interventions across neighborhoods utilizing a multi-baseline design. Baseline data show an increase in data collection in one neighborhood without the introduction of a formal intervention and steady levels of data collection in the other neighborhoods. The first phase, a brochure delivered to all addresses in the first neighborhood, will be initiated this spring (March/April). Sustained data collection by community members will aid in a larger demographic data collection initiative on the local box turtle population.

 
56. Ethical Dilemmas by Military Impacted ABA Practitioners
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
BETHANY A PATTERSON (Helianthus Positive Behavior Services), Tiffany Michels (Helianthus Positive Behavior Supports), Kristen Grilli (23464)
Discussant: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

The military lifestyle is a difficult, unique, and selfless lifestyle, yet poses many difficulties. One of these difficulties is the many ethical dilemmas to Applied Behavior Analysis practitioners. Within the military life, military and their families are to move every few years. Military lifestyle sends practitioners to remote areas with very few people on and surrounding the military base area. In some case the Applied Behavior Analysis practitioner is the only practitioner within miles, while in other cases they may be overseas with limited supports. Military may send practitioners to areas that have limited resources and cannot support adequate supervision. Remote supervision has been a huge help for many practitioners that are impacted by the military lifestyle and those that live in rural locations. Often times, the military will also send practitioners to areas that are very sparsely populated, with no other practitioner to provide Applied Behavior Analysis services from. There are many ethical dilemmas that can cause concern to Applied Behavior Analysis practitioners such as multiple relationships, exploitative relationships, working with limited resources, limited intervention staff, navigating cultural differences, and becoming burnt out. Further research is needed on the ethical dilemmas and limited supports of Military impacted Applied Behavior Analysis practitioners.

 
 
 
Poster Session #257
OBM Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT
Online
57. Comparing Behavioral Systems Analysis and the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services in a School
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTEN RUSSELL (Endicott College), Jill Harper (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Functional assessments are commonly used in Applied Behavior Analysis to drive intervention; to ensure that interventions are function-based. In Organizational Behavior Management, the use of functional assessment to drive intervention is minimal. Most research has focused on the Performance Diagnostic Checklists. In this study, we looked at comparing Behavioral Systems Analysis (BSA) to the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) at an out of district, kindergarten through eighth grade school. Three participants (i.e., Principal/Owner, Assistant Principal, Supervisor of Curriculum and Instruction) were asked to rate their prior awareness of findings from both assessments, rank the order of value or importance to the mission of each finding, and their assessment preference, regardless of the time commitment. Participants were asked to select which set of findings (the BSA or PDC-HS) they would prefer as the sole source of information and had the greater impact on customer satisfaction, resources, revenue, product/services offering, workflow efficiency and employee satisfaction.
 
58. Factors That May Impact Burnout in Providers Delivering ABA Services
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
AMANDA KAZEE (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Emily Gottlieb (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Burnout, a psychological condition resulting from prolonged job related stress, is comprised of three dimensions: emotional exhaustion, depersonalization, and decreased personal accomplishment (Plantiveau et al., 2017; Maslach et al., 1997). Although burnout is seen in a variety of professions, risk of burnout amongst providers working with autistic individuals is highly likely (Plantiveau et al., 2017). Because burnout symptoms in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) providers directly affect the services provided to their clients, it is crucial for organizations to consider what factors impact burnout and how to lessen them in their employees to increase the quality of life of both clients and providers. Our survey data, completed with 39 behavior technicians, takes an exploratory look at possible variables (e.g., client population, length in field, gender, frequency of supervision, etc.) that may impact burnout in behavior technicians providing services to autistic individuals. If an organization is able to determine which factors impact burnout, the negative effects of burnout including absenteeism, intent to leave, and turnover may be lessened or recognized at an earlier stage (i.e., organization can intervene before an employee is experiencing many symptoms rather than waiting until the employee puts in their two week notice).
 
59. Treatment Integrity Reporting in Behavior Analysis in Practice and Behavior Modification (2010-2019)
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
MAKENNA MASON (California State University, Sacramento), Silvia Dechant-Serrano (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Galan Falakfarsa (California State University, Sacramento), Erik Swanson Godinez (California State University, Sacramento), Deborah Christine Richardson (California State University, Sacramento), Lea Jones (California State University, Sacramento), Colin Wills (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Treatment integrity is the extent to which procedures are implemented in a manner consistent with their prescribed protocols and is necessary for properly evaluating functional relationships between dependent and independent variables. Previous research (Peterson et al., 1982 & Gresham et al., 1993) has indicated that treatment integrity data are scarcely reported in behavior analytic journals. We reviewed articles published between 2010-2019 in Behavior Analysis in Practice and Behavior Modification. A total of 194 articles were included for Behavior Analysis in Practice and 150 articles were included for Behavior Modification. Of the articles reviewed from Behavior Analysis in Practice, 88 studies (47.10%) reported treatment integrity while 176 studies (94.12%) reported interobserver agreement. In Behavior Modification similar results were found; 67 studies (39.64%) reported treatment integrity while interobserver agreement was found in 109 studies (64.50%). Our results supported findings from previous reviews that treatment integrity is infrequently reported. The exact reason why treatment integrity data are not reported more frequently is unknown and requires further investigation.
 
60. OBM and the BCBA: Engineering the Behavior of Clinical Staff Through a Performance Management System
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JAMES MACON (ABA Learning Lab)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Government mandated access to ABA healthcare has resulted in the proliferation of ABA service providers. While these service providers readily use the principles of behavior analysis to engineer clinical outcomes, less emphasis is given when designing contingencies for their employees. This presentation discusses the use of an organization-wide performance management system engineered to increase the productivity of Behavioral Analysts at an ABA healthcare. Critical components of the Behavior Analysts’ job were identified and broken down into measurable units. The organization’s historical performance served as a baseline measure. Graphic feedback and recognition for top performers were provided on a weekly basis, resulting in a 170% increase over baseline.

 
61. An Evaluation of Virtual Behavior Skills Training and Form Adjustment on the Note Completion and Quality of Direct Care Staff in a Residential Setting
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ZAC EINHORN (Typical Life Corporation), Zackary Huff (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Direct care staff are often required to document the daily services they provide. Completing this required documentation (e.g., shift notes) is not only an essential job duty set forth by organizational and statewide policies, but if written descriptively and objectively, can also be used to inform various clinical decisions. As such, we applied an intervention of virtual Behavior Skills Training (BST) and task alteration to increase shift note completion and shift note quality. Nine total direct care staff across two community-based group homes were trained to write objective shift notes describing client behavior throughout their shift. Trainings were delivered virtually due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Ceiling effects and other contributing factors in the baseline condition limited the impact of the intervention on shift note completion. Results displayed an increase in shift note quality following the intervention condition for both sets of participants (e.g., House1 & House 2). These findings suggest initial utility in an intervention package containing virtual training and task alteration.
 
62. Sex, Firearms, Professional Skills: A Review of Behavioral Skills Training in Non-Service Delivery Settings
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
SARAH LEATHE (Western New England University), Amy J. Henley (Western New England University)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training (BST) is an effective method for training a number of socially significant behaviors within the field of behavior analysis. BST is often used to train staff working with individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities, but has been used to train a wide variety of behaviors (skills related to sexual health, parenting, sports and musical performances, problem solving, and career advancement). We conducted a systematic review of BST literature outside of service delivery settings using the methods suggested by Moher et al. (2010) for systematic reviews and meta-analyses. We collected data on the characteristics of the participants as well as the types of skills targeted for training, the training components used, and the methods by which the training components were implemented, including relevant technology. We made quantitative and qualitative summaries of the articles reviewed, and provided commentary on the role and efficacy of BST when training skills with increased complexity.

 
63. Behavioral Contrast in a Simulated Workplace Task
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
BRANDON RING (Iona College), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Despite Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) being a discipline that is based on experimental analysis of behavior research, OBM studies rarely investigate the application of basic behavioral phenomenon to the workplace. Furthermore, when OBM researchers have applied basic research results, the procedures used have been considerably different than basic paradigms or have mislabeled and misused behavioral terminology. The purpose of the study was to bridge the gap between OBM research and OBM’s basic foundation, by attempting to demonstrate behavioral contrast with verbal adults using a simulated workplace task. The current study consisted of two experiments which adhered to basic research paradigms, used correctly label behavioral terms, and attempted to account for participant verbal behavior. Results were mixed, in that one participant demonstrated the behavioral contrast phenomenon, however, the procedure either failed to consistently occasion either extinction behavior or increased levels of responding above baseline levels in an unchanged condition for the remaining participants. The current study suggests that while it is possible to exhibit the behavioral contrast phenomenon with verbal adults using a simulated workplace task, the specific procedures necessary to consistently engender this phenomenon with this population have not yet been determined.
 
64. An Evaluation of Caregiver Preference for Graphic Depiction of Data
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MELANIE ELAINE PARKS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brittney Workman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lesley A. Shawler (Kennedy Krieger Institute Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: During the provision of behavior analytic services clinicians provide caregivers with feedback on their child’s progress. Feedback likely entails verbal and written summaries; it may also involve graphic displays of data. Currently, there are no established standards for sharing child progress (i.e., data) with caregivers. However, the field of OBM may help inform this practice (i.e., characteristics for effective feedback, Daniels and Daniels (2006)). The purpose of the current study was to assess caregiver preference and comprehension for how data were displayed on graphs. Participants included 17 caregivers whose children received either inpatient or outpatient behavioral services within the same organization. The procedures replicated Hardesty et al. (2019) whereby caregivers were shown data represented as a line or bar graph, time series versus an average over time graph, and a color versus monochromatic graph. Preliminary results indicate all caregivers (regardless of service level) reported a preference for line over bar graphs regardless of graph complexity. Additionally, caregivers reported a preference for colored graphs. These results will be discussed in context with parent demographic information (i.e., history with behavior analytic services or graphic displays). Potential implications in which behavior analysts share graphic data with their clients’ caregivers will also be discussed.
 
65. How to Win Contracts and Influence Systems
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
NEAL FALLETTA-COWDEN (University of Nevada, Reno), Ashlyn Renee Frits (University of Nevada, Reno), Helen Tecle Kidane (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract: The contributions of Applied Behavior Analysis in the American education system can be traced back to one of the earliest Applied Behavior Analytic studies conducted by Ayllon and Michael (1959). These authors demonstrated how intervening “indirectly” by modifying the behavior of change agents (in their case, psychiatric nurses) was effective in bringing about behavior change in clients in a psychiatric hospital. In essence, this was one of the first applications of modern behavioral consulting, which in the most general sense describes situations in which the behavior of change agents (consultees) is targeted for intervention with the ultimate aim of bringing about behavior change on the part of a third party client (Feldman & Kratochwill, 2003). Behavioral consultation has evolved tremendously since these early explorations of this model, but one thing has remained true. In order to successfully intervene on systems which are often resistant to change, a consultant must be able to win hearts, bring about behavior change, and earn contracts. This poster draws upon personal consultation experiences by the presenters as well as peer-reviewed research in this area to suggest strategies for how behavioral consultants can experience success in complex systems.
 
 
 
Poster Session #258
CBM Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT
Online
67. Using Sensory Based Interventions and Applied Behaviour Analysis to Decrease Escape Behaviours
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
PAMELA SHEA (St. Lawrence College), Dylan Twist (St. Lawrence College)
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Attention deficit hyperactive disorder (ADHD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder which has been reported to affect 6-9% of children (Wilens et al., 2011) and is one of the most common cognitive and behavioural disorders seen in school aged children (Larson, Russ, Kahn, & Halfon, 2011). Many interventions have been identified to attempt to decrease challenges within children diagnosed with ADHD. Sensory based interventions (SBI) such as brushing, and linear swinging, are presumed to promote self-regulation (Case-Smith, Weaver, & Fristad, 2015). SBI is commonly implemented, however research is limited. The aim of this study was to determine if SBI and/or a combination of SBI and differential reinforcement of alternative behaviours (DRA) and reinforcement of on-task behaviours would decrease challenging behaviours. A quasi-experimental ABAC research design was used to investigate if SBI or a combination of SBI and DRA plus reinforcement of on task behaviours were effective at reducing behaviours in four children diagnosed with ADHD. Results indicated a decrease in escape related behaviours in three of the participants during the SBI phase and a further decrease in behaviours during the combined approaches of all four participants. This study adds to literature supporting the field of applied behaviour analysis and inter-professional collaboration, and provides conservative support the use of SBI in isolation.

 
68. Interdisciplinary Intervention Towards Avoidant and Restrictive Food Intake Disorder: A Review of 16 Inpatient Cases
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
AARON D. LESSER (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle Melicosta (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Emily Seals Mathis (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Avoidant and Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID) is described as a diagnostic category for individuals with feeding difficulties that cannot sustain adequate nutritional status and does not manifest from a distorted body image (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-5th Edition, 2013). Individuals with this presentation may require intensive medical and behavioral therapy to increase oral consumption and address comorbidities that have developed from events preceding this diagnosis (e.g., illness, choking). There is a burgeoning amount of empirical data that focuses on this population and describes treatment approaches and their respective outcomes. We completed a chart review of all inpatient admissions from an interdisciplinary pediatric feedings disorders program from 2015-2019 and identified 16 patients that met inclusion criteria. The results of the review showed that 88% of patients experienced an acute event that preceded feeding difficulties, all patients met at least 80% of their admission treatment goals, and 92% of patients that completed their admission consumed 100% of their nutritional needs orally.

 
69. Treatment of Sudden Onset Avoidant and Restrictive Food Intake Disorder: A Medical and Behavioral Model
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
ELIZABETH A. MASLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Aaron D. Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Delicia Boyd (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Clark Elliott (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: Treatment of feeding problems free of a distorted body image has been well-documented in the behavior analytic literature. Categorically, this is diagnosed as avoidant and restrictive food intake disorder (ARFID) which encompasses a variety of behavioral presentations (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-5th Edition, 2013). Often, these are longstanding feeding problems which may include food selectivity and refusal and may be attributed to characteristics of an individual’s developmental diagnosis (e.g., autism). However, there is a subset of patients within this diagnostic category that experience an acute onset of these symptoms that may originate from a sudden illness or traumatic event, secondary to a co-morbid psychiatric diagnosis. For either presentation, inadequate oral intake may require supplemental feeding methods to prevent excessive weight loss (e.g., tube feed, high-caloric drink). This case study examined the combined medical and behavioral treatment for a 10-year-old girl admitted to an inpatient feeding program. At admission, she refused all oral feeding and was 100% dependent on tube feeds after the sudden onset of ARFID secondary to salmonella poisoning. Behavioral treatment included variations in choice, demand fading, and environmental manipulation. The outcome of the study resulted in 100% oral consumption and elimination of tube feeds.
 
70. A Comparison of Indirect Screening for Function of Challenging Behavior by Medical Professionals to Functional Analysis Outcomes Using Signal Detection Theory
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
ANDREW W. GARDNER (University of Arizona - College of Medicine - Department of Psychiatry), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Lauren Mowrey (Children’s Hospital Colorado), Chelsea E. Carr (University of Arizona - College of Education - Disability and Psychoeducational Studies )
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The Function of Behavior MEDICAL Screening Tool (FOB-MED) was developed to streamline an indirect functional behavior assessment administered by non-behavior analysts in a medical setting. A direct functional analysis can take approximately 2 hours for behavior analysts to conduct (Roane, Ringdahl, & Falcomata, 2015). In contrast, the FOB-MED consists of eight basic questions that produce hypotheses regarding function of problem behavior (i.e., escape, automatic, tangible, attention) in approximately 15 minutes. For 100 children enrolled in the current study, a FOB-MED was administered to a parent by a psychiatric social worker at the same time a functional analysis of problem behavior was conducted with the parent’s child by a behavior analyst such that the predictive validity of the FOB-MED to the functional analysis could be evaluated. The results for these 100 children were compared and analyzed using Signal Detection Theory (SDT) (Peterson, Birdsall & Fox, 1954). Preliminary results showed that the escape function was most accurately identified by the FOB-MED and the automatic function was most often identified as a “false alarm.” A discussion of validity for indirect methods to identify hypothesized function of challenging behavior with medical professionals is included in the poster presentation.

 
71. Can’t We All Just Get Along: Operationally Defining Behaviors in Substance Addiction
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
KELSEY KINNEY (Behavior By Design, LLC), Matthew Tyson (Behavior By Design, LLC)
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

In recent years, applied behavior analysis (ABA) has grown to encompass more than the treatment of individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Substance addiction has been the focus for researchers and practitioners in ABA given the opioid crisis in the last several years (Karim & Chaudhri, 2012). The field has made strides in research and practice to address behaviors exhibited by individuals struggling with addiction though lacks consensus of universal operational definitions of these behaviors. There has also been disagreement on inclusion criteria for addictions within the DSM-V which contributes to funding issues for treatment (Kardefelt-Winther, Heeren, Schimmenti, van Rooij, Maurage, Carras & Billieux, 2017). This poster seeks to operationally define the target behaviors of addiction, inclusion criteria of DSM-V, and how present ABA can extend research on effective treatment methodologies outside of contingency management.

 
72. Functional Behavioral Assessment in Primary Telehealthcare Scenarios: An Alternative to Decrease Anxiety in Natural Disasters
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CARLOS ADRIÁN PALOMERO JANDETE (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

COVID-19 worsened mental healthcare in Mexico; approximately, 2 out of 10 people received healthcare. In response to this health emergency, the authors investigated whether acute stress could be reduced by training people in functional behavioral assessment (FBA). A sample of 120 wirh acute stress were trained in FBA with a telecourse. In this course, participants learned skills to help them cope with possible contingencies that increase stress. A repeated-measures ANOVA was conducted; it was found that people who were trained in FBA showed lower levels of stress than controls. This finding suggests that a timely detection of contingencies provides tools that improve mental health.

 
73. Use of Stress Positioning, Seclusion, and Painful Stimuli to Effect Change: A Survey of Adults Who Attended Residential Behavior Modification Programs During Adolescence
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ATHENA R KOLBE (School of Social Work, University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Adults from diverse communities who were placed in residential behavioral modification programs during their adolescence (n=248) were interviewed about their experiences and the impact of those inventions on their functioning. Information was also obtained on the use of restraint, stress positioning (such as requiring the student to stand “at attention” facing a wall), seclusion, and painful stimuli (such as forced exercising, electric shock, and corporal punishment). The use of stress positioning was a widely reported technique experienced by respondents regardless of type of placement, funder of their services, or ownership of the facility with 89.8% of respondents (n=219) reporting use of this technique on themselves or others. The type of stress positioning, the length and conditions of seclusion, and the use of pain varied by facility type, program ownership, reason for placement in the facility, and treatment funder. Respondents who had been placed in for-profit facilities and were funded through a private pay arrangement were most likely to report use of stress positioning, use of painful stimuli to effect change, physical injury due to the treatment, and long-term medical problems or complications related to the intervention. In addition to survey findings, ethical consideration and policy implications are also discussed.

 
74. Hypothetical Purchase Tasks of Behavioral Treatments for Children
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
YOHAN KRUMOV (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sydney Batchelder (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Josie Newburg (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ashley Haberman (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Hannah Reynolds (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Devon Bigelow (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Despite potential benefits, not all parents seek out behavioral treatment for children with behavioral problems. We characterized the value of behavior analytic treatments for feeding and self-injurious behavior using hypothetical purchase tasks (HPTs), which can assess either the quantity of, or probability with which one would purchase treatment at various prices. Adults recruited via MTurk (N = 153) completed a behavioral severity rating task, and two HPTs to assess the value of a behavior analytic interventions: one to teach a 10-year-old child to feed themselves, and the other reduce self-injurious skin-picking. Demand curves were derived from purchasing patterns. Both treatment options were sensitive to price, with more hypothetical purchases at lower prices. Severity scores were positively correlated with treatment value. Linear regressions found that no participant demographics were able to predict significant levels of the variance in value, but participant severity ratings of the problem behaviors described in the HPT were able to account for significant levels of the variance in value. Implications for clinicians interested in making their interventions more valuable to consumers are discussed, as well as limitations of the current study and potential directions for future research.
 
75. Probability Discounting of Seeking Primary Care Treatment and Flu Vaccinations
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
SOFIA PEREZ (Georgia Southern University), Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University), Megan Small (Georgia Southern University)
Discussant: Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Probability discounting conceptualizes how outcomes lose value as they become less likely to occur. This study used probability discounting as a translational paradigm to understand how people make decisions about seeking out health resources. We used probability discounting to measure decision making in college students related to monetary outcomes, texting while driving, obtaining a flu shot, and visiting a primary care physician when feeling ill. For each respective discounting scenario, we manipulated the likelihood of receiving a sum of money, the likelihood of a car crash, the likelihood of a flu shot being effective, and hypothetical health symptoms (e.g., sore throat, cough). varied systematically in each scenario in order to find what level of danger or effectiveness would make participants be more willing to make positive health decisions. Discounting health symptoms was correlated with discounting of obtaining a flu shot. We will discuss the fits of various discounting models to the datas.

 
76. A Behavior Analytic Review of Concussion Reporting in Athletes: How Can Our Science Make Athletes Safer?
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
JOSEPH STEVEN RUSSANO (Seton Hall University), Frank R. Cicero (Seton Hall University), Nyasia Sanchez (Seton Hall University), Kimberly Lucchesi (Seton Hall University)
Discussant: Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Traumatic brain injury, resulting from concussion, is a growing concern in youth, collegiate, and professional sports. The CDC estimates that between 1.6 and 3.8 million recognized concussions are reported in the United States each year (Kroshus et al., 2015). Unfortunately, concussion-related incidents are significantly underreported by athletes. This is concerning since most concussion symptoms are experienced only as private events of the athlete (Corman et al., 2019). Untimely identification of concussion symptoms increases the potential for serious long term brain injury. A literature review of concussion reporting reveals a large body of research on the issue of underreporting; however, theories are largely rooted within social psychology and education (knowledge, attitude, beliefs, expectations, etc.). Although behavior analytic work has been published on concussion prevention (Quintero et al., 2020; Tai & Miltenberger, 2017), no behavior analytic research has been found with concussion reporting as a target. In the current work, the authors present a brief literature review of concussion reporting. The social-educational theories are then translated into underlying behavior analytic principles (i.e., reinforcement of reporting, punishment of nonreporting, motivation for/against reporting, etc.). The authors conclude with practical strategies for how concussion reporting in athletes can be increased through behavior analytic intervention.

 
77. Analysis of Social Contingency for the Development of Preventive Behaviors in Guitarist
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Alberto Cayetano (Universidad Veracruzana), EMANUEL MERAZ-MEZA MEZA (Universidad Veracruzana), Dinorah Escudero (Universidad Veracruzana), Camilo García (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

The music schools in Mexico are characterized by training high-level musicians. However, nowadays a high rate of injuries is registered during the training and professional exercise of music. Specialized literature attributes this phenomenon to a lack of preventive behaviors within the school context of the musician. The objective of the present investigation was to modify harmful study practices in guitarists. Six undergraduate guitarists from two educational institutions participated. Participants were selected from a population of 18 students by assessing their study habits. An AB design was used. In the baseline, the behaviors considered as risk factors were recorded during their practice sessions, in the intervention stage preventive behaviors (warm-up, breaks, stretches, explicit goal tracking, etc.) were instigate through social contingencies. The results show a reduction in the symptoms reported by the participants, as well as an increase in preventive behaviors.

 
 
 
Poster Session #261
DDA Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT
Online
78. Clinical Evaluation of a Nonsequential Approach to Studying Operant Renewal
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
RAYMOND ANTHONY CECORA (Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Charlene Nicole Agnew (Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Discussant: Brandon May
Abstract:

Renewal assessments typically arrange reinforcement for target behavior in one context (Context A), extinction in a second context (Context B), and a renewal test by returning to Context A with extinction still enforced. During outpatient behavioral treatment, however, Context A (e.g., home) associated with reinforcement for challenging behavior and Context B (e.g., clinic) associated with extinction alternate. We developed a “nonsequential” renewal assessment wherein Contexts A and B, associated with reinforcement and extinction for target behavior respectively, alternate during treatment to more closely approximate outpatient treatments. Here, we extended this procedure to an individual who engaged in posturing maintained by escape from demands. Contexts A and B were signaled by different treatment rooms and therapists. During baseline in Context A, posturing produced escape. Next, we arranged sessions of functional communication training (FCT) in Context B that alternated with sessions of reinforcement for posturing in Context A. We assessed renewal of posturing by re-presenting Context A with FCT in place. We subsequently exposed the participant to a standard renewal assessment. As in our previous research with college students and rats, our nonsequential approach resulted in more renewal than the standard laboratory approach. Implications of these findings for practice will be discussed.

 
79. Analysis of Competition Factors in the Reduction of Automatically Maintained Self-Injury
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER M DILLON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Brandon May
Abstract: Research shows that self-injurious behavior (SIB) is most often maintained by social reinforcement; however, for about 25% of individuals who engage in SIB, it occurs independent of social reinforcement (“automatically maintained SIB”). Hagopian et al. (2015) reported that ASIB could be delineated into subtypes based on patterns of responding during the functional analysis and the presence of self-restraint. SIB that varies inversely with the level of ambient reinforcement is classified as Subtype 1, while SIB that is undifferentiated is classified as Subtype 2. Research shows that the level of differentiation in the functional analysis predicts response to treatment using reinforcement alone. These findings suggest that the sensitivity to disruption by alternative reinforcement is a critical dimension of automatically maintained SIB. Rooker et al. (accepted, in revision) unexpectedly observed little to no SIB when participants with Subtype 2 performed an operant task engendering high rates of responding that produced food. The researchers speculated that the observed reductions could be due to reinforcer or response competition. The present study examined the role of reinforcer or response competition as the possible mechanisms for reductions in SIB across two participants. To do so, rates of SIB were compared across a contingent reinforcement (CR), a yoked noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), and no reinforcement conditions. Lower levels of SIB were observed in the CR and NCR conditions relative to the control condition, suggesting the observed effects with these two cases were due to reinforcer competition.
 
80. A Comparison of One-to-One and Embedded Group Instruction on Discrete Trial Teaching for Students With Severe Disabilities in Taiwan
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
PEI-FANG WU (National Kaohsiung Normal University), Siang-Wun Yue (National Taichung Special Education School), Li-Ting Liao (National Taichung Special Education School)
Discussant: Brandon May
Abstract:

Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT) is an evidence-based intervention for various students with disabilities. Traditional DTT is implemented in a one-to-one instructional format. However, one-to-one pull-out instruction is not fully feasible in Taiwan. Nearly all special education instruction is implemented in group, especially for self-contained special education classes in Taiwan. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to explore whether DTT embedded in group instruction is as effective as one-to-one DTT (1:1 DTT). Two students with severe disabilities (autism and intellectual disabilities) were participated in the study. An alternating treatment design was implemented to compare the two instructional formats. Adam was working on categorization in 1:1 DTT, and matching in embedded group DTT. James was working on two objectives. One was categorization and matching; another one was looking at pictures in 1:1 DTT, and looking at teacher in embedded group DTT. Results indicated that 1:1 DTT was more effective than embedded group DTT for both students. Adam met instructional objectives in both conditions, but mastered faster and more effectively in 1:1 DTT. James mastered both objectives in 1:1 DTT, but failed in embedded group DTT. However, the teacher reported that James eye contact was improved from 1 second to 2.5 seconds duration, although in a slow rate. Social validity data showed the classroom teachers preferred embedded group DTT than 1:1 DTT.

 
81. Self-Control Equipment Assessment: Identification of Appropriate Forms of Self-Control via the Use of Competing Equipment
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
DREW E. PIERSMA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute; the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute; the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Ashley N. Carver (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Brandon May
Abstract: Some individuals who engage in self-injurious behavior (SIB) also engage in self-restraint (SR), generally defined as behaviors that interfere with the occurrence of SIB (including holding onto objects or others, wrapping hands in clothing, sitting on hands). Although SR can reduce the occurrence of SIB, it can be maladaptive when it limits hand use or has other detrimental consequences (e.g., decreased circulation, skin breakdown). Self-restraint appears to be maintained by the avoidance of SIB, thereby suggesting that it can serve as a maladaptive form of self-control. It is possible that alterations to the topography of SR can mitigate these detrimental consequences while maintaining low levels of SIB. As part of a clinical trial investigating treatment-resistant subtypes of SIB, three participants completed a self-control equipment assessment (SCEA) in order to identify equipment that would compete with SR. The assessment examined the effects of the equipment when it was freely available, when its use was prompted, and when its use was prompted while SR was blocked. Preliminary results suggest that empirical identification of equipment that competes with SR is possible in the context of brief sessions. Implications for the extended use of these procedures are described.
 
82. Comparison of Social Cognition in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Down's Syndrome: A Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
Amelia Yanchik (Montclair State University), SADAF KHAWAR (Montclair State University/Helping Hands Therapeutic Services, Inc), Michelle Grazioli (Montclair State University), Ghowash Irshad (Montclair State University), Peter M Vietze (Montclair State University)
Discussant: Brandon May
Abstract:

Impairments in social cognition is a key symptom of ASD and Down’s Syndrome. Individuals with these developmental disabilities have a dif?culty understanding the beliefs and desires of other people. In recent years, literature has begun to examine the link between impairments in social cognition and abilities that demand spatial and social skills, such as visual perspective taking (VPT). Flavell (1977) de?ned two levels of perspective-taking: VPT level 1 is the ability to understand that other people have a different line of sight to oneself, whereas VPT level 2 is the understanding that two people viewing the same item from various points in space see different views. Additionally, some theorists believe that Theory of Mind and VPT share standard cognitive processes (Hamilton et al., 2009). Both skills involve the simultaneous representation of two differing points of view (Aichhorn et al., 2006). We aim to compare the social-cognitive processes in individuals with ASD and Down’s Syndrome based on a thorough literature review of research conducted in the last decade. As VPT is a sociocognitive ability that impacts social interaction, the study will lay a theoretical framework for clinical interventions to meet underlying perspective-taking deficits causing social skill impairments.

 
83. Effects of Session-End Criteria on Break Points and Problem Behavior during Progressive Ratio Assessments
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
GABRIELLE BALZANO (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Nicolette Duffin (University of Miami), Juan Flagge (University of Miami), Kamila Garcia (University of Miami), Franchesca Izquierdo (University of Miami)
Discussant: Brandon May
Abstract:

Basic research has shown that session-end criteria can influence break points obtained for pigeons responding on progressive-ratio schedules. Although applied researchers have used progressive ratio schedules to assess reinforcing efficacy of stimuli in clinical populations, there remains a dearth of evidence on optimal parameters (i.e., step-size, session-end criteria) of progressive ratio schedules in this context. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the extent to which session-end criteria impact breakpoints and problem behavior of 5 children diagnosed with a developmental disorder responding on progressive ratio schedules. We retroactively examined data obtained in Leon et al. (2020) and applied the following session-end criteria to second-by-second data streams: 1-min, 2-min, and 3-min of no target response. Breakpoints were nearly identical in the 2- and 3-min criteria sessions for all 5 participants; whereas, breakpoints were slightly lower in 33- 50% of sessions in the 1-min criteria phase. Additionally, for 2 of 3 participants that emitted problem behavior during the study, more problem behavior was observed in the longer session end criteria sessions (i.e., more problem behavior in 3-min relative to 2-min and more problem behavior in 2-min relative to 1-min).

 
84. Evaluating Mask Preference to Increase Cooperation With COVID-19 Health Precautions
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY COHEN (University of North Texas), Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

People with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) and autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often have difficulty in tolerating new or infrequently contacted stimuli (e.g., Fisher et al., 2019; Woodcock & Humphreys, 2009). Limited tolerance for health-related behavior, such as nail cutting, haircuts, and dental cleanings can cause distress for these individuals and their families (e.g., Cavalri et al., 2013). During the Covid 19 pandemic, face masks are a new stimulus that may cause distress for many people, especially those who may not understand the need for a mask. The inability to tolerate face masks could limit safe access to public locations for people with IDD and ASD. Therefore, we evaluated preference for different types of face masks with three adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities and limited verbal communication skills. Using a multielement design, we assessed the duration each participant wore five different face masks. Our data indicate that, for two of three participants, a single stimulus assessment using a multi-element design is an effective way to assess preference for different types of face masks. This assessment was also helpful in determining appropriate, individualized treatment steps for increasing cooperation with wearing a face mask.

 
85. A Meta-Analysis of Money Management Intervention on Students With Developmental Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
SUNGWOO KANG (Purdue University), Ben A Mason (Purdue University), Marie David (Purdue University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Money management skill is essential to student with developmental disabilities that assist them to successfully transition to local community environment. This paper analyzes 20 published articles that report the results from research conducted on money management skill training for students with developmental disabilities that were published between 1997 and 2020. No studies that met inclusion criteria investigated or attempt to improve budgeting or financial planning skills. From this research synthesis, guidelines are offered for research and practice. Future research should consider the importance of meta skill in money management.

 
86. A Preliminary Evaluation of the Performance-Based, Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TESS FRUCHTMAN (Queens College, City University of New York), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Natasha Raghunauth-Zaman (Queens College), Aaron Leyman (Queens College)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Functional analyses are conducted to understand problem behavior and inform function-based treatments. The performance-based, interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) is a brief model that has recently been developed with the intent of improving practicality and acceptance of functional analysis procedures among clinicians. However, the efficacy of the performance-based IISCA for identifying environmental contributors to problem behavior has yet to be fully evaluated. We compared the relative efficacy of the performance-based IISCA with the full IISCA in a single-subject design with two participants who exhibited problem behavior. We began by conducting open-ended interviews with the caregivers to identify the unique contingency to be incorporated in the functional analysis process. The performance-based IISCA involved a single session in which the putative reinforcers were presented following problem behavior and removed following 30-s of calm behavior. A socially mediated function was implicated after five instances of problem behavior was observed each time a reinforcer was removed. The two participants then experienced the full IISCA that included a single test condition compared to a matched control with five, 3-min sessions conducted total. The results of both analyses corresponded and informed a subsequent function-based treatment that eliminated problem behavior and strengthened communicative responses.

 
87. A Survey of Practitioners' Use of Stimulus Preference Assessments
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
BRIANNA MARY ZEY (University of Nebraska at Omaha), Jordan David Lill (University of Nebraska - Medical Center), Macy Collins (University of Nebraska at Omaha), Sara S. Kupzyk (University of Nebraska Omaha)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Stimulus preference assessments (SPA) are routinely used by behavior analysts to identify stimuli that are likely to function as reinforcers (Graff & Karsten, 2012). Although SPAs are routine, decision-making criteria on which SPA procedure is most effective within a specific context is limited. Lill and colleagues (in press) proposed an a priori decision-making tree, Stimulus Preference Assessment Decision-Making System (SPADS), to aid practitioners in selecting an appropriate SPA based on a summary of published, peer-reviewed research up to 2018. Decisions are derived from peer-reviewed research that includes stimulus dimensions, client characteristics, and outcome. We surveyed 24 BCBAs about their use of SPAs, how they select items to include, and which SPA they would select for specific scenarios based on the SPADS. Results showed that practitioners use SPA on a routine basis with clients. BCBAs most frequently reported using observations and structured interviews to determine which stimuli to include. Overall, respondents reported most confidence with use of Paired Choice and Multiple Stimulus without Replacement. Selection of the most appropriate and efficient SPA for each scenario did not consistently align with recommendations based on the SPADS. The data indicate that it is important to identify ways to encourage practitioners to make evidence-based decisions. Reference Graff, R. B., & Karsten, A. M. (2012). Assessing preferences of individuals with developmental disabilities: a survey of current practices. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 5, 37–48. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03391822 Lill, J. D., Shriver, M. D., & Allen, K. D (in press). SPADS: Stimulus Preference Assessment Decision-Making System: A practical decision-making model for practitioners. Behavior Analysis in Practice.

 
Diversity submission 88. Assessing the Efficacy of Telehealth Coaching of Behaviors Interventions and Assessment: A Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
ARGNUE CHITIYO (Ball State University), Chaidamoyo Dzenga (Tennessee Technological University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Since the beginning of the Corona Virus pandemic, access to behavioral healthcare services has become significantly different following the closure of most clinical facilities. Telehealth technologies have become an increasingly common strategy in accessing behavioral interventions services among families of children with disabilities. This study presents a review of interventions research on telehealth training in applied behavioral interventions. Twenty-eight studies meeting inclusion criteria were reviewed to assess the types of techniques taught, including behavioral assessments and interventions, procedures for administering the trainings, effects of the intervention on behavioral outcomes, and their social validity. Preliminary findings showed that many interventions were trained, including ABC data recording, functional analyses, functional communication training, activity schedules, picture exchange communication, and many others. Improvements in behaviors were observed for both caregivers and clients. Social validity assessments showed that telehealth training were cost efficient, convenient, and easy to access. Implications of the review for policy and future research are provided.

 
89. Effectiveness of anApp-Based Cognitive Rehabilitation Program for Youths With Neurodevelopmental Disorders and Intellectual Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KYONG-MEE CHUNG (Yonsei University), Narae Shin (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

One-on-one training based on ABA has been shown to be effective in cognitive rehabilitation in children with intellectual disabilities (ID). However, its high costs, extensive training hours as well as shortage of professionals limit the expansion of the one-on-one training method. Recently, various computerized training programs such as Cogmed, Cognifit, and Rehacom have been developed, yet their usage are limited for children with ID in terms of task difficulty and scope of training. In this study, an app-based cognitive rehabilitation training program combined with token economy, YESS, was developed and its effectiveness was evaluated. In study 1, 48 children with ID were assigned to either YESS or control group. YESS group completed 6 games per day while the control group did not receive any training for 5 months. Participants’ executive functions (EF) and their parents’ parental stress were assessed before and after the training. Results showed that YESS is effective for enhancing EF (cognitive flexibility and planning) of children with ID and decreasing parental stress. The issues found in the process of study 1, such as difficulty problems and monotonous design, were modified, and the effectiveness of the updated program is being reevaluated in study 2.

 
 
 
Poster Session #262
AUT Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 30, 2021
1:00 PM–3:00 PM EDT
Online
90. Evaluation of the Effects of the Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure and Matching-to-Sample on the Emergence of Listener Responses in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NOUF ALZRAYER (King Saud University)
Discussant: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

Many listener training programs target the development of appropriate nonverbal responses to the verbal behavior emitted by the speaker. This type of training is commonly used in the early intensive behavior intervention programs (EIBIs) provided for individuals with developmental disabilities, including autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Instructional procedures play a critical role in the acquisition of listener responses. Practitioners frequently face difficulties in teaching arbitrary auditory-visual conditional discriminations with individuals with limited experience with such tasks. Therefore, this study was to investigate the effects of the stimulus pairing observation (SPOP) procedure in conjunction with match-to-sample (MTS) training to establish untrained listener responses in three children with ASD and limited vocal repertoire. The participants were 4 and 5 years old, and the study used a multiple probe across participants design. Each participant was received MTS and SPOP training until the acquisition criterion was reached. Then, post-test probes were conducted across five stimuli set for each participant after exposure to MTS and SPOP. The results indicate that the intervention is effective in the emergence of untrained listener responses. Also, the participants were able to maintain their untrained listener responses.

 
91. Parent-Training Procedures and Their Effects: A Systematic Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Mônica da Costa Heluany Dias (Clínica Conecta Intervenção Comportamental), ANA CAROLINA CAROLINA SELLA (Private practice)
Discussant: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

Parents influence all aspects of their children’s development. Parent training may help in mental health service provision and increase the chances of treatment generalization to new people and settings. Parent training usually teaches positive parent practices, such as attending, describing, and praising behaviors considered adequate. Behavior skills training (BST) is one format that can be effective for parent training. This study aimed at analyzing which procedures have been used to train parents and their effectiveness. Additionally, it looked at the frequency with which BST and its components have been used in parent training. A systematic review was conducted in 3 phases. At the end of these phases, 28 articles remained. Regarding procedure effects, in 24 out of the selected 28 articles we found an effect of the independent variable on parent behavior. On procedures used for parent training: only 4 studies used the term “behavior skills training” to describe procedures. Instructions, modeling, role play, and feedback were the main procedures implemented in the 28 selected studies. Frequent systematic and narrative reviews are recommended to systematize the literature to those professionals and researchers that might need synthetic, updated, and organized information to make decisions.

 
92. Practical Functional Assessment and Differentiating the Omnibus Mand to Specific Mands to Treat Problem Behavior in a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALINE ATALLAH (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by the New England Center for Children.), Daniel John Sheridan (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by the New England Center for Children.), Franco Esterhuyse (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by the New England Center for Children.), Shannon Ward (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by the New England Center for Children.)
Discussant: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

When problem behavior is maintained by multiple reinforcers or a combination of reinforcers, functional communication training (FCT; Carr & Durrand, 1991) may begin with an omnibus mand (Hanley et al., 2014; Ghaemmaghami et al., 2018). However, specific and complex communicative responses may a desirable outcome of treatment (Tiger et al., 2008). The present study replicated the methods described by Ward et al. (2020) to differentiate an omnibus mand (“my way please”) into specific mands (“Break, please”, “I want iPad”). First, an interview informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Hanley et al., 2014) was conducted and suggested that the problem behavior of a young child to be sensitive to escape from demands to access tangibles, edibles, and attention. An omnibus mand was taught to replace problem behavior and then the omnibus mand was differentiated into specific mands using the systematic shaping process described by Ghaemmaghami et al., (2018) to increase the complexity of functional communication. Problem behavior remained low while specific FCRs were acquired. Terminal probes suggested that the systematic shaping process was necessary to teach complex communicative responses while maintaining low rates of problem behavior. A social validity questionnaire indicated that classroom teachers were satisfied with the outcomes.

 
93. Feasibility of Home-Based Caregiver Training via Telehealth: Preliminary Findings
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
RYAN J. MARTIN (May Institute), Jaime Crowley (May Institute), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Discussant: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

Reviews of the literature indicate that interventions based in applied behavior analysis (ABA) are highly effective approaches to treat the symptoms of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), although under-utilization of services remains a significant problem. Potential barriers to utilizing services for families include an insufficient number of trained providers, distance to access services, and the time commitment required for comprehensive services. There is thus a need to provide evidence-based services without these barriers. Parent training, such as the Research Unit on Behavioral Interventions (RUBI) Autism Network’s parent training program, has proven efficacious in empowering caregivers and improving the behavior of children with ASD (Scahill et al., 2016), but is typically provided in clinical settings. A telehealth version of RUBI could potentially eliminate impediments to utilization of ABA services. Therefore, the purpose of the current study is to evaluate the feasibility of adapting RUBI parent training to be delivered to caregivers via telehealth, directly in their homes. We will report the current results of this intervention using the RE-AIM framework (i.e., reach, efficacy, adoption, implementation, and maintenance) and discuss implications for both future research and clinical practice.

 
94. A Comparison of Procedures to Establish Tokens as Conditioned Reinforcers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TRACY ARGUETA (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Nathalie Fernandez (University of Florida)
Discussant: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

Tokens are among the most common consequences delivered by behavior analysts who work with individuals with developmental disabilities (Graff & Karsten, 2012). However, recommendations for establishing tokens as conditioned reinforcers vary and many questions remain about best practices. In this study, children with intellectual and developmental disabilities completed preference and reinforcer assessments, from which we identified two to three backup reinforcers. We then evaluated four procedures for establishing tokens as conditioned reinforcers, usually followed by extinction tests to determine if the token had assumed any independent value. We began with stimulus-stimulus (SS) pairing of tokens with the backup reinforcers. If SS pairing did not establish tokens as conditioned reinforcers, we evaluated response-stimulus (RS) pairing and/or noncontingent token-exchange training, in which participants exchanged noncontingently delivered tokens for backup reinforcers. If neither of these procedures established tokens as conditioned reinforcers, we assessed response-contingent token-exchange training. Results suggest that (1) exchange plays a critical role in supporting reinforcer effectiveness, and (2) the conditions under which we evaluate the effects of token training might influence our results and conclusions.

 
Diversity submission 95. Three-Step Prompting: Teaching Young Children With Autism to Follow Instructions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA BARTON (University of South Dakota, Division of Curriculum and Instruction, Special Education Program & Southwest West Central Service Cooperative), William J. Sweeney (University of South Dakota)
Discussant: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

Within recent years, advances in screening and diagnosis allows children with autism and developmental disabilities to receive intervention earlier. Earlier diagnoses of autism and developmental disabilities highlights the need for strong, evidence-based early interventions. Additionally, research demonstrates that earlier intervention is associated with better social skills, language acquisition, communication, and reductions in challenging behavior. Earlier intervention can potentially circumvent some of the risk factors associated with autism and potentially increase the amount of time spent with typical peers in general education. One important preventative life skill derived from the research and school readiness literature was related to following directions. The three-step prompting procedure appears necessary for participants who initially do not respond to other intervention techniques aimed at demonstrating increased levels of compliance. The three-step prompting procedure provided teachers and parents with a tool to promote compliance with children and for increasing overall independence in following directions. The relative ease in training and implementation with a three-step prompting procedure makes it ideal for use in a wide variety of settings as a tool for teaching instruction following; unfortunately, to date, most of the literature available on the uses of this procedure to address noncompliance in highly structured settings. The current study aims to expand the literature base on the use of the three-step prompting procedure as a teaching tool in a group setting. This study provides an extension of the previous research into the three-step prompting procedure as it relates to young children with autism and developmental disabilities in a group setting. The purpose of this study is to compare the effects of teaching instruction following using a three-step prompting procedure versus no explicit instruction and the concurrent effects on on-task and problem behavior of young children with autism and/or developmental disabilities in a group setting.

 
96. Telehealth Intervention of Verbal Behavior in School Context for a Student With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MIHO HIGASHI (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Discussant: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

After acquiring basic verbal behavior, the children extend its functional use of verbal behavior to more naturalistic, contextual situations. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of online teaching method on establishing functional verbal behavior in school lives. An elementary school student with autism spectrum disorder participated in the study. The target verbal behaviors were consisted of four sets(20 stimuli): talking naturally (5 stimuli), reacting on unexpected situations(5 stimuli), talking in the contexts(5 stimuli), teaching to peers(5 stimuli). We implemented the multiple baseline design across tasks. The experimenter conducted the probe trials once a week. An experimental stimulus consisted of sentences expressing context and peer’s talk in computer display. The student was required to made four different verbal behaviors fitting in the school situations. The parent was required to teach verbal behavior by iPad including stimuli of teaching program. At baseline, the appropriate verbal responses were low place. After home-based teaching, the appropriate verbal responses drastically increased. The result suggested that telehealth program was effective for increasing functional verbal behavior.

 
97. Caregiver-Mediated Play-Based Intervention for Toddlers At-Risk for Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHERINE CANTRELL (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Sierra Stegemann (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract: Caregiver-mediated, play-based intervention programs have demonstrated positive effects for young children diagnosed with and at-risk for autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The Sunny Starts DANCE program (Decide, Arrange, Now, Contemplate, Enjoy) incorporates the principles of operant conditioning in an age-appropriate way to support closeness, mutual enjoyment, attending, and social responding. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a caregiver training program on the fidelity of caregiver implementation of the first phases of the DANCE. A total of nine caregiver-child dyads participated in two cohorts. Two multiple-baseline across participants designs were used to evaluate the effects of the training program. Distal data was also collected to measure the child’s indices of happiness, social engagement and vocalizations, as well as caregiver indices of happiness. Results indicate that the caregiver training program was effective in teaching caregivers of to implement play and pairing procedures with their child. Due to the Covid-19 pandemic, data collection was interrupted for the 3 of the participants.
 
98. Differential Reinforcement and Extinction to Increase Eye-Face Gaze With Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RODRIGO ESTEBAN MENDOZA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

Eye contact is an important ability observed early in human development. We investigated eye-face gaze to gain greater understanding regarding the specific variables controlling the natural acquisition of this behavioral class. We used extinction of high probability responses, keeping motivating operations in place to evoke mands with eye-face gaze as a function of differential reinforcement. We wanted to answer the question: Can children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) learn social pragmatic skills (e.g., eye-face gaze) while manding? We use a non-concurrent multiple probe baseline design across participants, and we analyzed the data visually. We demonstrated that these procedures increased eye-face gaze while manding for three children with ASD. The procedures controlled the behavioral class of two and had some control over the behavioral class of the other. It is an important finding because these participants had manding in their repertoire and through extinction and differential reinforcement of a more complex behavior, an improvement in their performance was possible. It could pave the way for more efficient tactics to assist this population access social interactions.

 
99. Interventions Targeting Interactive Play in Individuals With Autism: A Systematic Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE OGUINN (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University)
Discussant: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may fail to acquire interactive play and leisure skills due to deficits associated with the diagnosis. Through interactive play, individuals gain more opportunities to develop proficiency in areas such as problem solving, communication, and emotional development. In an effort to inform practice and research, this systematic literature review analyzes behavioral interventions used to teach interactive play and social leisure skills to individuals diagnosed with ASD. The predetermined inclusion criteria resulted in 23 studies to be analyzed. The findings of this review indicate that there are interventions that successfully increased interactive play and leisure skills with children, but there is a gap in the research regarding teaching these skills to adolescents and adults. Additional needs for future research are discussed.

 
Sustainability submission 100. Medical Clinic for Autism and Neurodiversity: Good Practices for Services and Families in the Public Health Service in Modena
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
GIULIA FERRAZZI (AARBA), chiara Melotti (University of Modena and Reggio Emilia)
Discussant: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Studies in literature (Evans et al., 2005; MacNeil et al., 2009) shows that patients diagnosed with neurodiversity disease rich higher levels of anxiety and phobias. These awkwardness come true even in medical visits, with direct consequences on the patient's health, on family members and on the costs of the National Health Service (Cisini et al., 2019; Raffin, 2018) The purpouse is to create and evaluate a training procedure available for the operators in Modena Health Services. The aim is to ensure an easier execution of instrumental clinical examinations, for users with Autism Spectrum Disorder in developmental age. The start point was create raw materials: task analysis and support in Augmentantive and Alternative Communication (photos, videos and PCS). Secondly, we gather from the literature techniques with proven efficacy for the reduction of phobias during clinical exams. Gradual exposure and differential reinforcement, from the Applied Behavior Analysis, were detect as the most efficient (McMurtry et al., 2016; Shabani and Fisher, 2006). Thanks to studies researchers can create procedures for anxiety and fear reduction relating to the execution of clinical examinations. The procedures involved were: Electrocardiogram, Echocardiogram and blood pressure measurement. The goal is to create a model of “good practice”, ethical sustainable and plain, that can be share with service operators. Furthermore, the project providing for the use of effective techniques to users with no link to a diagnosis with neurodiversity.

 
101. The Use of a Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment to Predict Appetitive Functional Communication Topographies
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MATHEW C LUEHRING (Children's Hospital Colorado), Sara Jeglum (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective intervention for decreasing problem behaviors and increasing communicative repertoires for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Kurtz et al., 2011). However, little is known about the influence of preference on communication topographies within FCT (Ringdahl et al., 2018). The present study sought to extend previous research on determining communication preferences through the use of a paired-stimulus preference assessment (Fisher et al., 1992) and included use of a BigMac© button press, picture card touch, and sign-language. The participant was a 16-year-old female with autism spectrum disorder and severe intellectual disability. Functional analysis results indicated problem behaviors (self-injury, aggression) were maintained by access to preferred food items. Three communication responses for food were presented in a paired-choice arrangement to identify participant preference. A picture card was identified as the preferred communication modality and was included within a larger FCT treatment evaluation. Once FCT/picture card plus extinction was demonstrated to be effective, all communication modalities were presented concurrently in a mand topography analysis. Consistent with previous research, communication preferences changed when all modalities were concurrently available. Limitations of and future directions for assessing communication preference during FCT are discussed.
 
102. A Parent-Training Program to Increase Academic Compliance in a Child With Autism During the COVID-19 Pandemic
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CRISTINA CITEREI (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Alessandro Dibari (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Romilda Napolitano (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Daniele Rizzi (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara)
Discussant: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

The health emergency caused by Covid-19, with the consequent measures of social distancing, produced operational problems with the implementation of services to people with disabilities and their families. In the present study, we conducted a parent training program almost completely via telehealth to teach a parent some strategies to increase the compliance of their son. The boy was a 5-year-old with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) who engaged in challenging behavior when asked to comply with academic tasks, and which was maintained by negative reinforcement. The intervention consisted of a package which included behavioral skills training (BST) with written instructions, video modeling, rehearsal and feedback, to implement demand fading procedures and concurrent schedules arrangements. The intervention reduced challenging behavior to zero, allowing the parents to increase the number of academic tasks presented to the child.

 
103. Evaluating Protective Procedures for Assessment, Treatment, and Research on Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JASMEEN KAUR (Kennedy Krieger institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), ALEXANDER Rodolfo AREVALO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley N. Carver (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (ASIB) has been shown to be associated with more severe injuries relative to socially maintained self-injury. Assessing, treating, and conducting research on severe ASIB poses many practical and ethical challenges. Among them is the necessity to minimize risks of SIB, while allowing the occurrence of SIB to the extent that it can be assessed and treatment efficacy can be evaluated. As such, protective procedures are sometimes used during the assessment and treatment process. Protective procedures can include mechanical devices that limit the occurrence of the behavior, protective equipment that protect areas of the body from injury, response blocking to prevent the completion of the response, and abbreviated session durations to limit exposure to situations in which the behavior is occurring. We describe two cases with treatment resistant subtypes of ASIB for whom protective procedures were evaluated. Findings demonstrate that assessments can be designed in a manner that allows some self-injurious behavior to occur while minimizing the potential risk of injury. Although these procedures were highly individualized for each case, some guiding principles were identified that could be extended to others.
 
104. Teaching Independent Nighttime Routines Through Prompt Fading and Transfer-of-Stimulus-Control Procedures: A Case Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ANGELA CARDASCIA (Associazione Bambini Autistici), Alessandro Dibari (Alba ONLUS)
Discussant: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Achieving independence in functional living skills is an important aspect for people safety and dignity. The purpose of this study has been teaching to independently initiate and complete nighttime routines to an adolescent with Autism Spectrum Disorder. A chain composed of brushing his teeth, using the bidet, wearing the pajamas, managing independently his clothes, checking them and putting the dirty ones in the laundry basket was taught using task analysis, most to least prompt fading and positive conditioned reinforcer. The chain was initially evoked with a Whatsapp video message asking to “get ready for the night”, in combination with gestural and verbal prompt and its completion was reinforced with a previously chosen conditioned reinforcer. An intervention has been implemented to transfer the control of the chain to a telephone reminder, set one hour before the bedtime. Data showed rapid acquisition of the nighttime routines, generalization when the participant was alone with his parents and maintenance after 2-months follow up.

 
105. Midsession Reversal Learning to Examine Behavioral Flexibility With Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
CAROLYN RITCHEY (Auburn University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Discussant: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Restricted and repetitive behaviors in Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are associated with neurocognitive deficits in flexible choice behavior. Probabilistic reversal learning tasks can be used to evaluate behavioral flexibility by examining individual differences in anticipatory, perseverative, and regressive errors. The present series of experiments conducted via crowdsourcing examined performance in a midsession reversal-learning task to assess error patterns. In two experiments with typically developing participants, we found that responding on the first ‘correct’ pattern rapidly approached the arranged probability of reinforcement. In a separate experiment with individuals with and without ASD, we found that the number of regressive errors was positively correlated with scores on The Autism-Spectrum Quotient (AQ), which measures the degree of traits associated with ASD. We also found that individuals with ASD made more perseverative errors initially, but there was little difference between groups in the total number of perseverative errors. The current set of procedures could be used to assess behavioral (in)flexibility and adaptability in learning in individuals with ASD.

 
106. A Systematic Review of Severe Behavior Admissions
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
HEATHER ANDERSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jessie Weber (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Andrew Sodawasser (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Intensive applied behavior analytic services can reduce severe destructive behavior. However, relatively little information regarding the characteristics (e.g., the typical length of intensive services) of these services is available. We reviewed 271 admissions to a university-based severe behavior program over a ten year period to consider length of admissions and other characteristics that may relate to admission length. The median length of admission for intensive services was 13.6 weeks, and the distribution was skewed to the left (M = 17.2 weeks). We discuss the findings with regards to variables that may contribute to admission length (i.e., referral topography, behavioral function(s), and caregiver involvement), and consider how this information may be useful for clinicians working in intensive settings focusing on the assessment and treatment of severe destructive behavior.
 
107. The Comparative Effects of Modified Communication Programs on Requesting for a Child With Autism and Visual Impairments
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MALLORIE CARADINE (University of Memphis), James Nicholson Meindl (The University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis), Diana M. Delgado (University of Memphis), Susan Elswick (University of Memphis)
Discussant: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

The present study used a multiple probe across behaviors design, with an embedded alternating treatments design to compare the acquisition rates and efficacy of two modified communication programs, the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) and a speech generating device (SGD), to teach requesting to a child with multiple disabilities, including autism and visual impairments (VI). Instruction in each intervention phase were adapted from the first three phases in the PECS Manual (Frost & Bondy, 2002) and modified to accommodate the participant’s VI by adding textures and providing a verbal prompt in all three phases. During baseline conditions, the participant demonstrated little to no communicative responding. With intervention, the participant’s communicative responding increased in all three phases (simple request, distance and persistence, and discrimination) to proficient levels for both communication options, however, the PECS program yielded noticeably faster results in the distance and persistence phase. Participant preference and treatment acceptability for each option were also assessed. The participant showed preference for the PECS option. Parents found both procedures to be acceptable, however, the PECS option was also the parents’ preference. The importance of participant and parent preference for using one communication option over another is discussed.

 
108. Systematic Review of Video Activity Schedules to Teach Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
REMINGTON SWENSSON (Baylor University), Marie Kirkpatrick (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Nicole OGuinn (Baylor University), Suzannah Avery (Baylor University)
Discussant: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Activity schedules have been used to teach individuals with ASD a variety of skills. Video activity schedules are an evolution of traditional activity schedules in that video models replace the static pictures within the schedule and is delivered on a device rather than a binder. While research has demonstrated that traditional activity schedules are effective at teaching new skills to individuals with ASD, less is known about video activity schedules. The systematic search and predetermined inclusion criteria identified 72 articles, which was a total of 306 unique applications of video activity schedules, for this review. Most of the participants were adolescent and adult aged males. Nearly 50% of the participants had daily living or adaptive skills targeted. Nearly all of the individual cases completed a single task rather than multiple tasks using the video activity schedule. Seventy-one percent of studies were conducted in the school with most of those studies being conducted in special education classrooms. The identified gaps in the literature included a lack of studies conducted in general education classrooms, use with younger participants, and use to teach academic or play skills. Assessment of the quality and outcomes of the included studies will also be discussed.

 
109. A Telehealth-Delivered Duration-Shaping Procedure to Teach Children With Autism to Wear Cloth Face Masks
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Sandra Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Priya P Patil (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), JESSICA LAMB (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Renata Ribeiro (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Amber Trinidad (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Caroline Grace Reilly (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Discussant: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Learners with autism may experience more challenges tolerating certain tactile sensations than learners who do not have autism. Per CDC, NJDOE, and NJDOH guidelines, it was necessary to ensure students with autism could tolerate wearing cloth face coverings for as long as possible in anticipation of returning to in-person instruction (i.e., a 6-hour school day). This was especially critical for students whose instruction necessitated that instructors spent extended periods of time less than six feet away from them. We found that two such students with autism initially tolerated wearing cloth face coverings for very limited durations (i.e., less than 60 seconds), and another did so inconsistently during 5-minute observations. This was complicated by a state-mandated school closures, meaning that needed teaching could not be delivered in person. Instruction was initially delivered via live videoconferencing with instructors providing coaching to parents regarding reinforcement and error-correction procedures. Mask-wearing durations were shaped using a changing-criterion design in which durations changed both within sessions (for one learner) and target durations (or ranges changed across conditions (for all three leaners). Ultimately, all three learners were able to wear cloth face masks for the entire school day upon return to in-person instruction.

 
110. An Analysis of the Effect of the Demand Component in Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy in an Adult With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREW CHEN (St. Cloud State University), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract:

Research has indicated that RIRD often results in the reduction in level of vocal stereotypy in children and adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder. However, only one previous study has evaluated the efficacy of RIRD on vocal stereotypy for participants older than 18 years old. Furthermore, though some studies point to punishment as the mechanism by which RIRD produces its effects (Ahearn et al., 2007; Aherns et al., 2011), it is still described as a redirection procedure with unclear contingencies (Cassella et al., 2011). This study used the uninterrupted data collection procedures described by Carroll and Kodak (2014) and Wunderlich and Vollmer (2015) which have been shown to provide a more accurate analysis compared to the interrupted technique. Additionally, this study replicated and expanded upon Wunderlich and Vollmer (2015) by introducing a component analysis of the effects of RIRD on an adult participant. The results showed that motor RIRD was effective in reducing the vocal stereotypy, that random talking may be an establishing operation for vocal stereotypy, and that levels of appropriate vocalizations, while initially suppressed for 12 sessions, did not change meaningfully throughout the study.

 
111. Using Size Fading to Teach Pill-Swallowing to Adolescents With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Kevin Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), SAMANTHA SANTOMO (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Gayathiri Ramadoss (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Jessica Lamb (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Discussant: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract:

Prior to intervention, neither Audrey nor Paulina, both 14-year-old girls with autism, consumed medications in pill form. Though many medications available in tablet/capsule form are also available in liquid, chewable, dissolvable, or sprinkle- capsule forms, one learner only accepted one of these, some medications are available in none of these forms, and in some emergency settings a non-pill form may not be available. Along with parents’ wishes, this prompted us to implement an intervention package to teach both learners to swallow pills. This consisted of individualized positive reinforcement systems and stimulus shaping sequences. For Audrey, initial efforts to shape swallowing edible placebo items identical in size to desired medications or vitamins using a pill-swallowing cup were unsuccessful. Success was ultimately achieved using a 12-step size-fading procedure incorporating a variety of dried pulses (e.g., split peas, lentils) and several sizes of sugar-filled gelatin capsules, delivered in a spoonful of yogurt. For Paulina, similar gains were accomplished in 5 size-fading steps; reinforcement thinning is ongoing, and an additional size-fading step may be implemented. Audrey now consumes placebo items of the desired size in the absence of tangible reinforcement. Additional generalization data will be added for Paulina at the time of presentation.

 
Diversity submission 112. A Preliminary Evaluation of a Telehealth Approach to Acceptance and Commitment Training for Enhancing Behavioral Parent Training for Chinese Parents
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ZHEN LIN (University of Southern California), Qiongqiong Lin (University of Southern California), Xiyan Xu (University of Southern California), Yuehan Jin (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that behavioral parent training (BPT) is one of the most effective methods to improve parenting skills and promote meaningful parent-child interactions. A few attempts of preliminary research demonstrate the enhancement effect of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT). However, most of the BPT studies and one previous preliminary study of BPT with a subsequent ACT intervention occur through face to face instruction. The purpose of the present research is to a) extend BPT training through telehealth, b) use ACT to enhance the effectiveness of BPT for parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), and 3) extend research on BPT and ACT for parents in China. The effects of the training are being evaluated by direct observation of parent-child interaction via telehealth. The study is still underway but preliminary results have shown that all of the participants show improvements in implementing behavioral procedures in their parent-child interactions.

 
113. Increasing Compliance With a Blood Draw Procedure for Two Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Annalisa Galeone (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), DANIELE RIZZI (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Cristina Pavone (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Mathilde Bourdil (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Laura D'Amico (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Romina Tarquinio (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Mirko Massa (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Maria Rosa Marsico (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara)
Discussant: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract:

Noncompliance with medical procedures may represent a serious issue for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). In this study we applied graduated exposure, shaping and stimulus distraction to teach two adolescents with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to tolerate a blood draw. Both participants showed low level of compliance and high level of signs of anxiety and distress during baseline, consisting in a simulated blood draw. During the intervention phase participants were gradually exposed to a blood draw procedure while approximations to the target behavior were reinforced. Results, shown in a non concurrent multiple baseline design, demonstrated that the treatment was effective in obtaining blood samples during an actual blood draw, with significantly lower levels for both participants of signs of anxiety and distress respect to baseline.

 
114. An Evaluation of Video Modeling to Teach Chaining Procedures to Parents
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Kaylee Engelder (Easter Seals), Maria Lynn Kessler (Oregon Institute of Technology), DAWN ALLISON BAILEY (Oregon Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract: We evaluated the efficacy of a video training package- and when needed, “bug-in-ear” (BIE) prompting and feedback- to teach parents backward chaining. Two parent-child dyads participated, and sessions took place via telehealth. Parents demonstrated backward chaining while teaching their children shoe tying. Child participants had an autism diagnosis and received applied behavior analysis (ABA) services. Data were collected on percentage of steps correct from the parents and percentage of independent shoe tying steps from the children. Results indicated the video training was effective for one parent participant to reach mastery criteria. The other parent participant met mastery criteria during the BIE prompting plus feedback condition. Percentage of independent steps increased for both children. Factors that may have contributed to participant performance and considerations for future research are discussed.
 
115. Identifying Idiosyncratic Variables Maintaining Problem Behavior Through a Modified Functional Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEAGAN GRASLEY (Utah Valley University), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that identifying specific idiosyncratic variables can significantly impact the results of functional analyses (FA). Although numerous research articles have been published supporting this, a recent review suggests that further research is needed regarding the use of modified FAs to address behaviors maintained by idiosyncratic variables. The current study aims to extend on the previous literature by demonstrating the utility of a standard FA along with a modified FA to determine the function of a multiply-controlled hair pulling behavior in a client with autism. The modified FA was implemented similar to that of a traditional FA, however, the conditions were modified to include conditions for idiosyncratic automatic reinforcement in the form of an audible sound. The traditional FA showed the behavior was partially controlled by escape, however, the modified FA showed an equal number of behaviors occurring in the escape from a sound condition and the access to a new sound condition. Further analyses confirmed that access to a new sound was the maintaining function of the problem behavior. The data add to a growing body of literature supporting the use of modified FAs as a method for identifying the function of idiosyncratic variables controlling problem behavior.
 
116. Using a Differential Observation Response to Teach Auditory-Visual Conditional Discrimination to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
GABRIELLE STONES (University of Missouri Saint Louis), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis), Catherine Veatch (PENDING)
Discussant: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract:

Auditory-visual discrimination can be difficult to establish in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and minimal verbal and pre-academic repertoire. It is common for children who have not mastered tasks involving conditional discrimination, to demonstrate restricted stimulus control during these types of tasks. One strategy to overcome errors related to restricted stimulus control is by using a differential observing response (DOR). DORs are responses that when presented before or with the antecedent stimulus, facilitate the child’s sensory contact with the relevant aspect of the stimulus. The purpose of the current study was to replicated Fisher et al. (2019)’s by incorporating a DOR during an auditory-visual conditional discrimination task with children with ASD. A multiple-baseline design across target sets was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention on the levels of correct selection responses. We also conducted probe of tact responses before the implementation of the intervention and after mastery of target sets. Results were similar of Fisher et al. study in that participants demonstrated the acquisition of target sets and emergence of novel, untrained tacts.

 
117. Investigation on COVID-19-Related Health Skills Among Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jessica M Hinman (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with autism are at a higher risk for COVID due to developmental delays and deficits in health-related life skills. However, the extent to which these deficits exist is unclear, as existed assessments for life skills are not specific enough to capture various skills needed during the COVID-19 pandemic, such as keeping the mask on for extended periods of time, following social distancing rules, maintaining social interaction with peers remotely, etc. The current study examines the COVID-related health skills among children diagnosed with ASD. A caregiver assessment was developed, and a total of 36 skills were identified following recommendations from the CDC to promote children’s physical and mental health. Six skills were identified in each category: Personal Protection Equipment, Symptom Identification, Social Distancing, Hygiene, Daily Routine, and Health and Well-being. Forty caregivers completed the indirect assessment, and results show that children diagnosed with autism often demonstrate deficits in COVID-related health skills. The distribution of skills did not show a clear pattern across different age-groups, suggesting that the developmental approach failed to account for these life skills. Preliminary psychometric properties of the assessment were reported, and implications and recommendations for practitioners were discussed.

 
118. Telehealth for Facilitating Conversation in Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YUKI NISHIYAMA (Keio University), Miho Higashi (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Discussant: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect of a visual cue (arrow) for specifying a “speaker” in conversation for students with autism spectrum disorder using online telehealth situation. Two elementary school students with autism spectrum disorder participated in the present study. They could talk about their favorite things such as trains, however had weakness in conversation with other people. At first, the therapist set the topic of conversation and evaluated the spontaneous talking and numbers of turn-taking. Telehealth method was used with Zoom. In Student-Student Condition, two students sat facing each other in computer display and made online conversation. In Student-Therapist Condition, each student sat facing with adult therapist and was provided with “arrow” on computer display to specify the speaker implying “your turn for talking”. For both students, numbers of turn-taking were very few in Student-Student Condition. In Student-Therapist condition, Student A showed drastic increase in numbers of turn-taking. The result suggests that the “arrow” functioned as visual indicator for specifying “speaker” in naturalistic conversation.

 
119. A Review of Autism Treatment via Virtual Reality Technology and Suggestions for Future Research and Development
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAIWEN ZHU (Research Associate at Beijing INGCare), Ziwei Xu (Academic Director at Institute for Accessibility Development at Tsinghua University, Beijing INGCare), Weizhi Liang (Director for Research and Development at Beijing INGCare)
Discussant: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract: Autism therapists and researchers have started to use Virtual-Reality (VR) since 1990s. The technology was often deployed to create virtual environments to help individuals with autism prepare for certain encounters or situations that could be stressful. In this poster, we will review recent empirical studies that evaluated the effectiveness of VR in autism treatment. Specifically, we will focus on the skill domains that were targeted (e.g., social emotional skills or daily-life skills), participants (e.g., pre-requisite skills for VR technology), dependent measures (e.g., the study deployed direct or indirect measurement for target behavior), and results (e.g., the extent to which the effects generalize to real-life situations). Lastly, we will discuss implications for future research and technology development (e.g., real-time data display to enable decision makings), as well as the huge role the VR industry will be playing in shifting how to use technology to help support those with autism to connect, communicate, and navigate.
 
120. Evaluating a Sequential Model for Assessment and Treatment of Automatically Reinforced Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PIERCE TAYLOR (Rollins College), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College), Ronni Hemstreet (Rollins College), Lauren Best (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Abstract: Behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement can be notably difficult to reduce. There are a number of function-based and non-function-based interventions with demonstrated efficacy in reducing automatically reinforced behavior; however, practitioners are often unsure of which intervention is most likely to be effective with each specific client. Further, BACB ethical guidelines require that least-restrictive and reinforcement-based procedures be implemented and evaluated before relying on punishment-based procedures to reduce problem behavior. The current study replicated the assessment and treatment model evaluated by Berg et al. (2016) with automatically reinforced self-injury by applying the sequential process to new topographies of automatically reinforced behavior: motor or vocal stereotypy. The results indicated potential success in using noncontingent reinforcement for stereotypy classified as Pattern 1; however, Pattern 2 or Pattern 3 responding (as determined by the results of a functional analysis and subsequent concurrent operants assessment) did not successfully respond to treatment indicated by the model.
 
121. Using Acceptance and Commitment Training to Increase Parental Adherence in an Online Caregiver Training Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), RENE J NIESSNER (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has seen a rapid adaptation in telehealth models, and practitioners conducting parent training online may face unique challenges. The current study examines the effect of using Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) to increase parental adherence in an online caregiver training program. Thirteen families enrolled in an online caregiver training program were randomly assigned to the control group or the ACT group. Participants in the ACT group received the same caregiver training curriculum, with the addition of a 30min brief ACT session during the intake. They also received weekly ACT messages via text. Results show that participants in the ACT group progressed faster during the program (t = 2.36, p = .038) and were less likely to withdraw (χ2 = 6.96, p = .008). Implications for practitioners will be discussed.
 
122. Evaluation of a New Assessment and Treatment Model for Automatically Reinforced Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RONNI HEMSTREET (Rollins College), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College), Ashley Matter (Interventions Unlimited)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Wunderlich et al. (in prep) replicated the assessment and treatment model evaluated in Berg et al. (2016) with automatically reinforced stereotypy. The results of that study indicated that the Berg flowchart can be useful if there is clear differentiation in a functional analysis. However, if there is not clear differentiation in functional analysis data, previously proposed treatment models are less successful in predicting effective interventions. Further, ethical behavior analytic practice requires an emphasis on reinforcement-based procedures prior to the introduction of punishment (e.g., response blocking). In order to better represent the various treatment goals of individuals who exhibit problematic stereotypy and provide a more ethical approach to the systematic selection of intervention, we proposed and empirically evaluated a new assessment and intervention model. Results indicate that this sequential assessment and treatment model is effective and efficient in reducing problematic automatically reinforced stereotypy.
 
123. Treating Ritualistic Behavior Using Functional Communication Training and Schedule Thinning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHARLES BRAMBLE (Bancroft), Kelly Trucksess (Bancroft), Gabriel Lopergolo (Bancroft)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Insistence on sameness, or ritualized patterns are part of the diagnostic criteria for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). These behaviors can interfere with multiple aspects of daily living. In addition, other more dangerous challenging behavior, such as aggression, may be maintained through access to these rituals. Multiple studies have demonstrated that functional communication training (FCT) has effectively treated both ritualistic behavior and co-occurring challenging behavior. The participant within the present study is an 18 year-old male diagnosed with ASD and Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD) living in a residential treatment facility. A functional analysis was conducted which included an idiosyncratic condition designed to identify the role of ritualistic behavior in maintaining aggressive behavior. The functional communication response (FCR) to gain access to ritualistic behavior was acquired on a continuous schedule of reinforcement. A multiple schedule was then used to thin this schedule, however was unsuccessful when utilizing a visual signal. Instead, the therapist’s vocal response was utilized to signal what component schedule would be contacted. This study replicates the findings of Kuhn et al. (2009) in which the therapist’s verbal response was used to signal the availability of reinforcement within a multiple schedule.
 
124. High-Probability Instructional Sequence: A Review on Current Procedural Variations
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
AMALIX FLORES (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: To summarize current literature on procedural variations of the High-Probability Instructional Sequence (HPIS), a systematic review of the published literature between 2010 to 2019 was completed and yielded a total of 17 articles. Each of these articles was reviewed and data were extracted on: (a) participant characteristics (i.e., sex, age, diagnosis, and target behavior), (b) procedural variations related to the HPIS implementation (i.e., high-probability to low-probability instructions ratios, inter-instruction intervals, and programed consequences for compliance and noncompliance to the instructions), and (c) results (i.e., percentage of data sets for which HPIS was effective). Thirty-four individuals were included in these studies, some of whom were exposed to multiple iterations of HPIS, resulting in 114 data sets. Across studies HPIS was effective at increasing target behavior (e.g., compliance to instructions, task completion, vocal imitation, and food acceptance and/or consumption) in 50.88% of data sets. Furthermore, the type of consequences delivered for compliance to high-probability and low-probability instructions (e.g., combined social and edible stimuli), and noncompliance to the High-P instructions (e.g., terminate instruction, provide a break, and present next instruction in the sequence) appears to impact the efficacy of HPIS. Conceptual and clinical implications, and areas for future research are discussed.
 
125. More Time? Sometimes: Successful Schedule Thinning of a More Time Functionally Equivalent, Communication Response
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Adrianna Whitman (Bancroft), ANTONELLA PILARAS (Bancroft)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

Challenging behavior maintained by multiple sources of environmental control presents unique challenges during treatment. Often, reduction of these behaviors involves interventions that target each source of reinforcement individually. Following acquisition of multiple functional communicative responses (FCR’s) and reduction of the target challenging behavior, the dense schedule of reinforcement used during functional communication training (FCT) still needs to be thinned for the FCR to generalize successfully across settings and time. Multiple schedules have been used successfully following FCT teaching FCR’s for single functions. The current study, involving two residents of a residential treatment facility, investigates the thinning of a “More Time” request utilizing a multiple schedule. Following successful acquisition of the FCR, schedule thinning consisted of signaling availability of reinforcement of the response with a visual stimulus. Throughout schedule thinning, the work requirement was systematically increased following emission of the FCR until the terminal schedule was reached. Both individuals demonstrated high levels of independence with the FCR and low rates of challenging behavior throughout schedule thinning.

 
126. Is This Poster Trash? Utilizing Discrimination Training and Differential Reinforcement to Reduce Hoarding
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HAILEE PEREZ (Bancroft), Antonella Pilaras (Bancroft)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Some individuals with developmental disabilities engage in OCD-like behaviors such as hoarding, keeping a surplus of items regardless of their value or displaying an inability to willingly discard items. These behaviors can lead to unhygienic and unsanitary living conditions for these individuals and their families. Historically, most treatments to reduce these behaviors have utilized cognitive-based therapies or medication aimed to reduce behaviors associated with OCD. However, a function-based treatment approach to the reduction of these behaviors may be more appropriate in cases, like those involving individuals with developmental disabilities, when accurate self-report of internal states is difficult or even impossible. Seen functionally, continued access to tangible items is the maintaining contingency for hoarding. In these cases, the schedule of reinforcement for acquiring and maintaining these items may need to be greatly reduced to achieve reductions in challenging behaviors associated with hoarding. This study utilized a behavioral intervention for two individuals who engage in aggressive behaviors maintained by access to hoarding items. These behavioral interventions utilized discrimination training and differential reinforcement of incompatable behaviors, and were effective in decreasing both aggressive and hoarding behaviors.
 
127. Replacement Skills Training to Address Inappropriate Climbing Behavior During Transitions
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JOHN CHRISTOPHER SCULLY (The Center for Discovery, Harris, NY)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: “Billy” is an adolescent with autism spectrum disorder that may climb on various pieces of furniture throughout the day such as classroom chairs, couches, and cabinets. These behaviors most frequently occur during transitions from sitting to standing, but may also occur if he were left alone. This is an automatically reinforcing behavior which would be difficult to reduce the frequency without providing an appropriate alternative. An intervention that uses non-contingent access to an appropriate climbing (step-ups platform) and functional communication training to teach the student to request “to climb” using the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) was initiated to reduce instances of inappropriate climbing and introduce an appropriate alternative behavior of climbing. In the non-contingent access phase, a social story and prompt fading procedures were utilized to encourage the student to independently use the appropriate alternative during transitions. In the functional communication training phase, prompt fading procedures were utilized to encourage the student to independently request to climb during transitions. The student had increased requests to climb on the appropriate alternative to 100% in three consecutive sessions prior to the school building shutting down due to COVID-19 restrictions.
 
128. Hurry Up and Wait! Utilizing a Terminal Delay to Increase the Efficiency of Schedule Thinning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DAVID ANDREW SULLIVAN (Bancroft), Nicole Schwartz (Bancroft), Kaitlyn Connaughton (Bancroft)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a specific form of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) in which the alternative behavior, a functional communication response (FCR) is functionally equivalent to the challenging behavior. It is the most widely reported successful intervention for decreasing challenging behavior (Drifke et al., 2020). Acquisition of the FCR typically occurs on a continuous schedule of reinforcement, however delays are commonly progressively increased to better reflect schedules of reinforcement typical of non-teaching environments. When these delays to reinforcement become too large or increase too quickly, they can lead to resurgence of problem behavior and increase the need for extensive session time. Tiger et. al., (2015) found that providing functionally-inequivalent stimuli during a terminal delay period was more efficient in decreasing challenging behavior than utilizing a progressive delay schedule. In the present study, challenging behavior of a 14-year old individual with multiply-maintained challenging behavior was decreased to near zero levels during a terminal delay of ten minutes in under 25 sessions utilizing this method.
 
129. A Comparison of Virtual and In-Person Learning on the Observation of Puzzle Manipulation Among Neurotypical and Neurodiverse Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATRINA VERHAGEN (Southern Illinois University), Natalia Baires (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Virtual learning has been used long before the COVID-19 pandemic for mental health care or acute conditions but was rarely used as a replacement for in-person visits. Additionally, virtual learning was primarily used for those earning graduate and undergraduate degrees. Virtual learning for individuals younger than eighteen is not typically researched, as it has not been a subject of importance or seen as a replacement for in-person learning. The current study will look to work with individuals under the age of eighteen, both neurotypical and neurodiverse populations. Participants will be paired into dyads to assess learning done both virtually and in-person when presented with a brainteaser puzzle using a multiple baseline across participants design. All participants will take part in both treatment conditions and assessment of on task behavior as well as percentage of correctly completed steps of the brainteaser puzzle will be assessed. Implications regarding results of using virtual and in-person learning with neurotypical and neurodiverse populations will be further discussed.
 
130. Treatment of Aggression Related to Staff Preference: Effects on Behavior and Electrodermal Activity
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
COREY OLVERA (The Center for Discovery), Tania Villavicencio (The Center for Discovery), Johanna F Lantz (The Center for Discovery)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: When comparing treatments, the differences in responses indicates the respective efficacy of each treatment condition. Changes in electrodermal activity (EDA), an index of physiological arousal often operationalized as stress or anxiety, can offer a measure of treatment efficacy. This study investigated the differential effects of two treatments on functional communication responses (FCR), problem behavior and EDA for an adolescent with autism spectrum disorder and aggression often provoked by staff changes. Functional communication training (FCT) to request a preferred staff as well as noncontingent access to the preferred staff (FCT+NCR) were compared with FCT intervention without NCR (FCT Only). Rates of aggression were lower and FCR higher compared to baseline in both conditions. The FCT + NCR condition yielded lower rates of aggression and higher rates of FCR compared to FCT Only; however, this condition was associated with increased EDA. This could suggest increased stress or anxiety associated with the NCR procedure, possibly due to uncertainty of when the staff may return. A decrease in the FCR was noted over the course of treatment. Prior to intervention, the participant worked exclusively with his preferred staff. It appears that he grew more comfortable working with other classroom staff following increased exposure.
 
 
 
Paper Session #263
CE Offered: BACB
An Analysis of Oral Motor Prompting Procedures on Fluent Speaking Ability
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:25 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Risca L. Solomon (Skybound Therapies)
CE Instructor: Risca L. Solomon, M.S.
 
An Analysis of Oral Motor Prompting Procedures on Fluent Speaking Ability
Domain: Applied Research
RISCA L. SOLOMON (Skybound Therapies), Richele Yeich (Eastern Florida Autism Center/Heart the Chart), Jamie Schlepp (JMS Therapy Services), Jonathan Amey (AIMS Instruction)
 
Abstract: Learners with Autism, Down Syndrome, Fragile X, and CP were given daily and weekly sessions of ABA modified Talk Tools based protocols with data collected on the Standard Celeration Chart. This approach was implemented by a collaborative multi-disciplinary team comprised of speech language pathologists, BCBA’s, RBT’s, and parents. Data will be presented on the SCC demonstrating acquisition of component and foundation skills necessary for intelligible and functional speech production. An individualized scope and sequence was established based on learner deficits in KSPT (Kaufman Speech Praxis Test) and baseline oral motor fluency measures. The jaw, lips, and tongue are the primary articulators for speech sound production and will be the primary focus for data display and video clips. This presentation will focus on mastery criteria (aims) and specific protocols implemented that resulted in significant speech improvement.
 
Target Audience:

Prerequisite skills include knowledge of echoic training, prompting procedures, standard celeration charts.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state an example of a physical prompting method for an oral motor skill; (2) state an example of a prompt fading hierarchy from physical prompting of oral motor skill to spoken sound.
 
 
Paper Session #264
CE Offered: BACB
Beyond Cognition and Behavior: Implications of Nonlinear Contingency Analysis for Clinical Practice
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:25 PM EDT
Online
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D.
 
Beyond Cognition and Behavior: Implications of Nonlinear Contingency Analysis (NCA) for Clinical Practice
Domain: Service Delivery
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Generategy, LLC)
 
Abstract: The focus of most modern therapies is on the verbal behavior of the client as a way of accounting for their private experience and emotions. Often causal relations between the presenting complaint and dysfunctional rules or behavior maintained by emotional change are postulated and the focus of intervention. Disturbing thoughts and emotions are considered a function of these rules and the momentary relief provided by the temporary avoidance of these experiences. A nonlinear contingency analysis (NCA), however, suggests that the source of the disturbing patterns is not to be found in self-rules or avoidance of unpleasant thoughts or feelings, but in a broader consequential contingency context of which such patterns are a function. This broader context requires the consideration of not only the consequences, both costs and benefits, of the disturbing pattern, but of the alternative patterns as well. Further, contingencies that may not be directly to those related the disturbing pattern, but that potentiate those contingencies, must also be considered. NCA expands a clinician’s perspective beyond behavior and cognition, and helps make sense of the disturbing pattern, thoughts, and emotions as the sensible and adaptive outcome of nonlinear consequential contingencies and their history.
 
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between linear and nonlinear contingency analysis; (2) distinguish between topical and systemic intervention.
 
 
Symposium #265
A Contingency Analytic Account of Emotions and Emotional Behavior: Teaching Discrimination in Tacting Emotion Words
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Paul Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract: At ABAI 2020, we described why the reliance on facial expressions for teaching learners to tact emotions is not empirically validated. We reviewed evidence that refuted claims of a neural “fingerprint” that is consistently associated with the expression of emotions (Feldman-Barrett, 2017). Many programs for teaching children with autism to tact emotions train learners to recognize facial features (Baron-Cohen et. al, 2009). These programs sometimes result in learners successfully labeling a picture of a face with a common expression, such as a smile as happy. This represents simple paired associate learning and is not an indication that learners understand the contingencies related to emotions. The challenge is to bring learners into contact with the consequential contingencies responsible for what is felt and described by emotion words (e.g. anger) (Layng, 2017). We will provide an update on current efforts to demonstrate the efficacy of procedures derived from the Goldiamond-Layng theory.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
The Goldiamond-Layng Theory - A Purely Contingency Analytic Approach to Emotions
(Theory)
NOLAN WILLIAMS (Emeritus Institute of Management)
Abstract: In this talk, we reintroduce a purely contingency analytic account of emotions and emotional behavior. This account, the Goldiamond-Layng Theory, rejects the notion that emotions are either causes of or caused by behavior. Rather, emotions are conceptualized as tacts that describe consequential contingency arrangements (Layng, 2017). This account is also consistent with recent neuroscience findings that suggest the absence of a neurological fingerprint for what is felt (Feldman-Barrett, 2017). Finally, implications of the Goldiamond-Layng Theory are described, including a new role for emotions in the self-management of human behavior.
 
Teaching Emotions: An Instruction Design Component Analysis Approach
(Theory)
ANNA LINNEHAN (Endicott College)
Abstract: Given the complexity in identification of a succinct definition of the various emotion terms and their related contingencies, an instructional design component analysis was utilized to identify attributes and rational sets of teaching examples and non-examples (Layng, 2019; Markle & Tiemann, 1969) of the contingencies described by certain emotions. Using a concept analysis, emotion words and the contexts they describe were analyzed to identify critical and variable attributes of the emotion concept. Critical attributes are features that if absent would produce a non-example, and variable attributes are features that vary across the range of examples of the concept. A contingency analysis was used to reveal the critical features that occasion the use of a particular emotion word and the emotions reported to be felt. For example, contingencies in which creating distance from a harmful stimulus is the reinforcer are tacted as “fear”. Methods for teaching contingency tacting will be reviewed.
 
Conceptualization of an Emotional Curriculum
(Theory)
ANNE CAROLINE COSTA CARNEIRO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: The Goldiamond-Layng Theory conceptualizes emotions as a type of tact that describes different arrangements of consequential contingencies. The differences in emotions felt reflect differences in contingencies. Irritation describes a different contingency than annoyance. Future efforts will focus on what might be called emotional nuances and will be concept analyzed accordingly. Through developmental testing, programs will be developed that will provide an emotional curriculum for use by teachers and therapists. This presentation will describe how this control-analysis research (after Goldiamond and Thompson, 1967/2002; Layng, Stikeleather, and Twyman, 2006; Markle, 1967) is to be conducted and how the data will be used to refine procedures as they are developed.
 
 
Panel #266
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Behavioral Pharmacology, Autism, and Comorbidities: The Role of the Applied Behavior Analysis Practitioner
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: BPN/AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Carlos Zuluaga, M.S.
Chair: Carlos Zuluaga (ABA Technologies, Inc. and Florida Institute of Technology)
AMANDA BUENO DOS SANTOS (CEDIN, Florida Institute of Technology)
THOMAS R. FREEMAN (ABA Technologies Inc. - Florida Tech)
MICHAEL CRIPE (Agency for Persons With Disabilities-State of Florida)
Abstract:

When behavioral services are utilized to reduce problem behavior, psychotropic medication is also often prescribed by attending physicians. When a comorbidity is present, coordinating services between disciplines can present special challenges. This presentation will describe the need to reduce confounds between different treatment modalities, and present some techniques to reduce those confounds while evaluating and promoting ongoing treatment effectiveness. We will review several of the medications that are most commonly used to address problem behavior, describe some of the most common side effects as well as secondary behavioral effects that can impact treatment planning and documentation. We will discuss some common symptoms of various comorbidities, list steps for data collection, and suggest techniques on how to most effectively report and utilize data in coordination with both medical and non-medical professionals. Finally we will discuss the ethical requirement to closely coordinate ABA and medical services, and explore some of the related issues that are likely to arise in clinical practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience should have as prerequisite skills knowledge autism spectrum disorder, behavioral service delivery, and behavior intervention plan.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) recognize some common symptoms of various autism spectrum disorder comorbidities, list steps for data collection, and suggest techniques on how to effectively report and utilize data in coordination with both medical and non-medical professionals; (2)know medications that are most commonly used to address problem behavior, describe some of the most common side effects as well as secondary behavioral effects that can impact treatment planning and documentation; (3) how to address ethical requirements to closely coordinate ABA and medical services, and explore some of the related issues that are likely to arise in clinical practice.
 
 
Symposium #267
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Derived Relational Responding is Pervasive in Addressing Disability, Autonomy, and Stigma
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University)
CE Instructor: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Disabilities are pervasive within the broader life context of impacted individuals, including challenges associated with stigmatization, disability progression, autonomy, and self-advocacy. This symposium will address these topics representing a next frontier in the evolution of behavior analytic service within person-centered care. The first talk will review stigmatization of persons with disabilities from within a derived relational responding framework, as well as how to predict and influence stigmatizing verbal relations. The second talk will describe a systematic intervention to address cognitive decline in the progression of dementia within the life-course of aging populations. The third talk will provide a translational model exploring the use of equivalence-based instruction to teach facts about medications that are necessary for ensuring autonomy and consent. Together, these talks go beyond addressing behavior challenges – to addressing skills that participate within the broader context of living with physical, intellectual, and developmental disabilities from a behavior analytic framework.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autonomy, Disability, Relational Frames, Self-advocacy
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: (1) assess and influence stigma related to disabilities; (2) understand the relationship between dementia and relational responding; (3) evaluate medication knowledge from an equivalence model
 
Diversity submission 

Frames of Error: Three Behavioral Approaches to Reducing Stigma and Increasing Positive Perceptions Towards People With Disabilities

ROCCO G CATRONE (SIU-Carbondale), Darwin S Koch (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

What makes a person disabled is a much-debated topic with some focusing on the individual’s impairments (putting the onus of disability on the individual) while others focus on how the environment (both architectural and social) exacerbates an individual’s impairments and creates the conceptualization of disability (putting the onus of disability on society). No matter how a person with a disability (PWD) is categorized, they are met with healthcare, education, and work disparities that are perpetuated both unintentionally and intentionally. This paper examines the various ways disability and subsequently stigma arises from a variety of viewpoints both within and outside the tradition of behaviorism. Given an overview of behavioral research, much of which is line with non-behavioral conceptualizations track well on to, the author points to how Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and Contextual Behavioral Science (CBS) may offer potential applications for the reduction of stigma towards PWDs. Three studies were detailed across relevant relational frames and their potential roles in the formation and defusion of stigma thereby extending the prior behavioral research on utility for potential, computer-based societal interventions.

 
Diversity submission 

Evaluating the Relationship Between Dementia Symptomology, Memory, and Derived Relational Responding in Older Adults

AYLA SCHMICK (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

With the aging of the Baby Boomer generation there will be an influx of older adults in the years to come that has never been witnessed before. While a longer life brings with it many opportunities, they are dependent on one thing: the individual’s health. Alzheimer’s Disease and related dementias are of most concern since they are defined by decline in cognitive functions that lead to loss of independence. Interventions are needed to help aid in the wide-ranging impact dementia will have. One area of promise is the use of language training procedures such as Relational Frame Theory (RFT), a contemporary behavior-analytic account of complex human language and cognition. The current study examined the relationship between dementia symptomology, memory, and derived relational responding in 42 older adults, ages ranging 65-97. Moderate to strong correlations were found between the Mini-Addenbrooke’s Cognitive Exam, Wechsler Memory Scale, and the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment- Transformation. Results of this study suggest that participants with higher scores of dementia symptomology showed lower scores of memory and derived relational responding. The results of expand the current literature by evaluating all relational frame families and their relationship to memory and dementia symptomology. Implications, limitations, and future research will be discussed.

 
Diversity submission Derived Stimulus Relations in Training Medication Knowledge
Erin Walker (Brock University), Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University / Western University), KARL GUNNARSSON (University of Iceland), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University)
Abstract: This study made use instructional methods based on derived stimulus relations to train foundational medication knowledge to 7 graduate students, in a multiple baseline across participants research design. Baseline accuracy was assessed on target relations; participants were subsequently taught coordination relations between generic names, brand names, typical uses, and vignettes. Test trials of transformations of stimulus function entailed vignettes in accordance with frames of comparison, distinction, and opposition. Participants all demonstrated the ability to obtain novel relations and stimulus functions amongst the targets aforementioned. These results demonstrate the pedagogical utility of derived stimulus relations in training skills of social importance and the efficiency of these methods; given that only coordination relations were directly trained, and many novel relations were derived.
 
 
Symposium #268
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Acceptance and Commitment Training Across Applied Clinical Settings
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tammy Lee (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis )
CE Instructor: David Legaspi, M.S.
Abstract:

Acceptance and commitment training (ACT) is an approach to language and cognition that is growing in traction across several practitioners inside and outside of the field of behavior analysis. ACT has been seen to be effective in interacting with levels of stress, burnout, and psychological flexibility. Given this, there has been limited research demonstrating ACT in a variety of clinical settings. Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and clients alike may experience distress and burnout. The following three talks will discuss three different implementations of ACT-based interventions across three different clinical applications. The first talk will discuss the potential value in an online-based ACT intervention targeted for behavior technicians and their levels of burnout and overt levels of values-based actions. The second talk will discuss an application of a two-day ACT-based workshop designed to interact with three BCBAs and their indirect levels of psychological flexibility and burnout, weekly reported values-based actions, and performance on a values based check in system. The third talk will discuss the application of an ACT-based approach to rigid habit following in an individual with a dual diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, Burnout, Psychological Flexibility
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:1. Define psychological flexibility as it pertains to Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) 2describe how psychological flexibility influences levels of burnout and stress 3. Define how to define and collect data on objective measures of values-based committed actions
 

The Effects of an Online Acceptance and Commitment Training on Employee Burnout and Values-Based Behavior

(Service Delivery)
MIGUEL FLORES (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Within the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA), behavior technicians can be described as a highly valuable employee within their organization due to their direct one to one work with clients. Over time, a behavior technician’s level of burnout may increase due to the prolonged emotional exhaustion that accompanies the work. One possible intervention to incorporate into the workplace is acceptance and commitment training (ACT). ACT is an evidence-based intervention that focuses on enhancing six processes (i.e., self-as-context, values, committed action, contacting the present moment, defusion and acceptance) to increase psychological flexibility. While there is research on ACT in various modalities, one emerging method of delivery is through online-based modules. The present study evaluates an online-based ACT intervention targeted to behavior technicians while simultaneously teaching them to engage in overt behavior directly tied to their values. It is hypothesized that the online acceptance and commitment training will be effective in influencing a behavior technician’s perception of burnout, increasing psychological flexibility, and stabilizing and or increasing values-based behaviors.

 

Exploring Effects of a Acceptance and Commitment Training Workshop on Weekly Overt Values-Based Behaviors, Psychological Flexibility, and Check-in Checklist Performance

(Applied Research)
DAVID LEGASPI (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Heidi Eilers (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Elizabeth Ashton Benedickt (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Tammy Lee (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Acceptance and commitment training (ACT) has been growing in acceptability within the scope of behavior analysis (Enoch, & Nicholson, 2020). Since the start of the current COVID-related pandemic, researchers have moved to include programs related to psychological flexibility to mitigate possible effects the current shelter in place may have on our wellbeing and potential feelings of stress (Fieberg, Gould, Ming, Watson, 2020). Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) are often described as those who have stressful jobs that could lead to stress and burnout. ACT has been shown to mitigate workplace stress and increase levels of psychological flexibility (Pingo, Dixon, & Paliliunas, 2019). The following study explored the potential effect a two-day ACT workshop may have on the weekly overt values-based behaviors a BCBA reports to have completed, indirect measures associated with psychological flexibility (AAQ, CAQ-8) and stress, and performance on a check-in system designed to help aid BCBAs to check in with the colleagues they supervise. Using a multiple baseline design across three BCBAs, the results suggest the ACT workshop affected overt weekly reported values-based actions. Results also suggest the workshop was successful in improving performance on the check-in checklist. Further implications and suggestions will be discussed.

 

Acceptance and Commitment Training and Self-Monitoring Habit Reversal for the Reduction of Compulsive Behaviors

(Applied Research)
ELIZABETH ASHTON BENEDICKT (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Tyler James Arauza (TCSPP), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles; Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The majority of current behavior analysts are working within the autism spectrum disorder (ASD) population (BACB, 2020). ASD is often comorbid with other diagnoses including obsessive and compulsive disorder (OCD) (Lewin, Wood, Gunderson, Murphy, & Storch, 2011). Behavior analysts may not have experience with individuals who have this comorbid presentation(Broadhead, Quigley, Wilczynski, 2018). Research demonstrating the application of behavior analytic treatment of behaviors associated with comorbid diagnoses are necessary in the development of our field’s overall utility. In this paper, we will demonstrate the efficacy of a treatment package utilizing acceptance and commitment training (ACT), and mindfulness-based training for the reduction of compulsive behaviors in an 11-year-old individual diagnosed with OCD and ASD. Sessions were conducted via telehealth for 2 hours each day, 3 days per week, across 4 consecutive months. A reversal design was utilized to test for treatment efficacy. In baseline, the participant was engaged in a variety of compulsive behavior in the bathroom for up to 9 hours per day. Results indicated that the treatment package was effective in the reduction of the duration of engagement in compulsive behaviors. Overall duration of engagement dropped from 9 hours to 45 minutes. Results, implications, and overall social validity will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #269
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Diversity, Inclusion, and Equity in Research and Practice: Where are We Now and How Do We Move Forward?
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies)
CE Instructor: Noor Younus Syed, Ph.D.
Abstract: Following the incredibly tragic deaths of Mr. George Floyd and others, it became clear that the world as a whole needed to face and address the prevalence of systemic racism in our institutions. While we have begun to discuss compassion and cultural humility conceptually, a significant need remains to investigate the topography of culturally humble behaviors in both our scholarly and applied work. The heartbreaking murders served as an impetus for the behavior analytic community to address systems change and engage in self-reflection to better understand where we have erred in addressing systemic inequality, so that we may forge a path towards equity, inclusion, and diversity in our research, our body of clinicians, and the clients we serve. In the first talk, we will focus on assessing trends in demographic variables to identify gaps in targeted populations for recently published articles in OBM literature. The second presentation will analyze disparities and potential barriers in the access of therapy as related to demographic variables for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The final talk will review understanding of inclusive terminology, analyze organizational responses addressing systemic racism, and explore stakeholder feedback on methods to increase diversity within the field of behavior analysis.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Demographics, Disparity, Diversity-equity-inclusion, Systemic racism
Target Audience: None
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe trends in the reporting of demographic variables for recently published articles in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management and the Journal of Applied Psychology 2) Identify disparities as related to demographic variables in accessing therapeutic services for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder 3) Identify methods to increase diversity and equity within the field of behavior analysis at individual and organizational levels that are based on stakeholder input
 
Diversity submission 

Reporting of Demographic Variables in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management and the Journal of Applied Psychology

(Theory)
JESSICA NASTASI (University of Florida), Andrew Smith (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Alyssa Lynn Crowe (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Data on participant demographics (e.g., gender, race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status) can be used to evaluate the existence of treatment disparities and other correlations between the impact of an intervention and sociopolitical location, yet these data are seldom reported in behavior-analytic studies. To date, no review has been conducted evaluating the reporting of demographic variables within the subfield of organizational behavior management (OBM). OBM interventions often involve multiple participants across levels of an organization, posing unique considerations for reporting demographic variables and potentially identifiable information in accordance with an organization’s preference for disclosure and human resource policies. Interventions in industrial/organizational psychology may encounter similar barriers to reporting demographic variables. Therefore, we reviewed articles published in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) and the Journal of Applied Psychology from 2015 to 2019 to evaluate recent trends in the reporting of demographic variables. All articles that included participants and presented data (i.e., both applied and laboratory research; N = 79) were included for review and were coded based on the setting, design, and reported demographic variables. The value of reporting demographic variables in OBM and suggestions for future reporting will be discussed.

 
Diversity submission 

Identifying Possible Disparities in Autism Services Via Clinical File Review

(Service Delivery)
JANELLE KIRSTIE BACOTTI (University of Florida), Ann-Marie Orlando (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Tracy Argueta (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Early diagnosis and treatment of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are critical to maximizing early development (Brasher & Stapel-Wax, 2020). Prior evidence suggests that some communities within the ASD population are underserved and experience reduced access and quality of services (Bishop-Fitzpatrick & Kind, 2017). The purpose of the current study was to complete a retrospective clinical file review to identify possible disparities in access to therapeutic services. We scored demographic variables (e.g., age at time of initial contact, sex, race/ethnicity) and reported access to therapy services (e.g., applied behavior analysis, speech language pathology). We conducted visual and statistical analyses to determine correlations between demographic variables and reported access to therapy services. We discuss our findings and possible future directions for evaluating disparities to accessing therapy services in the ASD community.

 
Diversity submission 

The ABA Field Responds to Calls for Increased Diversity and Equity: An Analysis of Our Current Standing and the Path Forward

(Theory)
NOOR YOUNUS SYED (SUNY Empire State College; Endicott College; Global Autism Project), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College), Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University)
Abstract:

As recent outcry emerged upon the murder of George Floyd, following Ahmaud Arberry, Breonna Taylor, and countless others, it became apparent that the world needed to significantly analyze core values and principles to address issues of systemic racism. The field of behavior analysis is no exception. While some major behavior analytic organizations have previously developed diversity policies, most chose to release statements specifically addressing racism and diversity in the wake of Mr. Floyd’s murder. Too, while there is a growing body of literature regarding cultural humility and diversity in behavior analysis, these discussions have not yet been informed by a collection of voices from the field. While the statements and literature are undoubtedly well-intentioned, they may lack actionable items and stakeholder input that research suggests are critical in sustainable development of societal and political processes. The purpose of this study therefore was twofold: to analyze responses from major behavior analytic and psychological institutions, and to analyze survey responses of clinicians and researchers on understanding demographic concepts related to diversity. Finally, an analysis of stakeholder feedback on how to increase diversity within the field of behavior analysis was conducted. We urge the field to use these data to better inform action items we can engage in to increase diversity and equity at all levels.

SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College
 
 
Symposium #270
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Burnout and Bias: Assessing Medical Student Well-Being and Patient Care from a Contextual Perspective
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Medical students and healthcare professionals are at an increased risk for experiencing clinically relevant levels of distress (e.g., burnout, depression, and suicidal ideations), compared to the general population. The onset of clinically relevant levels of distress appear to emerge during the first few years of students’ medical education. If symptoms are left unidentified and therefore, untreated – students are likely to continue to practice maladaptive coping strategies during residency. These patterns of maladaptive coping are likely to recur throughout one’s career, which impacts the quality of patient care provided to diverse patient populations. Individuals are more likely to engage in brief immediate relational responding (BIRRs) under conditions of time pressure and stress. Without evidence-based approaches for managing BIRRs (i.e., implicit bias), medical providers are ill equipped to meet the needs of patients’ diverse cultural nuances, which contributes to the prevalence of healthcare disparities. This symposium will provide an overview of ways in which contextual behavioral scientists can measure, report, and teach about burnout and well-being with the medical student and healthcare provider populations – to help providers not only manage their biases towards themselves (i.e., self-stigmatization) but to also manage their biases toward their patients (i.e., implicit bias).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): burnout, implicit bias, medical education, well-being
 
Diversity submission Assessment of Medical Student Burnout: Toward an Implicit Measure to Address Current Issues
GREGORY SCOTT SMITH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Mary Froehlich (University of Nevada Reno School of Medicine), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Brooke M. Smith (Western Michigan University), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada Reno School of Medicine)
Abstract: The feasibility of implicitly assessing medical student burnout was explored, using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), to measure longitudinal student burnout over the first two years of medical school and directly compare it with an existing explicit measure of burnout (Maslach Burnout Inventory; MBI). Three successive cohorts of medical students completed both implicit and explicit measures of burnout at several time points during their first two years of medical school. Both assessments were conducted via the internet within a one-week period during the first week of medical school, the end of the first year of medical school, and the end of the second year, though not all cohorts were able to complete the assessments at all time points. Mixed effects models were used to compare the two measures directly, as well as to evaluate changes over time in each measure separately. Minimal correspondence was observed between the implicit and explicit measures of burnout on a within-subject basis. However, when analyzed separately, all sub-scales of both measures detected significant change over time in the direction of greater levels of burnout, particularly during the first year of medical school. Results suggest the IRAP is able to assess implicit attitudes related to burnout among medical students. The IRAP detected consistent improvements in positive implicit attitudes toward medical training during students’ second year, which was not detected by the MBI. The finding indicates a unique aspect of the burnout construct is captured by IRAP.
 
Diversity submission The Impact of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Well-Being in Medical Education
ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Gregory Scott Smith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Kian Assemi (University of Nevada, Reno), Brooke M. Smith (Western Michigan University), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada School of Medicine)
Abstract: Medical students are at a disproportionate risk for experiencing clinically significant levels of distress and burnout as a product of their workplace environment (i.e., the healthcare industry). Significant levels of distress and burnout seem to emerge within the first few years of students’ undergraduate medical education. Remediation strategies such as wellness trainings have been recommended and integrated into medical school curricula as a preventative approach. This longitudinal study utilized the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II (AAQ-II) and the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to determine the of impact of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) on the well-being of students across the first two years of medical school. The preliminary results indicate that the overall medical student population maintained their levels of psychological well-being during the first two years of medical school. Additionally, students who were identified as “at-risk” for experiencing significant levels of burnout demonstrated statistically significant improvements in their AAQ-II scores following an ACT for Student Well-Being curriculum. Implications and next steps for this line of research will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #271
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
BCBAs Working in Public School Settings: Pre-training, Retaining, and Recharging Behavior Change Agents
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kristy Park, Ph.D.
Chair: Kristy Park (George Mason University)
SELENA J LAYDEN (Old Dominion University)
JOHANNA COLSON (Orange County Public Schools)
CHRISTINE MCKEE (Loudoun County Public Schools)
Abstract:

The methods of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been incorporated into the field of education to produce socially significant and practical change in public school settings, particularly to improve the use of evidence-based practices (EBPs). Despite the fact that providing free and appropriate education to children with disabilities has been a public responsibility since 1975 (PL 94-142, IDEA, 2004), multiple barriers interfere with implementation of EBPs in school settings. This panel discussion will focus on current challenges behavior analysts face across different school districts in Virginia. The discussion will provide suggestions to prepare future behavior analysts and consider ways to retain current BCBAs in school settings. The targeted audience for this panel discussion are those currently working in public school settings and those supervising future behavior analysts in the public school setting. Identifying and discussing barriers to implement behavior change as well as possible solutions provides the field a basis to address wellness strategies and ensure behavior analysts are effective in supporting public schools.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

The prerequisite skills fall within professional practice guidelines related to service delivery in the classroom, school, and system levels for students with disabilities in public schools. Audience should have competencies in the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code specifically in the guidelines as a Supervisor and Ethical responsibilities to the profession of behavior analyst and to the BACB. Supervision provided within defined area of competence and perform to advance the values and ethics of the profession of behavior analysis (6.01).

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify at least three challenges to working in public schools as a BCBA. 2. Participants will develop and describe at least two potential resolutions to identified challenges. 3. Participants will identify at least four potential considerations when supervising students working toward BCBA certification who wish to work in public education settings.
Keyword(s): School-based, Supervision
 
 
Symposium #272
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Challenging the FDA Ban on Electrical Stimulation Devices
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nicholas Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Discussant: R. Nicolle Nicolle Carr (University of Oklahoma)
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D.
Abstract: Aversive conditioning devices have been utilized for treatment refractory self-injury, aggression, and other problem behaviors for over 50 years. In March of 2020, 6 years after disclosing consideration of a ban, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) banned Electrical Stimulation Devices (ESDs) including the Graduated Electronic Decelerator (GED) for the treatment of self-injurious (SIB) and aggressive behavior (AB). The Judge Rotenberg Center (JRC) and the JRC Parents Association petitioned the FDA for a stay of action in relation to the ban and have filed an appeal of the ban with the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. The FDA issued a partial stay allowing patients already using ESDs to continue such use. Here we review the regulatory history of ESDs, the attack on ESD research methodology, internal FDA documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act, and provide a status update on the challenge to the FDA ban. Taken together, we argue the FDA ban places political considerations before the individual needs of clients. Ethical considerations for behavior analysts with treatment refractory clients are discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): electrical stimulation, treatment refractory
Target Audience: The audience should have a working understanding of various experimental design methodologies and the treatments typically used for severe behaviors.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion fo the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the benefits and critiques of single-subject research and randomized controlled trials; (2) state the regulator factors associated with medical devices; (3) understand the status of a lawsuit to stop the ban.
 

Regulatory History and Mirroring Criticisms of Research Methodology for Electrical Stimulation Devices and Small N Designs

DAWN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
Abstract:

Aversive conditioning devices have been utilized for treatment refractory self-injury, aggression, and other problem behaviors for over 50 years. Early devices were not regulated or classified by the FDA. In 1979, ESDs were classified as Class II medical devices. All medical devices must go through an FDA approval process. There have only been two medical devices banned by the FDA (powdered medical gloves and implantable prosthetic hair fibers). In 2020, the FDA presented a final ruling to ban the use of the devices for the treatment of self-injury and aggression, but not the device itself. An overview of the regulatory history of electrical stimulation devices (ESD) with emphasis on the Graduated Electronic Decelerator (GED) is provided. Additionally, the methodological attacks on the ESD research which mirror common objections to single-subject research methodology in behavior analysis are discussed. For example, the use of small samples, demonstration of cause and effect without a randomized control trial, limits of generalization, and prosthetic versus curative independent variables. The strengths and limitations of ESD research and treatment applications are discussed in relation to the code of ethics. Ethical codes pertain to reliance on scientific knowledge, treatment efficacy, and punishment procedures.

 
Challenging the FDA Ban on Electrical Stimulation Devices
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: In March of 2020, 6 years after disclosing consideration of a ban, the FDA banned Electrical Stimulation Devices (ESDs) including the Graduated Electronic Decelerator (GED) for the treatment of self-injurious (SIB) and aggressive behavior (AB). The JRC Parents Association and The Judge Rotenberg Center petitioned the FDA for a stay of action in relation to the ban and have filed an appeal of the ban with the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. The FDA issued a partial stay allowing patients already using ESDs to continue such use. Here the current status and rationale for challenging the ban is presented. The FDA acknowledged the existence of treatment refractory patients. However, the FDA claims the literature shows ESD’s cause harm and do not cause a long-term conditioning effect. Further, Positive Behavior Support (not applied behavior analysis) is offered as state-of-the-art treatment for SIB/AB. These claims are critically analyzed and discussed. Through documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act, we show the FDA failed to disclose expert opinions indicating ESD efficacy. The FDA also failed to disclose opinions from sixteen of its own scientists suggesting ESDs presented only a remote probability of serious adverse health consequences.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #273
CE Offered: BACB
The Fiction of Memory
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ELIZABETH LOFTUS (University of California at Irvine)
Abstract:

For several decades, I have been manufacturing memories in unsuspecting minds. Sometimes these techniques change details of events that someone actually experienced. Other times, the techniques create entire memories of events that never happened: they create “rich false memories.” Collectively, this work shows people can be led to believe they did things that would have been rather implausible. They can be led to falsely believe they had experiences that would have been emotional or traumatic had they actually happened.

False memories, like true ones, also have consequences for people—affecting their later thoughts, intentions, and behaviors. Can we tell true memories from false ones? In several studies, I created false memories in the minds of people, compared them to true memories, and discovered that once planted, those false memories look very much like true memories: they have similar behavioral characteristics, emotionality, and neural signatures. Considered as a whole, these findings raise important questions: If false memories can be so readily planted in the mind, do we need to think about “regulating” this mind technology? And what do these pseudomemories say about the nature of memory itself?

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1)describe some methods of studying false memories in psychological research; (2) discuss differences (or lack of) between true memories and false memories; (3) discuss implications of false memory research for psychotherapy, interrogations, and other aspects of life.
 
ELIZABETH LOFTUS (University of California at Irvine)
Elizabeth Loftus is Distinguished Professor at the University of California - Irvine. She holds faculty positions in the Department of Psychological Science; the Department of Criminology, Law & Society, and the School of Law. She received her Ph.D. in Psychology from Stanford University. Since then, she has published over 20 books and over 600 scientific articles. Loftus's research has focused on the malleability of human memory. She has been recognized for her research with seven honorary doctorates and election to numerous prestigious societies, including the National Academy of Sciences. She is past president of the Association for Psychological Science, the Western Psychological Association, and the American Psychology-Law Society. Loftus’s memory research has led to her being called as an expert witness or consultant in hundreds of cases. Some of the more well-known cases include the McMartin PreSchool Molestation case, the Hillside Strangler, the Abscam cases, the trial of the officers accused in the Rodney King beating, the Menendez brothers, the Bosnian War trials in the Hague, the Oklahoma Bombing case, and litigation involving Michael Jackson, Martha Stewart, Scooter Libby, Oliver North, Bill Cosby, Harvey Weinstein, and the Duke University Lacrosse players.
 
 
Panel #274
PDS: Finding Success After Graduation: Creating and Submitting Job Application Materials (1/3)
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Rita Olla (University of Nevada, Reno)
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
DIANA J. WALKER (Visions LLC)
ALBERT MALKIN (Western University (Canada))
Abstract:

Every year graduate and undergraduate students need to plan carefully for life after college or graduate school. This means beginning the search for positions in a vast, demanding job market, where the possession of advanced skills acquired attending the higher education system is just a preliminary requisite. To prepare you for success, we have organized three panels during which experts will provide advice and tips in the hope of making your job search a little easier: Tackling the job market, composing application materials, preparing for interviews, and managing the first years on the job to put the foundations of a satisfying career. Join us so that you are better prepared to apply for jobs in which your knowledge of behavior analysis will make the difference for you and the organization. Each panel will focus on a separate component of the job market: 1) Creating and submitting application materials, 2) Interviewing for positions, and 3) Finding success in the first few years.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Jobs, Academia
 
 
Symposium #275
CE Offered: BACB
Supporting College Students With and Without Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Discussant: Amanda Karsten (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Amanda Karsten, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The transition from high school to higher education presents a variety of challenges and pitfalls for many students both with and without autism. Being a successful college student often necessitates that an individual be a versatile and fluent communicator able to collaborate with peers and faculty across a wide range of settings and contexts. Failure to develop the ability to effectively communicate and collaborate with others while in college can have long-term implications far beyond the classroom which can include social isolation and unemployment. Students across the nation routinely report that they do not feel as though they are well prepared for success in college. To date, there has been a limited focus within the behavior analytic research on developing approaches for effective support for college students with and without ASD. This symposium provides several models of explicit coaching and instructional strategies related to being a successful communicator across settings and contexts within a college setting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, College Students, Communication Skills, Virtual Coaching/Instruction
Target Audience:

Practitioners working with adolescents and adults. Educators/Administrators working in higher education. Prerequisite Skills: Strong foundation of understanding of basic behavior analytic concepts. Familiar with behavior analytic terminology. Familiarity with common behavior analytic research designs and ability to quickly interpret data presented via tables and figures.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify common challenges associated with the transition to higher education settings for students with and without autism and evaluate the utility of a behavior analytic model for intervention in these settings. 2) Describe a variety of behavior analytic strategies for encouraging successful outcomes through the use of virtual coaching and instruction. 3) Describe specific behavior analytic strategies for supporting the development of fluent communication skills for adolescents and adults pursuing higher education across contexts related to successful academic performance, employment, and public speaking.
 

Eco-Behavioral Assessment of Instructional Responding of College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder in Active Learning Classes

(Applied Research)
Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Sungwoo Kang (Purdue University), Courtney King (Purdue University), HANNAH CROSLEY (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Brandon Keehn (Purdue University)
Abstract:

An increasing number of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are pursuing postsecondary education at 4-year institutions. Research has shown that typically developing (TD) college students often experience stress and difficulties in transitioning to higher education, and the extent of these difficulties tend to be exacerbated by core characteristics of ASD among college students diagnosed with ASD. Moreover, many higher institutions are beginning to push for a transformation of instructional methods from the conventional lecture approach to an active learning approach, which often involves group discussions and activities with peers. In this context, weaknesses in social and communication skills may create additional barriers for students with ASD if they are frequently required to initiate and respond to social exchanges and collaborate with peers. To identify the needs of college students with ASD in active learning college classes, we conducted an ecobehavioral assessment study through direct observations of students with ASD and TD students to examine their instructional responding in active learning classes. Preliminary results from age- and IQ-matched ASD (n = 6) and TD (n = 17) samples indicate that there are no statistically significant differences in measures of instructional responding. Implications of study findings will be discussed.

 

An Individualized Approach to Teaching Adults With Autism to Successfully Navigate Job Interviews via Remote Instruction

(Applied Research)
SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), COURTNEY BUTLER (Rutgers University), Faris Rashad Kronfli (Rutgers University), Christeen Scarpa (Rutgers University), Brianna Boragi (Rutgers University), Joseph Scott (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience challenges securing employment, which may partially explain overall underemployment or unemployment in this population. One of the first steps to obtaining employment is participating in a job interview. However, social communication deficits may interfere with an individual with ASD’s ability to participate in a job interview. The current study evaluated the use of behavioral skills training delivered via remote instruction to teach interview skills to four college students diagnosed with ASD. Results showed overall improvement during interviews as well as post-training generalization probes with a career development expert. These data suggest that an individualized approach to training may be an effective strategy to help adults with ASD successfully navigate job interviews.

 

Effects of Telecoaching on Conversation Skills for High School and College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
EMILY GREGORI (University of Illinois at Chicago), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have difficulty engaging in conversations with same-age peers. Deficits in conversation skills can hinder one’s ability to sustain friendships and may lead to social isolation. Research has shown that technology-based interventions can improve conversation skills and reduce the social stigmatization of individualized interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of telecoaching and online instructional modules on conversation skills for four high school and college students with ASD. A component analysis was conducted to determine the critical components of the intervention package. Results showed that telecoaching was associated with the most significant improvements in conversation behavior for all participants. Future directions and recommendations for clinicians are discussed.

 
Decreasing Nervous Habits During Public Speaking: A Component Analysis of Awareness Training
(Applied Research)
STEPHANIE ORTIZ (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Habit reversal is a well-established treatment package for decreasing a wide range of undesirable motor and vocal responses. Recent research indicates that awareness training, one phase of the habit reversal package, can produce decreases in undesirable vocal responses during public speaking (Montes et al., 2019; Spieler & Miltenberger, 2017). Awareness training can consist of multiple components including response description, video response detection, and in-vivo response detection. To date, no studies have assessed the independent effects of awareness training components. This study sought to evaluate the independent, additive effects of the components of awareness training on undesirable vocal responses during public speaking with college students. The introduction of the three components of awareness training was staggered according to the typical order and in order of least to most response effort (Woods et al., 1996). This study also sought to further investigate the effects of awareness training components on untargeted responses, long-term treatment effects, and generalization of treatment effects. The clinical implications of our findings and avenues for future research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #276
CE Offered: BACB
Parent Training: Exploring Approaches to Sleep, Communication, Skill Development and the State of the Literature
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Julie Koudys (Brock University)
Discussant: Joe M. Lucyshyn (University of British Columbia)
CE Instructor: Joe M. Lucyshyn, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Parent training has been shown to be beneficial for parents of children with ASD and those at risk for ASD in terms of child skill development and behaviour reduction. However, few studies specifically report parent implementation fidelity, or parents’ ability to generalize and maintain newly developed skills. In this symposium results from three studies that used telehealth or combined face to face and telehealth models to teach parents to support their child’s general skill development, to support the use of augmentative alternative communication systems, and to address sleep challenges will be presented. Talks will focus on strategies to facilitate parent and child skill generalization and maintenance, and practical considerations for telehealth service delivery. Finally, this symposium will explore what we do and do not know in terms of the quality and rigor of single-case experimental design literature related to parent training for child behaviour reduction.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, parent training, systematic review, telehealth
Target Audience:

Intermediate audience. Attendees should have an understanding of foundational behavioral terminology and single-case experimental design.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how BST may be used in a telehealth format to train parents; (2) describe the steps required to implement general case training; (3) identify the importance of programming for generalization and/or maintenance in parent training; (4) describe the state of the literature related to parent training to reduce challenging behavior in children with ASD.
 
Go to Sleep Already! Evaluation of a Blended Face-to-Face and Telehealth Parent-Implemented Sleep Intervention
JULIE KOUDYS (Brock University), Catherine McConnell (Kalyana Support Systems), Angeline Savard (The Gregory School for Exceptional Learning), Krysten Spottiswood (Pyramid Educational Consultants of Canada), Alyssa Treszl (Brock University), Kaitlyn Harrison (Kalyana Support Systems), Michelle Guzman-Ratko (Kalyana Support Systems), Paige O'Neill (Brock University)
Abstract: High prevalence rates of sleep problems have been reported in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Research suggests that sleep problems negatively affect children with ASD and their families, including correlations between diminished sleep and challenging behavior (Cohen et al., 2014). Reviews of treatments for pediatric sleep problems encourage behavioral strategies, including functional analysis and a comprehensive approach to sleep intervention (e.g., Mindell, Kuhn, Lewin, Meltzer, & Sadeh, 2006). Although reviews are promising, more research is required to determine the effectiveness of parent-led behavioral sleep interventions, implemented by community-based clinicians. Further, models of intervention that incorporate telehealth technology should be investigated. The current study used a non-concurrent multiple-baseline across participants design to evaluate the results of a parent-implemented, behavior-analytic sleep intervention that incorporated telehealth approaches. Individualized behavior-analytic sleep interventions (e.g., faded bedtime, eliminating sleep dependencies) were implemented with three children with ASD in conjunction with community-clinical services. Nightly sleep log and video data indicated that sleep onset delay and sleep interfering behaviors decreased, and duration of time asleep alone increased. Interobserver agreement was above 80%. Practical considerations for implementing community-based, parent-led behavioral sleep interventions will be discussed, including considerations when providing telehealth sleep services.
 

Evaluating the Effects of Picture Exchange Communication® Mediator Training Via Telehealth Using Behavioral Skills Training

ALYSSA TRESZL (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Amanpreet Randhawa (Brock University), Michelle Guzman-Ratko (Kalyana Support Systems)
Abstract:

There is extensive research indicating that the Picture Exchange Communication System® (PECS®) is an effective functional communication system for children with autism spectrum disorder (e.g., Wong et al., 2015). However, little is known about how best to train parents to support their child’s PECS use. Similarly, little is known about how to train parents to use PECS via telehealth. The present study involved online mediator training amid the global COVID-19 pandemic. The purpose of the study was to bridge the gap between PECS and telehealth research, and to explore strategies to help parents support their child’s PECS use at home. One father-mother dyad was recruited for the study. Researchers used behavioral skills training to teach parents and applied strategies of general case training to actively program for generalization. A multiple baseline design across skills was used to measure the primary parent’s treatment fidelity and a multiple probe design was embedded to monitor both parents’ fidelity in the natural environment with their child. Results demonstrated that the primary parent acquired target PECS skills within the training setting. However, not all target PECS skills were reliably demonstrated by parents’ in the generalization setting during follow-up. Implications for practice will be discussed.

 
General Case Parent-Mediated Telehealth Intervention for Young Children at Risk for Autism Spectrum Disorder
CLAIRE SHINGLETON-SMITH (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Dept. of Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Alicia Azzano (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Paige O'Neill (Brock University), Amanpreet Randhawa (Brock University)
Abstract: Research indicates that young children at-risk for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) show developmental improvements with the implementation of a parent training intervention, although evidence of parent generalization to novel skills is inconsistent (Azzano et al., 2020a, b). This ongoing study aims to determine the effects on generalization of a parent-mediated early intervention using general case training (GCT) combined with behaviour skills training (BST) via telehealth for young children at-risk for ASD. Three parent-child dyads are currently participating. Child target skills were identified through the Parent Observation of Early Markers Scale (Feldman et al., 2012) and confirmed through direct observation. Nine exemplars from three child skill categories that target deficits representative of early signs of ASD were taught to parents using a multiple baseline across participants design. Data are being collected for the percentage of correct parent teaching skills implemented, as well as the percentage of child correct responses to the target skills. Preliminary IOA is 85% (range 73–93). Early results demonstrate an increase in parent teaching skills across all trained participants for both target and novel child skills. These results provide preliminary support for GCT combined with BST via telehealth as an effective early intervention model.
 

Single-Case Research on Parent Training to Reduce Challenging Behaviors in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review

PAIGE O'NEILL (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Amanpreet Randhawa (Brock University), Meghan Dunnet (Kalyana Support Systems), Claire Shingleton-Smith (Brock University), Alyssa Treszl (Brock University)
Abstract:

Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) demonstrate challenging behaviors and interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been shown to be effective for reducing these challenging behaviors, often through multicomponent interventions. Previous research has shown that parents can be trained to effectively implement multicomponent ABA interventions with their children to address challenging behavior, but systematic reviews examining research in this area are lacking. The present study included a complete review of single case design studies of parent training in multicomponent ABA interventions to reduce challenging behavior in children with ASD and summarizes the state of the literature, specifically scientific rigor, risk of bias, and reporting of parent and child demographics, nature and format of interventions, functional assessment of challenging behaviors, and follow-up and social validity data. Results show that many studies have rigor levels that allow for initial evidence of treatment effects, and that risk of bias is variable across domains. Further, demographic information is commonly underreported, particularly with respect to parent participants, and generalization, maintenance, and social validity data are lacking. However, studies frequently report that interventions are provided in natural settings, and that functional assessments are typically conducted, often with parent involvement. Future directions are suggested.

 
 
Symposium #277
Recent Developments in Assessment for Children With Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Jennifer R. Zarcone (The May Institute)
Abstract:

Approximately 25% to 45% of typically developing children and up to 80% of children with a developmental disability display feeding problems (Manikam & Perman, 2000; Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Children with feeding disorders typically engage in high levels of inappropriate mealtime behavior and exhibit highly restrictive diets (e.g., limited food variety, limited consumption of various textures, total food refusal). The purpose of the current symposium is to review recent developments in the assessment of inappropriate mealtime behavior and food preferences for children with feeding disorders. The first presentation will examine correspondence among results from extended functional analyses, brief functional analyses, and within-session analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior. The second presentation will evaluate the accuracy of trial-based functional analysis procedures compared to extended functional analysis procedures in determining the maintaining variables of inappropriate mealtime behavior. The third presentation will examine results from paired stimulus preference assessments with foods before and after treatment for children with feeding disorders. The last presentation will analyze results from free- and random choice preference assessments to identify shifts in food preferences during clinical treatment for children with feeding disorders.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): feeding disorder, functional analysis, preference assessment
 

Correspondence Between Brief and Within-Session Analyses and Extended Functional Analyses of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior

CONNOR M SHEEHAN (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Melanie H. Bachmeyer-Lee (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health; University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Functional analyses are the predominant assessment used to identify environmental variables maintaining inappropriate mealtime behavior in children with feeding disorders (Bachmeyer et al., 2009; Piazza et al., 2003). Despite the utility of functional analyses in determining the function of problem behaviors, concerns regarding the duration of time required to conduct the assessment have been raised (Iwata and Dozier, 2008). Prolonged assessments not only extend the overall time reinforcing problem behavior but can also delay the onset of treatment. The purpose of this study was to examine correspondence among results from 42 extended functional analyses, brief functional analysis, and within-session analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior. Brief and within-session analyses were derived from extended functional analyses and further examined to evaluate correspondence using visual-inspection using methodology similar to that described by Kahng and Iwata (1999). Of the 116 functions assessed from the extended functional analyses, results indicated correspondence in 80% of the brief and 78% of within-session analyses. We discuss implications for using a modified version of the standard functional analysis in terms of developing the most specific, effective, and efficient interventions for children with feeding difficulties.

 
An Evaluation of Trial-Based Functional Analysis of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior
ASHLEY ANDERSEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany Hansen (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe Meyer Institute), Kathryn M. Peterson (Children's Specialized Hospital; Rutgers University)
Abstract: Functional analyses allow clinicians to develop a treatment targeting the specific maintaining variables of a child’s inappropriate mealtime behavior (Piazza et al., 2003). Researchers have demonstrated that treatments targeting both maintaining variables (i.e., escape and attention) result in clinically significant changes in responding, whereas treatments targeting only one variable (e.g., escape but not attention) may not reduce inappropriate mealtime behavior and increase acceptance to clinically acceptable levels for some children (Bachmeyer et al., 2019). Researchers have suggested that a trial-based functional analysis is a procedural modification that can increase efficiency of the functional analysis (Saini, Fisher, et al., 2019). This study evaluated the accuracy of trial-based functional analysis procedures compared to extended functional analysis procedures to determine the maintaining variables of inappropriate mealtime behaviors. Experimenters determined the correspondence between trial-based and extended functional analyses and evaluated the efficiency and acceptability of each analysis. Experimenters evaluated treatments informed by the trial-based and extended function analyses to determine if the analyses prescribed efficacious treatment to increase acceptance and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior. Implications for the assessment and treatment of inappropriate mealtime behavior are discussed.
 
Evaluation of Preference Shifts Following Treatment for Picky Eaters
JASON A CHURCH (University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Picky eating is defined as the consumption of a limited number of foods from each food group (Food Selectivity, 2018). There are various challenges associated with picky eating including a restricted diet and challenging mealtime behavior (Bandini et al., 2010; Penrod, Gardella, & Fernand, 2012). We were interested in identifying whether there were any shifts in preference for nonpreferred foods following treatment. Therefore, prior to and following treatment (i.e., differential reinforcement of alternative behavior with and without nonremoval of the spoon) with eight children, we conducted paired stimulus preference assessments (Fisher et al., 1992) with high-preferred and nonpreferred foods to determine whether there were shifts in preference or if there were selections of previously nonpreferred foods. Results demonstrated that five children selected and consumed at least one previously nonpreferred food and three children selected and consumed at least one previously nonpreferred food at a higher level than at least one preferred food.
 
An Extended Replication of an Examination of Food Preferences Before and After Treatment for a Pediatric Feeding Disorder
JASON R. ZELENY (Golisano Center for Special Needs; Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Exposure to noxious stimuli in the context of eating results in avoidance behavior in nonhuman animals (Garcia & Kellog, 1966), which may be the same mechanism by which feeding disorders can develop in some children. Treatment of a pediatric feeding disorder usually involves, but is not limited to, exposure to foods in the absence of noxious stimuli (Zeleny et al., 2020). However, little is known about the development of food preferences for children with feeding disorders. The goal of our investigation primarily focused on identifying whether intervention for the feeding disorder resulted in preference changes for foods as a function of exposure. In the current investigation, we replicated an earlier study (Zeleny et al., 2020) with additional participants and evaluated whether food preferences of children with feeding disorders changed over the course of intervention. We conducted repeated free- and random-choice preference assessments with foods to which we either exposed or did not expose children with a feeding disorder during clinical treatment. We observed a shift in preference for some children, suggesting that preferences for foods may have changed due to exposure during treatment. However, other children did not exhibit a clear preference change. The results and implications of this analysis will be discussed further.
 
 
Symposium #278
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Diversity submission Acting to Save the World: An Update on Projects of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility SIG
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Michaela Smith (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University)
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) is interested in addressing B.F. Skinner’s question, “Why are we not acting to save the world?”. The mission of BFSR is to expand applications of behavior analysis and cultural analysis addressing global issues such as social justice, environmental justice, and human rights. The primary focus of BFSR has been on expanding the work of Biglan (1995) and Mattaini (2013), using a matrix analysis to identify the practices that support, oppose, motivate, and select the development and utilization of scientific behavioral systems to address social issues. The work of the Matrix Project has resulted in the identification of 28 societal sectors. Working groups, informed by the larger Matrix Project, further develop these sectors, apply the matrix analyses to important issues, and develop resources to affect change. This symposium will highlight the work of several of these working groups. The first presentation will provide an overview of the BFSR Matrix Project and will describe the development of an online training system to support BFSR Matrix Project volunteers. The remaining presentations will highlight the work that is being conducted by three BFSR working groups: sustainability; education, diversity, equity, and inclusion; and community resilience.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): community resiliance, cultural analysis, diversity, sustainability
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how to apply a matrix analysis to address social issues; (2) explain how a matrix analysis helps to identify the interdependencies among environmental variables that evoke or sustain practices related to social issues; (3) identify at least one action step that they can take as a behavior analyst to become involved in addressing social issues.
 
Diversity submission Diversity submission An Introduction and Brief Overview of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group’s Matrix Project
MICHAELA SMITH (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The matrix analysis, adapted from Kurt Lewin’s (1951) force field analysis methodology, was expanded by Biglan (1995) and Mattaini (2013) to consider large, complex societal issues and examples of nonviolent struggles, respectively. Their work focused on adding the environmental variables that evoke and sustain the actions of key actors and sectors and the interdependencies among them. Mattaini and Luke (2014) built upon this work and initiated the BFSR Matrix Project. The aim of which is to increase the application of culturo-behavioral systems science to critical societal sectors and to increase the number of behavior analysts interested in culturo-behavioral systems science as applied to social issues. Since 2014, BFSR volunteers have identified 28 critical sectors, and have formed several topic-specific working groups that span multiple sectors. The working groups are responsible for systematically analyzing the sector or issue, developing and arranging environmental variables that promote and sustain desired practices, considering the resulting shifts, and revising the sector/issue as determined by the data. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a summary of the BFSR Matrix Project, give an overview of the current working groups, and briefly introduce a newly developed online training for future BFSR Matrix Project volunteers.
 
Diversity submission Diversity submission It Takes a Village: Working Together to Address a Super Wicked Problem
HOLLY SENIUK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Molly Benson (Bershire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy), Jonathan W. Kimball (Behavior Development Solutions), Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; Applied Global Initiatives LLC), Sarah Lichtenberger (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: Climate change has been identified as a “super wicked problem” and is the most pressing issue facing humanity today. The sustainability working group of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) is focused on applying the matrix analysis to facilitate the growth of behavior analysts working in the area of sustainability. The sustainability working group has created resources to help behavior analysts connect with the sustainability literature and identify action steps to begin work in this area (e.g., bibliography, interviews). The working group is currently working collaboratively with the Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) SIG using the matrix analysis to identify the practices that ABAI SIGs can engage in to support practices that encourage behavior analysts to address sustainability within their selected special interest areas. The primary goal is to identify several immediately feasible and some more challenging but doable practices and to then create the resources necessary to support these practices. This presentation will highlight the work of the sustainability working group, describe the resources created, and share the future goals of the working group.
 
Diversity submission Diversity submission Expanding Behavioral Systems Work Among Behavior Analysts: Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Education Working Group
TEMPLE S LOVELACE (Duquesne University), Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno), Nahoma Maytal Presberg (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Valdeep Saini (Brock University)
Abstract: In the midst of a new social movement, there is a clarion call for educational efforts and actions that address age-old social issues such as systemic racism, poverty, environmental justice, and more. To begin developing content pertaining to these issues, members of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) of ABAI initiated the Matrix Project. Within this effort, members identified specific practices that contribute to expanding and promoting behavioral systems work among 28 societal sectors, including behavior analysis programs, students, and faculty. The Education Diversity Equity and Inclusion working group of BFSR has used the matrix analysis to identify resources that serve as antecedents for practices to train students and professionals in social and environmental issues such as sample course units on sustainability. This presentation will focus on the findings of a recent needs assessment administered by the DEI working group to inform the development of resources that behavior analysis faculty and practitioners can use to integrate social issue topics into their current practice. Implications of the findings as well as future initiatives will be discussed.
 
Diversity submission Diversity submission Pathways to Recovery: Community Resilience
KHADIJAH AL-FARAJ (National University, Elk Grove Unified School District), Jose Ardila (University of Nevada)
Abstract: System level factors are key to understanding major structural issues facing current communities, including climate change, violence, racial and gender discrimination, and global refugee crises. Human communities also face increasing threats to their cultural survival from weather and social disasters, demanding immediate and long-term action plans. Intervening on community practices to address these issues is challenging, especially when urgent action is needed to recover from immediate disasters (e.g., hurricanes, mass shootings).There are at least three necessary “behavioral-system kernels” in the pathway to community recovery: preparedness plans (prepare), reactive measures (react), and resilient actions (recover).The goals pursued by the community resilience subcommittee, therefore, are (a) assemble resources to make it easier for behavior analysts and students of behavior analysis to study systemic factors associated with community resilience and (b) build assessment tools to evaluate community resilience. An overview of the notion of community resilience in behavior analysis and subcommittee efforts in this area will be explained in this presentation.
 
 
Symposium #279
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission A Behavior Analysis of Social Injustice and Gender Discrimination: Relational Frames, Psychological Flexibility, and Discounting
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Taylor Marie Lauer (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The year 2020 marked social upheaval not seen since the civil rights movement and the women’s rights movements of the 1950s through the 1970s. Two major events included the #MeToo movement and the murder of George Floyd by police in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Behavior analysis did not exist as a singular field early in this struggle but may provide a research strategy that can participate within a broader scientific movement to understand social injustice and discrimination. The first talk will explore how relational frames and psychological flexibility are related to attitudes about social justice issues that exist today. The next three talks will explore challenges specific to women as a function of gender discrimination and social norms. First, we will explore how motherhood can lead to increased probability discounting with implications for employment and promotion of women in the workplace. Second, we will evaluate gender stereotyping may emerge and self-organize within relational density theory and the role of gender non-conforming exemplars in the development of a psychologically flexible view of gender. Finally, we will explore how modest and revealing clothing may impact the believability of sexual harassment claims by women in private and public contexts. These studies will be situated within a broader strategy to addressing social injustice and gender discrimination within Westernized cultures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Civil rights, Gender discrimination, Relational frames, Social justice
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: (1) Identify the relationships between psychological flexibility and attitudes about social justice; (2) Describe the relationship between discounting and motherhood; (3) Discuss the role of relational frames within a nested model of sexism
 
Diversity submission 

Looking Beyond Political Perspectives: Examining Flexibility Related to Social Justice Issues from a Behavior Analytic and Relational Approach

JESSICA M HINMAN (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

The current presentation will present data examining the relationship between derived relational responding, psychological flexibility, and perceived importance of various social justice issues. Participants from across the United States with differing self-identified political beliefs were asked to complete an online version of the PEAK Compressive Assessment Transformation-Expressive (PCA-T-E) module and a series of psychological flexibility questionnaires. Next, participants completed an online, paired choice preference assessment which presented them with twelve different social justice issues including racism, climate change, national security, and health care, and they were instructed to indicate which one they found more important. Based on their preference assessment results and self-reported political identity, participants were categorized as rigid or flexible based on how their ranked social justice issues aligned with their political views. Results suggest that individuals with flexible political views outperform individuals with rigid political views on the PCA-T-E assessment but show little differentiation in psychological flexibility, suggesting a relationship between language and political rigidity. Implications for further assessment and intervention aimed to expand flexibility are discussed.

 
Diversity submission Experimental Evaluation of Risk Aversion in Mothers in a Hypothetical Parenting and Discounting Task
JESSICA M VENEGONI (Missouri State University), Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University), Brittany A Sellers (Missouri State University ), Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Prior research over multiple generations has shown lower levels of risk-taking in females compared to males, and lower risk taking in mothers compared to non-mothers (Abbott-Chapman et al., 2007). Risk can be defined behaviorally within a choice-making framework where choices confer a probabilistic gain that co-occurs with a probabilistic loss. Low levels of risk-taking can be advantageous in some contexts but harmful in others. For example, Ekelund et al. (2005) showed that individuals who demonstrated high risk aversion were less likely to become independent entrepreneurs. Entrepreneurship may be considered risky because, although the financial potential is high, so too are social, financial, and temporal loses. In the present study, we evaluated the relationship between a shared experience of mothers – parenting – on probability discounting as a behavioral model of risk and risk aversion. Participants completed three probability discounting tasks. The first was the standard discounting task. In the second task, the participants imagined that they had a young child and were required to actively interact with this scenario before completing the discounting task. In the third task, the participants imagined the child had a chronic illness that necessitated lengthy hospitalization. Results showed that the least risky (i.e., lowest discounting rates) were observed in the condition with the sick child, and the most risky (i.e., highest discounting rates) were observed in the baseline condition. These results suggest that contextual factors associated with parenting may mediate risk-taking in mothers with implications for employment, advancement, and entrepreneurship.
 
Diversity submission 

Relational Density Theory: Evaluating Relational Frames Within Gender Stereotyping

ELANA KEISSA SICKMAN (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Ashley Payne (Missouri State University ), Erin Travis (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Discrimination against women in Western cultures is evident within educational and professional experiences of women, as well as pay and promotion disadvantages experienced by women. Relational frames may contribute to implicit biases that operate within nested contingency systems. The present study attempts to explore the apparent self-organization of gendered relational frames from within a Relational Density Theory framework. We first modelled gendered frames within a two-dimensional geometric space. In a second phase, gender consistent and gender inconsistent information was provided for four hypothetical non-gendered people. We then modelled the gendered frames again along with the inclusion of the hypothetical people to see if gender consistent frames exerted gravity on unstated relations about the hypothetical people. Finally, participants were divided into two groups and were given gender information that either cohered or failed to cohere with the stereotypic gendered frames. Results show differences in the formation and erosion of stereotypic frames as shown within the geometric space. Results have implications for understanding the innermost layer of the nested model.

 
Diversity submission 

Implicit Bias Within a Nested Model of Sexism

CHYNNA BRIANNE FRIZELL (Misssouri State University), Sara Johnson (Missouri State University), Crystal Tracy (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Sexism and biases related to women are important areas of empirical attention in the United States due to social issues involving prejudice, stereotyping, and discrimination on the basis of sex. The study of implicit biases related to sex or gender has garnered interest, with contributions from behaviorally oriented researchers present within the past several years. We suggest that implicit bias is one relevant component of a model of sexism consistent with another proposed model of racial bias as described by Belisle, Payne, & Paliliunas (under review). First, peer-reviewed research related to implicit bias and sex will be reviewed in terms of this proposed model, additionally utilizing the theory-to-impact model described by Dixon, Belisle, Rehfeldt, & Root (2018) to evaluate the literature in the areas of theory, basic/translational, and applied research. Second, two empirical investigations measuring potential biases related to sex or gender using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) and evaluation of relational responding will be reviewed and discussed in terms of implications for future research, highlighting the need for applied, intervention-focused research in this area.

 
 
Symposium #280
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Effectiveness and Acceptability of Telehealth and Distance Learning for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Alissa Greenberg (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services; Focused Behavioral Solutions)
Discussant: Linda K. Haymes (Touro University California)
CE Instructor: Alissa Greenberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The COVID-19 pandemic significantly altered all aspects of our lives in unprecedented ways. Many ABA agencies and schools across the nation had to rapidly transition from a primarily in-person service delivery model to telehealth or distance learning. And yet the research on telehealth and distance learning with individuals with autism is limited to say the least. All four presentations in this symposium contribute to a much-needed literature base on this topic. The first two studies investigate the use of telehealth for the delivery of direct behavior analytic services. Study one uses an adapted alternating treatment design to compare the effectiveness of telehealth versus in-person services when teaching intraverbals. Study two uses semi-structured interviews to gather social validity information directly from the consumers of ABA delivered via telehealth. The next two studies investigate the use of distance learning for students with severe developmental disabilities. Study three compares the data on students’ IEP goals from before and after the transition to distance learning. Study four uses surveys to gather social validity information from parents and educators on the use of distance learning with this population. Results highlight both the potential applications and barriers of online service delivery models of behavior analytic services.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): distance learning, social validity, telehealth
Target Audience:

Service providers in educational or ABA agency settings.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe research on telehealth and ABA services. 3. Demonstrate an understanding of the effectiveness and acceptability of telehealth services for a subpopulation of recipients receiving ABA services. 2. Describe research on distance learning for individuals with severe developmental disabilities. 4. Demonstrate an understanding of the potential utility and barriers of distance learning for individuals with severe developmental disabilities.
 

Parents’ and Educators’ Perceptions of Distance Learning for Students With Severe Developmental Disabilities and High Behavioral Needs

(Service Delivery)
MELAURA ERICKSON TOMAINO (Port View Preparatory), Alissa Greenberg (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services; Focused Behavioral Solutions), Sarah Kagawa-Purohit (Port View Preparatory), Sagui Doering (Port View Preparatory), Edward Steven Miguel (Port View Preparatory)
Abstract:

Schools across the country and nation closed their doors during the COVID-19 pandemic. These measures impacted all students, as schools, educators, and families grappled with the realities of transitioning to distance learning platforms. The research on distance learning is still in its early phases. However, almost no research exists on educating students with severe disabilities and high behavioral needs using this technology. The present study collected survey data from students’ families and their educators on the feasibility and effectiveness of distance learning programs when working with students with severe developmental disabilities and high behavioral needs. Survey responses were collected from 40 parents, 11 teachers, and 59 paraprofessionals from a nonpublic school located in Southern California. Results indicated that parents and educators had generally neutral attitudes towards distance learning, although educators agreed that their students were obtaining educational benefits during distance learning. These findings contribute to a much needed literature base on distance learning and individuals with significant developmental delays and severe behavioral needs.

 

An Analysis of the Effectiveness of Distance Learning for Students With Severe Developmental Disabilities and High Behavioral Needs

(Service Delivery)
SARAH KAGAWA-PUROHIT (Port View Preparatory), Melaura Erickson Tomaino (Port View Preparatory), Alissa Greenberg (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services; Focused Behavioral Services), Sagui Doering (Port View Preparatory), Edward Steven Miguel (Port View Preparatory)
Abstract:

With the international COVID-19 pandemic, our nation's educational system was significantly impacted. Students in all educational settings were thrown into distance learning and taken out of their brick and mortar classrooms. While some research has been done on distance learning models, little has been done on distance learning with individuals with significant developmental delays and severe behavioral needs. Therefore, this population was left in uncharted waters as educators worked to develop curriculum to meet this population’s needs. The present study examined the effects of this transition on a significantly impacted special education population. Data was gathered by looking at students’ IEP goal progress prior to and after the transition to distance learning. A total of 419 goals across 84 students were categorized as “No Change”, “Regression”, or “Progress”. Analyses revealed that students maintained about half of the skills addressed in their IEPs and made progress on an additional quarter of their IEP goals. Students demonstrated decreased performance on the remaining quarter of their IEP goals. Findings contribute to a much needed literature base on the impact that distance learning has on students with special needs. Future work is needed to determine best practices for distance learning with this population.

 

Comparison of Direct Behavior Analytic Services Delivered In-Person and via Telehealth

(Applied Research)
ZEENAT KAUSAR (Juvo - Autism & Behavioral Health Services), Alyssa Dunlop (Juvo - Autism & Behavioral Health Services), Jessica Herrlin (Juvo - Autism & Behavioral Health Services), Alissa Greenberg (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services; Focused Behavioral Services)
Abstract:

Telehealth services within Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) have broadly increased in use. The current literature on telehealth shows the effectiveness of parent and staff training conducted through telehealth, yet there is no research evaluating direct services provided to children with Autism via telehealth. Given telehealth’s recent expansion, it is important to evaluate whether services provided via telehealth are as effective as the typically used in-person model. In this study, an adapted alternating treatment design is used to compare the effectiveness of direct behavior analytic services delivered through telehealth to direct behavior analytic services delivered in-person when teaching responding to intraverbal questions. Participants with a diagnosis of Autism that currently receive in-home ABA services and met criteria to receive direct instruction via telehealth were recruited for this study. Preliminary results show that telehealth is equally effective as in-person services. This is significant as it supports the ongoing use of telehealth for behavior analytic services, which expands access to those individuals living in more rural communities with limited access to services.

 

A Social Validity Interview for Telehealth ABA Services With Individuals on the Autism Spectrum

(Service Delivery)
TYLER GODSY (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services), Alissa Greenberg (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services), Elisabeth Evans (Juvo - Autism & Behavioral Health Services)
Abstract:

Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, the landscape of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services has shifted dramatically. Telehealth services are being provided at a much higher rate than at any point in the past. While there is an extensive body of social validity research for direct ABA services, there is currently a paucity of research with regard to the social validity of telehealth services, particularly with respect to social validity data collected directly from the recipients of telehealth ABA services. This study collected social validity data in the form of a semi-structured interview directly from individuals receiving ABA services via telehealth. Participants are expected to include approximately 20 children, aged 8-18 with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. Preliminary results indicate that a subset of clients prefer telehealth to in-person services, telehealth is easy to access, the switch to telehealth has generally not affected progress on goals, and that there may be a preference for a combination of telehealth and in-person services if that should become available in the future. The data from this study inform the delivery of ABA services via telehealth and shed light on the acceptability of this service delivery model for a subset of ABA recipients.

 
 
Symposium #281
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders: Novel Applications of Evidence-Based Practices
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Hallie Smith (Mississippi State University )
Discussant: Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Alison Kozlowski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There is no shortage of literature demonstrating the effectiveness of various procedures (e.g., nonremoval of the spoon, differential reinforcement, physical guidance, etc.) addressing a variety of mealtime problem behaviors. There are however, gaps in the feeding disorders literature when it comes to the assessment of specific mealtime problem behaviors as well as the utility of less-intrusive behavioral procedures (i.e., protocols that do not include nonremoval of the spoon). This symposium will include four presentations of novel applications of evidence-based behavior analytic practices to address various topographies of food refusal. The first presentation will discuss the development and utility of an assessment designed to efficiently identify an effective physical guidance procedure to incorporate into treatment. The second presentation will discuss the use of a levels system, without the use of nonremoval procedures, to increase consumption. The third and fourth presentations will evaluate the use of a token economy to decrease packing and increase variety, respectively. The symposium will conclude with a discussion on how these novel applications of well-known behavioral strategies add to the body of literature on the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): feeding disorder, levels system, packing, token economy
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation are BCBA's or other practitioners who provide clinical services, supervision, and/or conduct research on the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. Audience members should have some pre-requisite knowledge of the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to use alternative evidence-based treatment approaches to treat food refusal and selectivity that do not include nonremoval of the spoon. They will also be able to identify the benefits of using a rapid assessment process to facilitate treatment selection prior to evaluation. Finally, participants will have a better understanding of how to individualize evidence-based procedures to best fit the client, their topography of food refusal, and their overall presentation.
 

Increasing Food Consumption in an Underweight Adolescent: A Tiered-Reinforcement Approach

MARGARET BERNHEIM POWELL (Mississippi State University), Heather Whipple (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brian T. Dudley (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Feeding difficulties occur in somewhere between 33 and 80% of children with developmental disabilities and can cause a number of health, developmental, and social concerns. The current study examined a 11-year-old boy with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder who was referred to an intensive outpatient pediatric feeding disorders program for significant food selectivity, limited volume intake, underweight classification, and inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB). Treatment was implemented in the form of a levels system and a token economy, and a changing criterion design was utilized. Results indicated that with the implementation of the rewards system, the participant was able to consume 10+ new foods at an age-appropriate volume, as well as decrease IMB, increase volume intake, and gain weight to classify as a healthy weight. Additionally, caregivers rated treatment as highly acceptable. These results are significant in that escape extinction, which has been frequently studied and substantiated in the prominent feeding literature, was not necessary in the current study; instead, the implementation of a rewards system, which have been less studied in the feeding literature, was effective independently. Future implications will be discussed.

 

Using a Token Economy to Decrease Packing Within an Outpatient Setting

HEATHER WHIPPLE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Margaret Bernheim Powell (Mississippi State University), Hailey Ormand (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Children with feeding disorders may exhibit a wide range of problem behaviors, including packing (i.e., holding food in the mouth for a prolonged period of time). There are several treatment strategies in the literature to address packing, including texture manipulations, redistribution, offering a chaser, and reinforcement-based contingencies; however, these strategies may be difficult to implement and are not always effective. There is significant research regarding the use of token economies with individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities to increase prosocial and adaptive behaviors as well as decrease challenging behaviors. Limited research has been conducted on the use of token systems within feeding, particularly to address packing. Researchers in the current study conducted an evaluation of a token system to decrease packing and latency to swallow bites. The study included a 9-year-old female diagnosed with ASD and food selectivity in an outpatient setting via telehealth. Latency to swallow was high during home baseline session. The addition of a token system and visual cues led to reductions in latency to swallow. These results were maintained during 1-month follow-up.

 

The Use of an Individualized Levels System to Increase Consumption for an Adolescent With Food Refusal

HAILEY RIPPLE (Mississippi State University), Hallie Smith (Mississippi State University), Heather Whipple (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rita Druffner (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

A levels system is an intervention consisting of various evidence-based behavioral strategies that are implemented in a way that requires the individual to achieve a specific criterion of a target behavior, while decreasing problem behavior (Bauer et al., 1986; Hagopian et al., 2003). Specifically, the individual is provided access to reinforcers for meeting the behavioral criterion, and access to reinforcers is restricted for engagement in problem behavior. Historically, levels systems have been used to address severe problem behavior (Hagopian et al., 2003; O’Connor et al., 2003; Randall et al., 2018); however, there has been limited application of levels systems to address inappropriate mealtime behavior (Gonzalez et al., 2013). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of an individualized levels system to increase consumption of solids and liquids in a 12-year-old adolescent with a history of food refusal.

 

Rapid Assessment of Physical Prompts for the Treatment of Pediatric Food Refusal

SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Hallie Smith (Mississippi State University), Sadie Ingram (Little Leaves)
Abstract:

When nonremoval of the spoon and reinforcement-based strategies are ineffective at increasing acceptance, physical guidance or prompting procedures are considered. Physical prompts are effective at increasing acceptance in the treatment of pediatric food refusal (Borrero et al., 2013; Rubio et al., 2015). Typically, prompts are introduced sequentially, utilizing the least restrictive procedures first. However, it might be more efficient to evaluate all physical prompt options within the context of the assessment process. In the current study, a rapid assessment of physical prompts (RAPP) was completed in a multi-element design with 3 participants who were admitted to an intensive day treatment program for the assessment and treatment of food selectivity and refusal. Participants ranged from 2-5 years old and all had a history of food refusal. Data were collected on acceptance, inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB), and negative vocalizations. Parents also completed a treatment acceptability survey. The physical prompt procedure identified as most effective (highest levels of acceptance, lowest levels of IMB) in the RAPP, and most acceptable to parents, was introduced into the treatment evaluation. Results suggest that the RAPP is an efficient and effective way to assess physical prompts prior to the initiation of treatment.

 
 
Symposium #282
CE Offered: BACB
Equivalence Class Formation: Reaction Time and Sorting Performance
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In the first paper, Palmer et al. trained students diagnosed with autism visual-visual matching-to-sample relations with meaningful stimuli, plus employing a class-specific prompt (colors) for different classes. Testing, after the prompt was gradually faded, documented the formation of equivalence classes and further testing the showed that prompts became members of relevant equivalence class. The second paper by Arntzen et al. include two experiments, one with three 5-members and the other with four 4-member to-be-formed classes. In the sorting tests, either five or four novel stimuli, respectively, were presented together with the trained stimuli. The results showed that more participants in first than the second experiment sorted the stimuli in a new class. The third paper by Vaidya and Silguero show that when creating equivalence classes showed a slower reaction time to incongruent compounds relative to congruent compounds providing a partial replication of the Stroop Effect with laboratory-created equivalence classes. Finally, Fields and Belanich used three-dimensional abstract objects and the simple-to-complex protocol to establish two 3-member equivalence classes in a linear series structure. Initial reaction times were long for the baseline trials, much shorter for the symmetry probes, of intermediate duration for the transitivity probes, and shortest for the equivalence probes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): reaction time, sorting, stimulus equivalence, stroop
Target Audience:

Intermediate level. People attending need some basic knowledge about emergent relations.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) to know the processes of expanding equivalence classes, (2) understand how sorting performance and equivalence classes are related; (3) to know how reaction time is a function of different features of stimulus equivalence.
 

The Inclusion of Prompts in Equivalence Classes: A Systematic Replication With Individuals Diagnosed With Autism

SIMONE PALMER (Simmons University), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (Kadiant)
Abstract:

According to Sidman (2000), all positive elements of a contingency should join equivalence classes. Research has verified this outcome by testing if sample and comparison stimuli, responses, reinforcers, and prompts becoming members of equivalence classes. Prompts as a component to errorless instruction, are supplementary stimuli to occasion the correct response, becoming another positive element in a contingency. The present experiment taught students diagnosed with autism visual-visual matching-to-sample relations with meaningful stimuli (i.e., US states). Class formation was tested using a sorting procedure and functioned as a pre-test/post-test design. Initially, the S+ stimulus on each trial was highlighted using a class-specific prompt (i.e., colors: class 1 = blue; class 2 = red; class 3 = yellow). Contingent on correct responding, the prompt was systematically faded until nine conditional discriminations were acquired, in the absence of the color prompt (A1-B1; A2-B2; A3-B3; A1-C1; A2-C2; A3-C3; D1-D1; D2-D2; and D3-D3). Following training, testing documented the formation of 3-four member equivalence classes. Subsequent testing revealed that the class-specific prompts (i.e., colors) became members of relevant equivalence class, established during training and testing, and expanded the classes to five members. Implications for teaching students with developmental disabilities and increased efficacy of instruction are discussed.

 
Clustering of Stimuli when Novel Stimuli are Presented in Sorting Test
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Anne Westgård (SIV), Anders Dechsling (Østfold University College)
Abstract: The present study includes two experiments with a focus on introducing novel stimuli in a sorting test. Both experiments used a Many-to-One training structure to train necessary conditional discriminations. In the first experiment, 30 participants trained 12 conditional discriminations as a baseline for testing the emergence of three 5-member equivalence classes. In the second experiment, eight participants trained 12 conditional discriminations as a baseline for testing the emergence of four 4-member classes. Stimuli in both experiments were abstract shapes. Both experiments employed the same arrangement of conditions; novel stimuli were presented in a sorting test after MTS training or after MTS training and testing. The main findings were that in the first experiment, 80% of the participants sorted the novel stimuli in a separate class when the sorting test was presented immediately after the MTS training, while 33% sorted the novel stimuli in a separate class when the sorting test was presented after the MTS training and testing (see Figure 1). In the second experiment, it was a 50–50 % distribution of participants depending on sorting immediately after the MTS training or after MTS training and testing.
 

Toward a Behavioral Interpretation of the Stroop Effect

MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas), Russell Silguero (UNT)
Abstract:

The original demonstration of the Stroop Effect found that participants’ reaction times to name a color (e.g., GREEN) was slower when the color and the color name were incongruent than when they were congruent. The robust effect has been documented numerous times across many laboratories. More recently, Vaidya & Brackney (2014) documented the slower acquisition of simple discriminations when the stimuli involved came from different equivalence classes than when they came from the same equivalence class. These data suggest that class-based conflict or cohesion may play a role in organizing the behavior of interest in these studies. In this study, we created equivalence classes comprising arbitrary stimuli and measured reaction times to class-congruent and class-incongruent compounds. The results showed a slower reaction time to incongruent compounds relative to congruent compounds providing a partial replication of the Stroop Effect with laboratory-created equivalence classes. This presentation will present some data and explore the possibility of interpreting the Stroop Effect in terms of cohesion or conflict among elements of naturally occurring equivalence classes.

 

Reaction Times and Observing of Sample and Comparison Stimuli During Tactual Equivalence Class Formation

LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York), James Belanich (Institute for Defense Analyses)
Abstract:

Three-dimensional abstract objects labelled A, B, and C, matching-to-sample trials and the simple to complex protocol were used to establish two 3-member equivalence classes with A?B?C training structures. Participants “observed” the samples and comparisons by touch only. Classes emerged immediately for one participant and with a delay for the other, with errors occurring in the transitivity tests only. Even with errorless comparison-selection, reaction time (RT) duration and observing-response frequency across trial repetition declined systematically for most relational types. Since RTs and observing-responses were highly correlated, changes in the former most likely was driven by the latter. Initial RTs were long for the baseline trials, much shorter for the symmetry probes, of intermediate duration for the transitivity probes, and shortest for the equivalence probes. For all relational types, however, RTs dropped to the same asymptotic level with trial repetition. Many more observing-responses occurred to samples than comparisons. Immediate passage of AC transitivity tests was preceded by relatively high frequencies of sample-observing in prior BA, BC, and CB probes. When the AC probes were not passed, they were preceded by much lower levels of sample-observing. Thus, sample-observing was predictive of accurate performances on transitivity tests.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #283
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Building Independence and Complex Social Play in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders Using Photographic Activity Schedules and Social Scripts
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Thomas Higbee, Ph.D.
Chair: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc. )
Presenting Authors: : THOMAS HIGBEE (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Many students with autism and other developmental disabilities have difficulty sequencing their own behavior during free-choice situations. Rather, they rely on adults to prompt them to engage in particular activities. Many do not interact appropriately with play materials or may select one activity and engage in it for an extended period of time. Photographic activity schedules have been shown to be an effective tool to teach children to sequence their own behavior and transition smoothly between multiple activities. Children learn to follow the visual cues in the activity schedule to make transitions instead of relying on adult-provided prompts. Activity schedules also provide a context for teaching basic and complex choice-making behavior. As children develop verbal behavior, social scripts can also be added and then later faded to promote social interaction. Activity schedules have been used successfully in a variety of settings with both children and adults with various disabilities. They are easy to use and can be adapted to most environments. In the present tutorial, participants will learn how to use activity schedules with clients/students as well as learn about recent research on using these techniques to promote complex social play.

Target Audience:

Practitioners and applied researchers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the prerequisite skills for using photographic activity schedules; (2) describe how to use photographic activity schedules to promote independent behavior; (3) describe how to use photographic activity schedules to promote choice making; (4) describe how to use social scripting and script fading to promote spontaneous language; (5) describe how to use photographic activity schedules and script fading to promote complex social play.
 
THOMAS HIGBEE (Utah State University)
Dr. Thomas S. Higbee is a Professor and Interim Department Head in the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitation at Utah State University and Executive Director of the Autism Support Services: Education, Research, and Training (ASSERT) program, an early intensive behavioral intervention program for children with autism that he founded in 2003. He is a doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D) and a Licensed Behavior Analyst in the state of Utah. He is also chair of the Disability Disciplines doctoral program at Utah State University. His research focuses on the development of effective educational and behavioral interventions for children with autism spectrum disorders and related disabilities as well as the development of effective training strategies for teaching parents and professionals to implement effective interventions. He is a former associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) and the European Journal of Behavior Analysis. Dr. Higbee is committed to the dissemination of effective behavioral interventions and has helped to create intensive behavior analytic preschool and school programs for children with autism and related disorders in Brazil, Russia, Portugal, and throughout his home state of Utah. He is the past president of the Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA) and has served as a member of the Practice Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and the Psychologist Licensing Board of the state of Utah.
 
 
Symposium #284
CE Offered: BACB
An Overview of Acceptance and Commitment Training: From Learning to Compassionate Service Delivery
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi )
CE Instructor: Kelly G. Wilson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy/Training (ACT) is expanding within behavior analysis. As such, behavior analysts are discovering how to grow their scope of competence to include ACT as well as how to effectively train others in its use. Moreover, behavior analysts are incorporating ACT into traditional behavior analytic methods to provide compassionate service delivery in areas such as parent training. The first presentation provides a qualitative review on the perspectives and recommendations from ACT experts regarding behavior analysts’ scope of competence within ACT. The second presentation presents data on the use of behavioral skills training (BST), along with self-practice, to teach behavior analysts ACT skills using the ACT Matrix. The third presentation examines the integration of ACT into behavior parent training (BPT) on parental implementation of behavior strategies. The fourth presentation explores how the use of ACT within the field of behavior analysis can bring humanity and compassion to research and service delivery.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT competency, ACT training, compassion
Target Audience:

The target audience is those who have an interest in acceptance and commitment therapy/training (ACT) and ways to incorporate it in behavior analytic work with competency and compassion. Audience members should have a basic understand of private events, rule-governed behavior, and derived relational responding.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Determine how behavior analysts can increase their scope of competence to include acceptance and commitment therapy/training (ACT). 2. Identify strategies to teach ACT to staff members. 3. Define benefits of ACT self-practice for practitioners. 4. Recognize the effects of integrating ACT and behavior parent training (BPT) on parents’ implementation of behavioral strategies. 5. Determine the subsequent effects on children’s challenging behaviors when parents participate in ACT+BPT. 6. Identify a values procedure to support compassion in daily ABA practice. 7. Recognize a perspective taking procedure to support compassion in ABA practice. 8. Determine how to use the ACT to support compassion in daily ABA practice
 

Scope of Competence for Behavior Analysts Using Acceptance and Commitment Training: Some Recommendations from Experts

(Applied Research)
YUKIE KURUMIYA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Gregory Scott Smith (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Meredith L. Andrews (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

In response to the increasing interest in Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT), the scope of practice in ACT for applied behavior analysis (ABA) practitioners has been discussed, and some guidelines have been suggested. The next step is to discuss the scope of competence for board certified behavior analysts® (BCBAs®) to incorporate ACT in their practices as part of their behavior analytic interventions in a careful, appropriate, and scientific manner. The current study compiled and analyzed 13 ACT experts’ opinions and recommendations on this topic through a qualitative data analysis of semi-structured interviews. Three major themes emerged: (1) understanding what ACT is, (2) required knowledge, skills, and training, and (3) establishing standards, guidelines, and measurements of competency. During the presentation, these topics will be discussed to suggest a future framework for developing standards, guidelines, measurements of competency criteria, and required training in ACT for behavior analysts. Some suggestions for behavior analysts to start gaining ACT competency and for the field to develop such future framework as a collaborative effort will be made.

 

ACT-ing to Support Compassion-Focused Applied Behavior Analysis

(Theory)
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Kristine Rodriguez (Autism Learning Partners)
Abstract:

The world is changing rapidly, global culture is in flux, and yet centuries-old inequities persist. The field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is situated squarely within the purpose of serving humanity. This is evident to us, as the vast majority of researchers and practitioners in ABA have dedicated our careers to helping empower families living with autism and other developmental disabilities. While this dedication to serving humanity seems obvious to us in the field of ABA, it seems it has not been entirely obvious to others that we lead with our hearts. What’s more, there is a growing yearning inside the field of ABA to connect with other humans in more complete and fundamental ways. This presentation will make the case for embracing compassion in the field of ABA and discuss ways to use Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) to empower us to live compassion in our daily research and practice.

 
Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Training Plus Behavior Parent Training on Parental Implementation of Autism Treatment
(Applied Research)
MEREDITH L. ANDREWS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Evelyn Rachael Gould (New England Center for OCD and Anxiety)
Abstract: The objective of this study was to examine the effects of acceptance and commitment training (ACT) plus behavior parent training (BPT), when delivered via telehealth, on parental implementation of behavioral strategies, experiential avoidance (EA), and stress. The study also examined the subsequent effects on the children’s behaviors. A multiple baseline design across four parent-child dyads participated in the online training. The findings showed that ACT+BPT resulted in parents reaching and maintaining high levels of implementation. The training also decreased EA and stress in three parents. Moreover, the parents’ ratings of their children’s challenging behaviors decreased. However, such a trend was not as clearly depicted by the direct measures of the children’s behaviors. A social validity interview revealed parents found ACT beneficial in assisting them learn and use the BPT strategies. Implications and suggestions for future research are discussed.
 

Teaching Acceptance and Commitment Skills to Behavior Analysts Using the ACT Matrix

(Applied Research)
ANASTASIA KELLER-COLLINS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Therapeutic Consulting Services), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Akihiko Masuda (University of Hawai'i at Manoa)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysts are often responsible to work with individuals with autism and their caregivers to provide effective and empirically supported interventions and supervise the staff that provide the direct services. Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) is an intervention behavior analysts can access as an effective treatment tool to teach skills aimed at increasing psychological flexibility for clients, caregivers, and staff. Additionally, self-practice has the potential to decrease stress and potential burnout for behavior analysts. Using a delayed multiple baseline design, the current research examined the efficacy of individual behavioral skills training (BST) for teaching behavior analysts ACT skills and intervention using the ACT Matrix through teleconferencing. The use of self-practice was an added component to the learning. Results indicated that all participants (a) acquired new ACT skills, (b) learned to use the ACT Matrix as a form of case conceptualization, and (c) found self-practice positively added to the learning experience.

 
 
Paper Session #285
Autism: A Separate Spectrum or a Continuation of Anxiety?
Sunday, May 30, 2021
3:30 PM–3:55 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Stephanie Northington, PhD (PACES, LLC)
 

Autism: A Separate Spectrum or a Continuation of Anxiety?

Domain: Theory
STEPHANIE NORTHINGTON, PHD (PACES, LLC), Keisha Nagai (PACES, LLC), Kirsten Canada (PACES, LLC), Helen Christine Shelton (Chancelight)
 
Abstract:

Background: Kanner (1943) first published scientific findings regarding individuals with autism. Initially, autism was viewed as a lifelong condition initially diagnosed during infancy or childhood, due to presentation of key symptoms (Whiteley et al., 2019). However, there is growing evidence that autism is more heterogeneous than originally thought, and that autism is not necessarily a lifelong condition (Whiteley et al., 2019). Furthermore, it is apparent that there is an increased likelihood that those diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) also develop an anxiety disorder; the reasons for the anxiety disorder are very similar to those individuals that are neurotypical (Kerns et al., 2016). Objectives: To examine the possibility that autism spectrum disorders are a continuation of anxiety disorders. Discussion: Given recent findings that ASD is not an innate and lifelong conditions for all (Whiteley et al., 2019), one muses over why such individuals no longer meet diagnostic criteria for ASD later. Furthermore, though there is increased likelihood of those with ASD also developing anxiety disorders, the reasons for the anxiety are no different than those same-age neurotypical individuals that develop anxiety (Kerns et al., 2016). This seems related to the influences that increase the likelihood of developing an anxiety disorder, no matter the existence of a pre-existing ASD diagnosis. These influences include: profile or skills deficits, context of the individual’s coping and regulation skills, social and family environment, developmental level, and family history (Kerns et al., 2016). Furthermore, assessing anxiety in young individuals with ASD is exceedingly difficult, especially due to the overlap in symptoms commonly noted in the two disorders (Kerns et al., 2016; Kerns et al., 2017). Anxiety disorders are increasingly more common in children and adolescents, with an estimated 4% to 17% prevalence (Quy et al., 2018). The prevalence rate of autism continues to increase; as such, an estimated 40% of those diagnosed with ASD also receive a co-morbid anxiety disorder diagnosis (Kerns et al., 2016). At the current time, ASD and anxiety are viewed as two separate conditions. However, the overlap of symptoms between the two is extensive, including difficulty with emotional regulation, hyperarousal, anticipatory worries about change, negative reactions to change, fears around restricted interests, and phobic or aversive responses to unusual or overwhelming stimuli (Kerns et al., 2016; Kerns et al., 2017). Conclusion: This presenter previously presented how behavioral analytic interventions are useful for individuals with and without an ASD diagnosis.Given the extensive overlap of anxiety and ASD symptoms, would it behoove us as practitioners, implementers, and researchers to view ASD in a new light? This presentation will explore this more in depth, examining the literature in this area, concerns regarding diagnosis accuracy, and this presenter’s previous findings.

 
 
 
Symposium #287
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Social Communication and Challenging Behavior Interventions for Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 30, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marie David (Purdue University)
CE Instructor: Marie David, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Adolescence is a complex time period among individuals with developmental disabilities where social demands may compete with preparation for post-school outcomes, such post-secondary education, employment, and independent living. Social-related challenges and challenging behavior tend to persist for young adults to developmental disabilities. These challenges may pose as a threat to positive post-school outcomes (Ke et al., 2018; Kucharczyk et al., 2015). Unfortunately, current literature on interventions specifically targeting the needs of adolescents with developmental disabilities are often replete in nature. Therefore, the current symposium will present a series of studies that address limitations in the available research on this topic. Specifically, this symposium will include a series of studies that present the results of (a) a meta-analysis on challenging behavior interventions implemented in school-based settings and (b) two experimental studies evaluating the effects of technology-based social communication interventions, including self-monitoring using I-connect and tele-coaching for adolescents with autism. Results of all studies suggest that difficulties in social communication and challenging behavior can be effectively addressed with using technology-based and behavior analytic approaches. Presenters will discuss how the results of these studies can inform current practice of Board Certified Behavior Analysts® and future research.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): adolescent, challenging behavior, developmental disabilities, social communication
Target Audience:

Graduate students in behavior analysis, clinicians working with individuals with problem behavior, applied researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify moderators that impact the efficacy of behavior analytic interventions targetting challenging behavior of adolescents with developmental disabilities in school-based settings. 2. Participants will describe the utility of a self-monitoring app in increasing social communication skills of an adolescent with autism spectrum disorder. 3. Participants will describe the efficacy of telecoaching in increasing social communication skills of adolescents with autism.
 

School-Based Interventions Targeting Challenging Behavior of Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities: A Meta-Analysis

Marie David (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Qingli Lei (Purdue University), Danni Wang (Engage, Learn and Grow), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), SUNGWOO KANG (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Challenging behavior tends to increase in levels during adolescence for individuals with developmental disabilities. If not addressed, this may lead to negative post-school outcomes for adolescents with developmental disabilities. The purposes of this meta-analysis were to examine the effects of behavioral intervention in reducing challenging behaviors of adolescents with developmental disabilities and identify the variables that could potentially moderate these effects. Searches for the meta-analysis were initially conducted in October 2017, October 2018 and updated in September 2020. This meta-analysis will include 30 studies that met standards for methodological rigor and experimental control. Preliminary analysis conducted prior to the recent update in search results indicated behavioral interventions were found to yield moderate effects for adolescents with developmental disabilities in school-based settings. Of the moderating variables, verbal ability, classroom setting, and planned reinforcement were found to moderate the effects of intervention outcomes with statistical significance. However, similar findings were not observed in behavioral outcomes based on the type of functional behavior assessment. Updated Effect sizes will be presented. Several implications for research and practice will be discussed.

 

Supporting Development of Social-Communication of Young Adults With Autism in Natural Settings: Impact of a Telecoaching Intervention

Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), MARIE DAVID (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

Deficits in social communication often limit the ability of individuals with autism to communicate effectively, engage in meaningful conversations, and develop lasting relationships. While some of these skills may improve throughout childhood, difficulties in social interaction and communication tend to persist in adolescence. Unfortunately, there is limited research on social communication interventions for adolescents and adults with autism. According to prior research with children, the presence of an interventionist is often required to provide in-the-moment support. For adolescents, the presence of an adult facilitator can become a barrier in social interaction and pose as a threat for social stigmatization. Implementation of tele-coaching, however, may provide a mechanism to assist with development of core skills while also facilitating social independence. This study A multiple-baseline across participants design to examine the effects of tele-coaching on improving the social conversation skills of four high school students with autism. Four adolescents with autism participated in the study. Two conversation skills were targeted for each student with ASD. Implementation of tele-coaching resulted in the increase of targeted social communication skills and reduction of socially inappropriate behaviors across all participants. Implications for practice and recommendations for future research will be discussed.

 

Preliminary Investigation of a Self-Monitoring Application for a Postsecondary Student With Autism

LESLIE ANN BROSS (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

Increasing numbers of transition-age youth with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are pursuing postsecondary education and will likely benefit from interventions to support them in college environments. This study used an alternating treatment design with a baseline and best treatment condition to examine the efficacy of a technology-based self-monitoring application, I-Connect, to increase the on-task classroom behavior of a male college student (age 19) with ASD. The study occurred in a large, lecture-style course at a public university. Self-monitoring prompts were delivered via a handheld tablet, and on-task behavior was measured used momentary time sampling procedures. The college student demonstrated an increase in on-task behavior when using the I-Connect application. He also decreased the percent of intervals with inappropriate vocalizations and stereotypic behavior. The college student and his professor reported overall satisfaction with the I-Connect application on social validity measures. Future research is needed to replicate this study with additional participants. Implications related to technology-based self-monitoring interventions to enhance the college experiences of young adults with ASD is discussed.

 
 
Panel #288
CE Offered: BACB
Practical Considerations and Applications of Behavior Analysis to Working With Children in Healthcare Settings
Sunday, May 30, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Alexis Constantin Pavlov, Ph.D.
Chair: Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine)
SETH B. CLARK (Marcus Autism Center)
COLIN S. MUETHING (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine)
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract:

Healthcare settings, emergency departments (ED), and inpatient units can often be associated with stressors and triggers that may ultimately lead to increased levels of challenging behavior and noncompliance with medical procedures. Problem behaviors directly produce many negative effects on the individual who exhibits them including physical harm, exclusion and stigmatization, as well as reduced access to routine/preventative care (Davis & Gavidia-Payne, 2009; Hall, Bouldin, Andresen, & Ali, 2012). Problem behaviors can also be a source of frustration for providers who deliver medical care due to lack of knowledge and training on how best to serve children with behavioral health needs. Although behavior analysts are often familiar with training other disciplines on the use of behavior intervention strategies to decrease challenging behavior, healthcare systems present unique experiences and challenges when trying to disseminate effective behavior analytic strategies. The invited panelists will present three perspectives on working with children in healthcare settings. Topics will include providing clinical care through a behavioral consultation model, transdisciplinary training approaches and policy development for crisis prevention, applying antecedent- and reinforcement-based programs appropriately to improve treatment outcomes, and challenges with establishing applied behavior analysis (ABA) within medical settings.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, healthcare providers,

Learning Objectives: 1. Learners will discuss the potential barriers of providing behavior analytic services within healthcare settings. 2. Learners will be able to describe a trasdiscplinary approach to training for crisis management. 3. Attendees will be able to evaluate the use of antecedent- and reinforcement-based interventions for children in medical care settings.
 
 
Symposium #289
CE Offered: BACB
Interventions for Automatically Reinforced Self-Injury: Current Knowledge and Future Directions
Sunday, May 30, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
CE Instructor: Joel Eric Ringdahl, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities often engage in challenging behaviors that require intervention. Function-based interventions have tremendous efficacy in most cases, but little is known about the utility of these interventions across long periods of time and outside of highly controlled clinical settings. Additionally, reinforcement-based procedures may not be effective in all cases, requiring exploration of alternative procedures. The first presentation in this symposium reviews the literature to evaluate the effectiveness of automatically-maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB) interventions along three dimensions: maintenance of intervention effects, longevity of the intervention, and schedule thinning of effective reinforcement schedules. Results note that limited available research program for these areas, indicating the need for additional research considering application of maintenance, longevity, and schedule thinning. The second presentation in this symposium presents data on punishment-based intervention to address challenging behaviors of clients in an intensive outpatient program. Data indicate an average percent reduction in challenging behavior of 79.26% at the end of admission, when compared to baseline percentages. Future research directions, including suggestions for component analyses, are discussed.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): behavior intervention, challenging behavior, self-injurious behavior
 

A Consecutive Case Series Analysis of Treatment With a Response Reduction Procedures

KORTNEY RIST (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Most individuals who engage in challenging behavior respond to reinforcement-based systems. However, a small subset of clients do not. When their challenging behavior is causing a significant negative impact to development, the literature suggest implementing a stimulus avoidance assessment to guide consequence selections that are likely to serve as punishers (i.e., response reduction procedures). Past evaluations of treatment following a stimulus avoidance assessment has been limited to small samples. The current study conducted a consecutive case series analysis of clients in an intensive outpatient program for challenging behavior. All clients were admitted due to behavior that caused significant injury to themselves or others and/or their behavior did not respond to less intensive behavioral treatments. Of the records reviewed thus far, punishment was evaluated in 64 cases, with an average percent reduction in challenging behavior at the end of the admission (compared to baseline) of 79.26%. Several reinforcement-based approaches were exhausted before evaluation of punishment for all clients. Clients with a punishment evaluation were less likely to have challenging behavior maintained by social reinforcers. Caregiver acceptability and generalization of treatment effects are presented for a subset of participants. Future research directions, including suggestions for component analyses, are discussed.

 

Automatically Reinforced Self-Injury: Assessing for Maintenance, Longevity, and Schedule Thinning

Kaitlin Gould (May Institute), JAIME CROWLEY (May Institute), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with various intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) often exhibit restrictive and repetitive behavior (RRB; Richler, Bishop, Kleinke, & Lorde, 2007). For some individuals, these RRBs include self-injurious behaviors (SIB), which are likely to cause injury and lead to social stigma and social implications for the individual (Minshaw et al., 2014). Although interventions including noncontingent reinforcement and differential reinforcement have been found to be effective for treating this type of SIB (e.g., Carr & Durand, 1985; Vollmer et al., 1993) most research has been conducted in clinical settings with tight control over extraneous variables and dense schedules of reinforcement in place. Thus, questions regarding effectiveness of such interventions in more natural settings remain. We reviewed the literature to evaluate the effectiveness of automatically-maintained SIB interventions along three dimensions: maintenance of intervention effects, longevity of the intervention, and schedule thinning of effective reinforcement schedules. Summarized data are included in the table below.

 
 
Symposium #290
CE Offered: BACB
A Review of Behavioral Cusps and Their Extensions
Sunday, May 30, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The concept of the behavioral cusp was introduced in the late 1990’s. Since then, the concept has been widely accepted as fundamental to an understanding of behavioral development. Despite widespread use of the term within behavioral parlance, exploration of the concept and its extensions within the literature or experimental validation of the concept and its extensions have been somewhat circumscribed. There remains considerable potential to build more momentum in the development of the concept as well as expanding its versatility and overall utilization. The first presentation in this symposium will review the behavioral cusp literature. The second presentation will provide an overview of social cusps, an extension of behavioral cusps. A discussion reflecting on the concept will follow by an originator of behavioral cusp concept. This symposium is meant to lead into a separately scheduled panel discussion following the symposium, with panelists further discussing the past, present, and future of behavioral cusps.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Prerequisites include familiarity with behavior analytic terminology and concepts as well as single-case research design methodology.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize use of the behavioral cusp concept in the literature; (2) describe methods for experimentally validating the establishment of behavioral cusps; and (3) specify various extensions of the behavioral cusp concept.
 

The Behavioral Cusp: Where We Came From and Where We Are Going

(Theory)
APRIL M. BECKER (University of North Texas and University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Rosales-Ruiz and Baer (1996) introduced the concept of the “behavioral cusp,” or a “an interaction, or complex of interactions, that enables access to new reinforcers, new contingencies, and new communities of reinforcement and contingencies - and thus to new behaviors” (p. 165), extending the reach of behavior analysis into the developmental domain. Since the pioneering chapter and subsequent article were published (Rosales-Ruiz & Baer, 1997), several formative works have explored the behavioral cusp concept, expanding its application to novel domains as well as extending the concept itself. To date, no systematic reviews have been conducted examining the use of the cusp in the literature. Thus, the purpose of this presentation is to (a) broadly examine the ways in which the term has been used in the literature via systematic review, (b) identify and offer interpretations of trends in term use, and (c) discuss possible future uses that could benefit the field.

 
An Overview of Social Learning Cusps
(Applied Research)
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Verbal Behavior Development Theorists posit that the cusps necessary for language and social development are in fact conditioned reinforcers that create the necessary stimulus control necessary for further development to occur. The emergence or deliberate establishment of a developmental cusp will make subsequent learning possible; without the cusp, the individual will demonstrate slow rates of learning, or no learning at all. Social cusps are conditioned reinforcers that are necessary for an individual to learn through indirect contact with environmental contingencies (e.g., through observation). This symposium will provide an overview of social learning cusps and the research behind the identification of each as well as procedures for establishing those cusps when they are missing.
 
 
Panel #291
PDS: Finding Success After Graduation: Interviewing for Positions (2/3)
Sunday, May 30, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Allyson R Salzer (University of Kansas)
RICHARD WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University)
JOSEPH D. DRACOBLY (University of North Texas)
BETHANY P. YOUNG (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Every year graduate and undergraduate students need to plan carefully for life after college or graduate school. This means beginning the search for positions in a vast, demanding job market, where the possession of advanced skills acquired attending the higher education system is just a preliminary requisite. To prepare you for success, we have organized three panels during which experts will provide advice and tips in the hope of making your job search a little easier: Tackling the job market, composing application materials, preparing for interviews, and managing the first years on the job to put the foundations of a satisfying career. Join us so that you are better prepared to apply for jobs in which your knowledge of behavior analysis will make the difference for you and the organization. Each panel will focus on a separate component of the job market: 1) Creating and submitting application materials, 2) Interviewing for positions, and 3) Finding success in the first few years.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Academia, Jobs
 
 
Invited Paper Session #292
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Alternating Treatments Designs: Interpretation Errors and Solutions
Sunday, May 30, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
CE Instructor: Robin Codding, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CHRISTOPHER SKINNER (The Univesity of Tennessee)
Abstract:

Alternating treatments designs can be used to evaluate multiple interventions and compare interventions. This presentation will address common interpretation errors that are associated with standard alternating treatments designs and propose solutions for each type of error. First, the presentation will focus on how researchers frequently conclude that an intervention or multiple interventions were effective, when changes may have been caused by uncontrolled threats to internal validity. A design solution to this problem, including a no-treatments series during the alternating treatments phase, will be described and analyzed. Next, the presentation will focus on misinterpretation associated with cumulative learning data. A proposed solution to this problem focus on supplementing repeated measures cumulative learning figures with figures that plot learning per session data. Discussion focuses on applied strengths of alternating treatments designs, effect size analysis, and how interpretation errors can adversely affect consumers of applied science.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

researchers, graduate students, consumers of research

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify similarities between A-B phase designs and standard alternating treatments design where both interventions are similarly effective; (2) employ a no-treatment control series during an alternating treatments phase can allow one to better control for threat to internal validity; (3) identify interpretation error associate with alternating treatment designs when cumulative learning is depicted on repeated measures graphs; (4) enhance their visual and effect size analysis by supplementing cumulative learning graphs with learning per sessions graphs.
 
CHRISTOPHER SKINNER (The Univesity of Tennessee)

Christopher H. Skinner received his Ph.D. in School Psychology program from Lehigh University in 1989. While at Lehigh, he served as a special education teaching assistant for elementary students with Autism and as a teacher for 10th grade students with emotional/behavioral disorders. After finishing his Ph.D., Skinner was an assistant professor at The University of Alabama (3 years) and coordinator of School Psychology Programs at Mississippi State University (7 years) and The University of Tennessee (15 years). Currently, he is Professor at The University of Tennessee and teaches graduate courses in the School Psychology and Behavior Analysis programs. Skinner has co-authored over 200 peer-refereed journal articles and earned three national research awards including the Fred S. Keller Award for empirically validating interventions. Skinner’s accomplishments can be directly traced to his work with exceptional graduate students and practitioners. He is happiest when he is partnering with his students to work with educational professional to remedy presenting behavior or academic problems, while also conducting applied research. To simultaneously accomplish these goals, Skinner and his collaborators have relied single-subject design procedures.

 

 
 
Invited Tutorial #293
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
A Call for Discussion About Scope of Competence in Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 30, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Thomas J. Waltz, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Presenting Authors: : MATTHEW BRODHEAD (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis has defined its scope of practice through credentialing and licensure efforts. However, scope of competence in behavior analysis has received little discussion. Scope of competence refers to activities that the individual practitioner can perform at a certain criterion level (e.g., the functional analysis is conducted accurately and safely, a skill acquisition program includes critical program components and establishes accurate stimulus control). Given the successful efforts of behavior analysts in growth and recognition of the field, it is time for a robust conversation about scope of competence for the field of behavior analysis. This discussion can clarify how behavior analysts self-evaluate their own scope of competence and how they might expand their scope of competence if the needs of consumers requires practitioners to expand into new areas.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe risks associated with practicing outside one’s scope of competence; (2) describe elements that improve their own scope of competence; (3) identify systematic ways to identify their own scope of competence.
 
MATTHEW BRODHEAD (Michigan State University)
Matthew T. Brodhead is an assistant professor at Michigan State University. He is the Director of Spartan Caregiver Support, a service that provides free and evidence-based support to caregivers of people with autism within the State of Michigan. He is also the Research Director of the Early Learning Institute. Dr. Brodhead’s research examines focused social skill interventions for children with autism. He also writes about conceptual issues relating to the ethical and professional behavior of practicing behavior analysts. Through workshops and consultation, he has established multiple school-based programs for children with autism, and he has provided training to teachers, related service providers, and behavior analysts both nationally and internationally. Finally, he specializes in program evaluation for both applied behavior analysis and public school placements for individuals with autism.
 
 
Symposium #294
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Diversity submission Lessons Learned by Behavior Analysts From Areas Working on Fully Implementing an ABA Medicaid Benefit
Sunday, May 30, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates and TxABA Public Policy Committee)
Discussant: Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Texana Center and TxABA Public Policy Group)
CE Instructor: Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many people who could benefit greatly from ABA services cannot gain access to them due to lack of financial resources and insurance. Medicaid funding of ABA services is one mechanism to enable financially and socially disadvantaged people to benefit from ABA services. The session will involve discussions by behavior analysts from 4 areas of the United States regarding how behavior analysts have and could address public policy issues related to Medicaid programs funding ABA services. The activities and contributions of behavior analysts in 3 states and the Washington DCs will be presented. The sequences of events in each jurisdiction differ, but some general strategy recommendations will be addressed along with suggestions regarding with issues unique to a jurisdiction. Audience participation will be encouraged.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Medicaid coverage, public policy, social disadvantage
Target Audience:

Attendees will be most likely to benefit from the presentations if they are not only knowledge regarding behavior analysis principle, ABA services, but also have some exposure to and/ or experience regarding public policy, Medicaid funding if possible.

Learning Objectives: The attendee will: 1. State the importance of Medicaid funding for behavior analysis services, 2. State the importance of having qualified professionals provide ABA services in state funded waiver programs, 3. State why behavior analysts should participate in the process of educating fellow professionals about the value of their services in the context of a team approach, 4. Identify at least 2 barriers that have arisen with Mediciad funding of ABA services, 5. Identify the importance of collaboration across stakeholders 6. Identify advocacy strategy for overcoming barriers to services 7. Identify strategies for navigating complex legislative landscapes
 
Diversity submission Illinois Medicaid for Applied Behavior Analysis Services
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract: This talk will detail the recent changes that have transpired with regard to the Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI) and efforts to obtain Medicaid funding through the Department of Human Services in the state of Illinois. This talk will detail that sometimes arduous task of securing the appropriate professional qualifications to deliver ABA services in the Medicaid system. The many different service categories will be detailed along with how each service provider can sure that they are providing the appropriate services. The presentation will also detail the importance of active involvement by Behavior Analysts in the development of services at the state level. Suggestions will be provided related to the appropriate advocacy behavior for behavior analysts to engage in related to educating state lawmakers about the importance of ABA services and ensuring that the providers of these services have the appropriate credentials.
 
Diversity submission Texas’ Journey to Full Implementation of the Medicaid Funding for ABA Autism Services
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Texas A&M University-San Antonio and TxABA Public Policy Group), Jeffrey E. Dillen (Texana Center and TxABA Public Policy Group), Rany Thommen (ABA Today and TxABA Public Policy Group), Mariel C. Fernandez (Blue Sprig Pediatrics and TxABA Public Policy Group), Duy D. Le (Child Study Center Cook Children's and TxABA Public Policy Group), Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates and TxABA Public Policy Group), Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Texana Center and TxABA Public Policy Group)
Abstract: The TxABA Public Policy Group will share information on the journey towards full implementation of the Medicaid coverage of Autism Services through Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnostic, and Treatment. On July 15, 2019, Texas became the 43rd state to have Medicaid coverage of ABA therapy. The signing of House Bill 1, including Rider 32, by Governor Greg Abbott authorized ABA as a benefit for people with Autism Spectrum Disorder under the age of 21. Behavior analysts from Texas will share barriers, solutions, and lessons learned. The integral goal of partnerships with local, state, and national organizations and the inclusion of parents and self-advocates will be examined. The vital role of a paid advocate and how fees were covered will be shared. Behavior analysts learned how to educate legislators at district and capitol offices, advocate for the needs of the community, become resources for legislators. The role of visibility and mutual benefit will be highlighted. Lastly, challenges in fully implementing the Medicaid benefit in Texas will be discussed.
 
Diversity submission Advocating for Medicaid in a Complicated Legislative Space
AMANDA P. LAPRIME (University of Rochester Medical Center), Maureen O'Grady (NYSABA Legislative Co-Chair and New Alternatives for Children), Deborah A. Napolitano (NYSABA Legislative Chair, Daemen College Department of Applied Behavior Analysis, and Golisano Institute for Developmental Disabilities Nursing at St. John Fisher College )
Abstract: The presenter will describe the complicated legislative landscape in New York as context for the fight for Medicaid funding of applied behavior analysis services for individuals with autism. The history of insurance-based services for individuals with autism and the current challenges faced by practicing behavior analysts in NY State will be described. The speakers will identify and define the barriers to implementation of Medicaid reimbursed ABA services and share problem solving approaches. The intensive collaboration across stakeholders will be highlighted, including NYSABA, medical/clinical providers, Autism Speaks, Community Based Organizations, and several lobbying firms. A model will be presented for translating the unique service tiers of insurance funded behavior analytic services for evaluation by state legislative and regulatory bodies. In addition, speakers will explain why this approach is a necessary step to overcoming the barriers of service delivery in NY State. Speakers will further identify the components of a large scale needs assessment, with a focus on the identification, operationalization, and remediation of barriers across multiple systems.
 
Diversity submission 

ABA Service Provision and Medicaid in the District of Columbia

MARY CARUSO-ANDERSON (DC ABA), Lera Joyce Johnson (DC ABA; George Mason University), Cynthia Escobar (J &C Behavioral Therapy, LLC), Keven M. Schock (Aveanna), Elena Zaklis (Rutgers University), Jacqueline Landa Jackson (DC ABA), Colleen Williams (BACB), Flor De Amelia Lizette Hoffman (DC ABA)
Abstract:

Medicaid is an important source of funding for medically-necessary services for children with autism. Although State Medicaid programs vary in their reimbursement practices, children receive a variety of services that address core deficits and behavioral challenges in autism, some of which may not be covered under commercial insurance plans due to benefit exclusions or other limits under private insurance. Data from 2005 showed that only 29 states provided Medicaid reimbursement for applied behavior analysis (ABA). The District of Columbia was excluded from this study due to poor quality data. Therefore, the purpose of this talk is to examine the process by which ABA services are obtained and reimbursed through Medicaid in the District of Columbia. The impact of this process on service providers will be evaluated to help identify barriers to obtaining ABA-based treatments through Medicaid in the District. Finally, we will explore the relationship between state licensure of BCBAs and Medicaid reimbursement.

 
 
Symposium #295
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
The Fluency Flashcard App: A Tool for Building Fluency and Learner Success
Sunday, May 30, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, M.S.
Abstract:

Behavioral fluency is defined as responses that are easily demonstrated whenever required, adeptly performed for as long as needed, not readily distractible, and performed proficiently in new environments. These outcomes are more likely to occur when responses are accurate and performed at high frequencies. SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffled) cards were developed as a practice procedure to help learners foster fluency. SAFMEDS are often used to help learners become fluent with definitions and concepts. Historically, SAFMEDS were created using cardstock and manipulated physically. In this symposium, however, we will introduce a new tool, the Fluency Flashcard App, that allows users to create fluency flash cards and run a SAFMEDS-like procedure electronically. Results from practice are displayed visually within the app on a quasi-Standard Celeration Chart in order to augment effective decision making. The first presentation will describe research related to behavioral fluency and SAFMEDS. The second presentation will highlight the role the Standard Celeration Chart plays in displaying data and making decisions. The third presentation will introduce the Fluency Flashcard App, provide demonstrations, and describe its development. The fourth presentation will depict an implementation of the app in a supervisory setting for students preparing for an exam.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Fluency, Instruction, Practice, SAFMEDS
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: 1.) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define behavioral fluency 2.) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define SAFMEDS and it's applications from the literature. 3.) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define all the components of the Standard Celeration Chart and their importance in decision making 4.) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the features and utilit of a new technology: the Fluency FlashCards app
 

The Research Behind Fluency Building and SAFMEDS

ADAM PEAL (The Behavioral Education Research Initiative; The Walden Learning Collective)
Abstract:

A body of research exists that demonstrates fluency building, via building accurate and high frequency responding, is an effective way for instructors to enhance learner outcomes. In particular, when element skills are taught such that learners can emit them at high frequencies, those elements may then be more readily combined to enhance the likelihood that more complex skills will emerge. Many of these complex skills often require verbal discriminations in order for them to be emitted with ease. For example, one must often be able to adequately define terms and concepts in order to write effective treatment plans in clinical and instructional settings. SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffled) is a practice procedure that systematically builds the frequency of saying terms and definitions in a flashcard-like arrangement. Employing SAFMEDS using evidence-based frequency building procedures may result in the emergence of fluent skills. Research, and the related outcomes and limitations, pertaining to fluency building and SAFMEDS will be discussed.

 

Why Fluency Flashcards Are Different: The Importance of the Standard Celeration Chart in Decision Making

DEBORAH L. BROWN (SCOE/Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

What makes Fluency FlashCards so innovative? Individuals are used to studying in various ways. One popular method is using a common flashcards arrangement. Often, however, flashcards do not give the learner the results of fluent performance, but instead it is a quick cramming resulting in information overload. What information should go on a card? How does one make decisions about one's learning? How does one know when their studies are finished? The foundation of Fluency FlashCards is that it is not just a practice tool for learning like typical flashcard arrangements, rather it is a practice and decision making tool that builds skills to fluent performances. The foundation of the decision making is the Standard Celeration Chart. This presentation will take you into the inner workings of the app. It will describe what the Standard Celeration Chart is, what makes it different than ordinary graphs, and it’s benefits. It will describe how the daily per minute and timings charts are integrated into the app. It will also explain how the app uses frequency aims and celeration to aid in decision making.

 
Why Did I Develop the Fluency FlashCards App?
VICCI TUCCI (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract: In 1958, B. F. Skinner proposed the notion of utilizing Sidney L. Pressey’s “Teaching Machine” to arrange optimal conditions for self-instruction. Skinner wanted “the […]student to take an active role in the instructional process.” His version of a teaching machine was based on work in the area of the technology of teaching. He and several of his colleagues isolated many of the instructional practices that facilitate learning and instruction. The author developed a Teaching Machine so parents, instructors, and TUCCi colleagues could be competent at formulating, delivering, and monitoring evidenced-based practices (i.e., ABA, DI, and Precision Teaching). The Teaching Machine presents small units of instruction with on-going active student [User] responding and provisions for incorporating learning tools (e.g., Course Glossary, Printable Note Taking per Task, Questions with Immediate positive student feedback, and the Fluency FlashCards App). The author added the Fluency FlashCards to the Teaching Machine when she read about the science and application of frequency building. In addition, she observed the positive effects that Dr. Kent Johnson and his teachers were having at Morningside Academy with their students.
 

Usability and Implementation of the Fluency Flashcards App With the Next Generation of Behavioral Educators

KRISTINA ZACCARIA (CLM Center of Excellence, Division of TUCCi Learning Solutions)
Abstract:

Developing competent behavior educators for the next generation takes a multifaceted approach consisting of a well-designed board certified behavior analyst course sequence, effective supervision curricula, fluency building, competency, and application components. Our presentation will explore a model for developing future behavior analysts with these evidence-based practices. System examples will include the dual applied behavior analysis and Competent Learner Modell Certificate Program in partnership with Clarion University, consisting of a uniquely crafted scope and sequence curricular design with emphasis on component-composite analysis. Additionally, the Competent Learner Model’s Center of Excellence Supervision Curriculum will highlight a wrap-around supervision model and curriculum that provides an extension of the dual applied behavior analysis and Competent Learner Model coursework. The Fluency Flashcards App is an integral tool embedded in both of these systems to build fluency of verbal associations. Competency assignments then build skill acquisition around the verbal associations mistreated. Design development, usability, application, and limitations will be discussed at the system level. Individual uses and feedback from board certified behavior analyst supervisees will be highlighted.

 
 
Symposium #296
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Recent Developments in Verbal Behavior Research: Updates from the Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 30, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lauren Schnell (Hunter College, City of New York)
Discussant: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
CE Instructor: David C. Palmer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes four studies related to verbal behavior in individuals with varying repertoires. The first study investigated the effects of a speaker immersion protocol on the number of speaker responses (tacts and mands) emitted by 3 preschool students under naturalistic, not directly targeted, conditions. The second study investigated a method of teaching individuals to report the intensity of the non-painful tactile sensations rough and tight. The third study investigated the effects of female and male audiences on gender-biased verbal behavior using an online chat environment analog. The fourth study investigated the use of verbal behavior in the formation of comparative relations. Collectively, these studies will share the most up to date research on expanding the verbal behavior of those individuals with and without disabilities. Following the presentations, David Palmer will provide discussant comments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Verbal Behavior
Target Audience:

Audience members should have a basic understanding of verbal behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to arrange interventions to teach individuals with autism to tact sensations. 2. At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants will be able to use a speaker immersion protocol to increase speaker responses in preschool children. 3. At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants will be able to use a MET plus problem-solving procedure to establish comparative relations and pass emergent relations tests in college learners.
 
Diversity submission Generalized Verbal Behavior Increases Following a Speaker Immersion Intervention
APARNA NARESH (Teachers College, Columbia University), Mary Kathleen Short (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: A goal of behavior analytic interventions is to produce behavior that is maintained under naturalistic conditions. In this experiment, we studied the effects of a speaker immersion protocol (SIP) on the number of speaker responses (tacts and mands) emitted by 3 preschool students under naturalistic, not directly targeted, conditions. During the SIP, the researchers provided 100 daily opportunities for the participants to emit mands using the target mand form by contriving establishing operations throughout the school day. The effects of the intervention were evaluated using a multiple probe design and by measuring target mands during establishing operations (EO) probe sessions and the number of mands and tacts emitted during noninstructional settings (NIS) probe sessions. The researchers found that the SIP produced increases in both targeted and generalized verbal behavior.
 
Diversity submission Teaching Individuals to Tact Intensity of Sensations Based on Public Accompaniments
SANDHYA RAJAGOPAL (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have difficulty learning to report sensations. Healthcare professionals frequently ask individuals to use numerical rating scales to rate their pain intensity; therefore, reporting the intensity of uniquely experienced sensations is an important skill. The present study used a multiple baseline design across stimulus sets to investigate a method of teaching individuals to report the intensity of the non-painful tactile sensations rough and tight. The first participant was a typically developing adult. The stimuli were hidden from the participant’s view throughout the study. In the teaching phase, during prompt sessions, the experimenter stated the intensity level during each trial; during probe sessions, the experimenter asked the participant to tact each intensity and provided feedback. The participant mastered the taught intensity tacts and generalized the tacts to a novel body part for both sensations, but he did not demonstrate consistent generalization to novel intensities and novel stimuli. This study will include 2 additional adults, 3 typically developing children, and 1 child with autism. Findings will be discussed in terms of teaching children with autism to tact private events.
 
Diversity submission 

An Experimental Analysis of Gender-Biased Verbal Behavior and Self-Editing Using an Online Analog

FERNANDA SUEMI ODA (The University of Kansas), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Bruno Eneas da Silva (KMM Engenharia de Software), Justin Hunt (Endeavor Behavioral)
Abstract:

Intolerance, discrimination, and violence are examples of gender-related problems women experience worldwide. One common form of gender-biased behavior is verbal behavior (e.g., interrupting, sexual harassment, sexist jokes). Despite its ubiquity, however, the effects of audience gender on gender-biased verbal behavior have not been experimentally investigated within the field of behavior analysis. The current study employed a multi-element design to investigate the effects of female and male audiences on gender-biased verbal behavior using an online chat environment analog. The chat analog allowed access to self-editing behaviors, which are frequently covert, thus providing additional information about verbal episodes. Participants were 28 typically developing adults. Both overt and covert responses were recorded for the following behaviors: self-editing, disagreeing, interrupting, and pressuring. Differentiated responding across genders for disagreeing, interrupting, and pressuring was observed. Covert disagreeing occurred more frequently in the presence of male confederates, and covert pressuring occurred more frequently in the presence of female confederates.

 
Diversity submission Investigating the Effects of Verbal Behavior on Emergent Comparative Relations
SHANNON LUOMA (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Vanessa N Lee (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: This study investigated the use of verbal behavior in the formation of comparative relations. We used a talk-aloud procedure to assess emission of tacts and/or intraverbals during matching-to-sample tasks using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design. During multiple exemplar training (MET), participants learned to select the smallest or biggest comparison in the presence of abstract samples. Next, participants learned to select arbitrary comparisons in the presence of both contextual cues, to establish a size ranking among comparisons. To assess participants’ verbal behavior during the mutual and combinatorial entailment tests, they were instructed to talk out loud. Results replicate our previous data suggesting that MET alone does not seem sufficient to establish comparative relations, and that college students may need to engage in problem solving strategies to pass emergent relations tests. Additional participants will be exposed to the procedure to assess for the generality of these findings.
 
 
Paper Session #297
Building Social Inclusion: The Effects of an Instructional Readiness Procedure for Young Adults With Severe Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2021
4:30 PM–4:55 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT
Chair: Fabiola Casarini (Scuola delle Stelle)
 

Building Social Inclusion: The Effects of an Instructional Readiness Procedure for Young Adults With Severe Problem Behavior

Domain: Applied Research
CLAUDIA PUCHETTI (VitaLab Educational Center), Fabiola Casarini (Errepiu Association), Gianluca Amato (VitaLab Educational Center), Cristina Ferro (Coccovillage centro), Elisa Galanti (Scuola delle Stelle Learning and Research centre)
 
Abstract:

We studied the effects of implementing an Instructional Readiness procedure to increase compliance and decrease problem behaviour during treatment sessions. Participant A was a 17-year-old male with ASD who functioned at an emergent listener-emergent speaker level of Verbal Behaviour Participant B was a 31-year-old male with ASD and intellectual disability who had a listener-speaker level of Verbal Behavior (Greer & Ross, 2016). Prior to the study, Participant A showed severe physical stiffness and high response latency during instruction, and therefore needed individualized teaching with visual and gestural prompts to perform self-help tasks. Participant B showed severe verbal and physical aggression toward others and against objects and furniture, across different settings. The design for this study was pre-post probe across participants. The dependent variables were total number of Learn Units, Learn Units to criterion rate, response rate, independent performance of basic self-help and self-management task sequences for Participant A; number of vocal and physical aggressions during instruction and free time for Participant B. During the intervention, all other programs were placed on hold. The first post probe data showed a significant increase in the percentage of responses related to the acquisition of life autonomies, an increase in the number of total Learn Units, response rate, and a decrease in the number of Learn Units to Criterion for the Participant A. Data showed that the Instructional Readiness procedure drastically decreased both participants’ problem behavior in all settings. Following the implementation of this intervention, Participant A was placed in an educational context with four other teenagers and successfully started an “independent life” residency program within the public school and health system. Following the study, A successfully started a residency program with four other teenagers and B was fully included in his family everyday life and events. These preliminary data are encouraging and suggest that Instructional Readiness can be a useful tool to increase response fluency, appropriate behavior and learning rate for teen-agers and adults who couldn’t experience social inclusion because of their problem behavior.

 
 
 
Paper Session #299
CE Offered: BACB
Using Video Modeling to Teach Face Covering to Individuals With Down Syndrome
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–5:25 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Jordan Lill (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Jordan David Lill, Other
 

Using Video Modeling to Teach Face Covering to Individuals With Down Syndrome

Domain: Applied Research
JORDAN LILL (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adriano Barboza (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Lindsey Aberle (University of Nebraska-Omaha), Zack Wielgos (University of Nebraska-Omaha), Anne Keith (University of Nebraska-Omaha), Brianna Jensen (University of Nebraska-Omaha)
 
Abstract:

The COVID-19 pandemic has altered the school environment for millions of students in the United States and has resulted in the need to learn new behaviors, such as wearing face coverings. Learning COVID-19 prevention behaviors are especially important for students with Down syndrome. They are more likely than individuals without DS are to contract COVID-19, and they are ten times more likely to die from the disease than individuals without DS (Clift et al., 2020; Malle et al., 2020). Thus, it is essential that students with DS learn critical preventative behaviors. This study evaluated whether a behavioral intervention package including video modeling (VM; Park et al., 2019) was effective in teaching students with DS to wear face coverings using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across three students in special education classrooms. Preliminary results show that video modeling alone was sufficient for one student. However, for the other two students, variable-momentary differential reinforcement of alternative behavior was needed to increase the time they wore face coverings. Inter-observer agreement was collected across all phases. Limitations and future research directions will be discussed.

 
Target Audience:

Pre-requisite skills: knowledge of multiple baseline designs and, knowledge of video modeling as an instruction strategy.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe the importance of teaching appropriate face covering behavior for individuals with Down’s syndrome, and other intellectual developmental disabilities; 2) understand variables that influence video modeling as an effective strategy in teaching behavior.
 
 
Paper Session #300
CE Offered: BACB
The New Technology of Teaching: What We Can All Learn from B. F. Skinner
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–5:25 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University)
CE Instructor: Maeve G. Donnelly, Ph.D.
 
The New Technology of Teaching: What We Can All Learn from B. F. Skinner
Domain: Theory
MAEVE G. DONNELLY (Northeastern University), Jillian Wilson (Regis College), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College), Roseanne Lesack (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
 
Abstract: 1n 1968, B.F. Skinner published a collection of essays (The Technology of Teaching) describing an individualized approach to teaching based on the principles of learning that were revealed through experimentation. In these essays, Skinner discussed how teaching machines may enhance learning opportunities by providing immediate feedback and individually-paced instruction. Skinner continued to promote these ideas in additional essays throughout his lifetime. However, as he noted in a 1984 paper, the American educational system continued to follow traditional methods of instruction. Self-paced and computer-based instruction, although available, were largely experimental or supplementary. In the year 2020, traditional educational methods were suddenly rendered impracticable due to the cancellation of in-person instruction in classrooms around the world resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. In this talk, we will describe how we translated in-person traditional graduate courses in behavior analysis (e.g., Behavior Assessment, Radical Behaviorism) to an online format, what we learned from doing so, and how we can move forward toward a new normal of incorporating our scientific understanding of learning principles into general education teaching practices. We will also discuss the sustainability of online teaching in terms of minimal footprint as well as how these empirically-based strategies might be used to reach diverse audiences across fields.
 
Target Audience:

This presentation is oriented toward BCBAs who provide training and supervision or instruction in behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list behavior analytic teaching methodologies for graduate instruction and staff training; (2) describe online and hybrid teaching methodologies in terms of behavior analytic principles and concepts; (3) describe Skinner's teaching technology as the archetype for specific, effective modern teaching, and training technologies used across settings.
 
 
Panel #301
CE Offered: BACB
Meaningful Curriculum and Respectful Intervention With Individuals Autism Spectrum Disorder: Beyond a Technology of Behavior Analysis Alone
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Peter F. Gerhardt, Ed.D.
Chair: Peter F. Gerhardt (The EPIC School)
NATALIE DRISCOLL (Endicott College)
JESSICA J. CAUCHI (Endicott College)
SHANNA BAHRY (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Social validity, as a component of the curricular decision-making process, provides a framework for behavior analysts to ensure that the skills targeted for acquisition are as important as the extent to which our instructional interventions are evidence-based and technically precise. Unfortunately, given the continued poor outcomes for adults with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), (e.g., Roux, et al, 2015) it would seem as though social validity may rarely be a part of that decision-making process. Among the reasons for this may be more readily available professional reinforcement for technical precision than for the selection of socially valid targets for intervention; a greater response effort required to target more socially valid targets in less controlled community environments, and; quite simply, the fact that many behavior analysts are tasked with, primarily, the reduction of challenging behavior and not the acquisition of socially valid targets. This panel will provide an overview of the relevant practice challenges associated with a focus on social validity across both the age and disability spectrum.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate - This presentation is intended for behavior analysts and related professionals with experience and/or interest in programming and intervention in support of improved outcomes for adults with ASD and ID.

Learning Objectives: 1) Discuss the continued, central importance of social validity when identifying target behaviors to either increase or decrease. 2) Discuss a minimum of 5 behavior analytic concepts with direct relevance to improving outcomes for adults with ASD and other Intellectual Disabilities. 3) Discuss the development of positive stimulus control over aversive or coercive stimulus control and, further, the development of shared stimulus control with your students, and, 4) Interpret typically non-behavior analytic concepts (e.g. self-esteem) into reasonable approximations of behavior analytic concepts.
Keyword(s): Effective Intervention, Goal Selection, Instructional Targets, Social Validity
 
 
Invited Paper Session #301A
CE Offered: BACB
Don Baer Lecture: Common Purpose: Promoting Multisector Collaboration to Address Disparities Through a Behavioral Community Approach
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

There is increased attention to problems of societal concern that may disproportionately affect marginalized populations and communities. Disparities in access to services and cultural adaptations for underserved populations persists as a challenge in the field. The importance of addressing social determinants of health or common underlying factors that serve as setting events is discussed. Collaborative opportunities to address large-scale societal problems through cross-sector and multidisciplinary collaboration between applied behavior analysis and other disciplines including community psychology, prevention science, and public health are explored. As an example, a multisector collaboration to address youth violence using a behavioral community approach is presented. The presentation examines strengths, challenges, and opportunities to advance common goals for supporting change and improvements in population-level outcomes through multisector collaboration.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Those interested in addressing large-scale societal problems.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the importance of multisector and cross-disciplinary collaboration to address large-scale problems of social significance; (2) discuss the importance of addressing social determinants and disparities related to large-scale societal problems through shared goals and agenda setting; (3) identify examples of the application of behavioral approaches to address social problems through cross-sector collaboration.
 
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)
Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson is an Associate Professor in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science, and the Director of the Center for Service Learning at the University of Kansas. She is also affiliated with the Center for Community Health and Development. She attained a Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology and a Masters of Urban Planning from the University of Kansas. She applies behavioral science methods and interventions to improve how communities address issues related to community health and development. Her research has focused on behavioral-community approaches to neighborhood development, substance abuse prevention, and youth and community violence prevention. Dr. Thompson supports community-engaged scholarship using participatory approaches to address social determinants or factors that may contribute to disparities, particularly for marginalized groups and communities. She has researched the effects of community-based processes and behavioral-community interventions to promote mobilization and change in communities. Dr. Thompson has received numerous funding awards and co-authored articles on community capacity-building, youth and neighborhood development, and adolescent substance abuse and youth and community violence prevention. She is as an Associate Editor with Behavior and Social Issues and serves on the ABAI Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board.
 
 
Symposium #302
CE Offered: BACB
Interbehaviorism: Then and Now, All the Way, and In the Room
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: MaKensey Sanders (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D.
Abstract: The present symposium consists of three papers, each of which draw attention to the relationship between interbehavioral thinking and clinical practice. The first presentation provides a historical overview of interbehaviorism and attempts to contextualize present day discussions and interest in the interbehavioral perspective. The second presentation considers research in behavior science, and points to the conditions in which research most commonly occurs. This is contrasted with the complex conditions in which clinicians work more closely and for more prolonged periods of time with the subject-matter. As such, clinicians may find themselves aware of the limitations of traditional research and interested in the interbehavioral field perspective more readily than researchers. Finally, the third presentation considers the use of middle-level terms in clinical behavior analysis, and proposes that the interbehavioral field construct may serve as a more suitable foundation for work in clinical behavior analysis. In proposing this the presentation also considers the value of conceptualizing thoughts and feelings as observable events and history as part of the present clinical context.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Intermediate - audience should have basic understanding of behavioral principles, conditions of behavioral research, and complexities involved in practice settings.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe two aspects of the history of interbehavioral thinking in behavior analysis 2) Distinguish between the conditions of research and practice 3) Explain one implication of the interbehavioral field for Clinical Behavior Analysis
 

Something New, Something Old: Interbehaviorism in Behavior Science

(Theory)
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Interbehaviorism has a long history in behavior analysis. The developer of interbehaviorism, J.R. Kantor, advocated for a thoroughly naturalistic approach to both the philosophy of science and the science of psychology. In 1937 Kantor founded The Psychological Record, with B. F. Skinner serving as the founding editor of the journal’s experimental department. Kantor did not conduct experimental research, but rather focused on developing the theoretical and philosophical foundation for a comprehensive natural science of psychology more broadly. While interbehavioral thinking has persisted and influenced research and scholarship around the world, Kantor’s work has at the same time remained less well-known in a discipline that values empirical research over theoretical coherence. Some researchers have even dismissed the interbehavioral perspective specifically, due to its alleged lack of utility in working towards successful action in applied/clinical areas. Interest in interbehavioral thinking continues, however, and interestingly perhaps especially among those close to applied research and practice. This presentation provides a brief overview of this history, and in particular draws attention to the current interest in interbehaviorism and its potential future.

 
Going All The Way
(Theory)
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Understanding the behavior of human beings in ordinary life circumstances is complicated by the plethora of substitute stimulation and responding fostered by their verbal repertoires. One approach to this understanding has been to investigate partial happenings amenable to quantitative metrics the aim being to enable subsequent operations of prediction and control. This approach to the problem is not without value. However, reference to a multitude of unrelated dependency relations is not capable of capturing the complexity of human behavior in ordinary life circumstances, and it would not be surprising if clinicians were among the first to come to this conclusion. It is argued that an integrated field foundation, as exemplified by interbehaviorism, is better suited to the work of clinicians than the more prevalent contingency approach. Complexity is a relative term. Investigations of partial happenings are also complex. The aim of this presentation to consider the benefits of going all the way.
 
Implications of an Interbehavioral Perspective for Clinical Behavior Analysis
(Theory)
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: Interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology have often been mischaracterized and dismissed by clinical behavior analysts as lacking practical utility. Instead, dominant clinical behavioral analytic approaches (e.g., Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Functional Analytic Psychotherapy) have appealed to middle level terms to describe models of psychological difficulties and processes of change in therapy. This has likely increased dissemination of these approaches, but may also account for the gradual drift toward mentalism. Thus, it seems worth reconsidering the dismissal of interbehavioral psychology as a theoretical foundation for clinical behavior analysis. This paper proposes three aspects of interbehavioral psychology with clinical implications for moment to moment analysis of therapeutic process: (1) approaching the interbehavioral field as the primary unit of analysis, (2) including thoughts and feelings as observable interbehavior, and (3) including history as an aspect of the present.
 
 
Panel #303
CE Offered: BACB
The Use of RBTs/BCBAs to Change the Face of Adult Services
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Terence G. Blackwell, M.S.
Chair: Terence G. Blackwell (Chimes International Limited)
SAUL AXELROD (Temple University)
JAMES G. O'BRIEN (New York League for Early Learning)
VIVIAN A. ATTANASIO (Services for the Underserved)
Abstract:

In a variety of settings, the requirements of funding sources (such as CMS and State Medicaid authorities) are increasingly enforcing the use of evidence-based practices where public funding is provided. The creation of the RBT credential which was accredited by the NCCA in 2016 created a great opportunity to improve the lives of persons receiving care in adult day settings, whether that be residential, vocational or of a day treatment model. The presenters are actively working in the I/DD and Autism space of human services, implementing "evidence-based practices" in a variety of states and settings. During the course of the past few years, the ability to train direct service staff in ABA principals has greatly reduced both staff turnover and injury on the job for the two agencies represented by the presenters. We will review where and how we began, with the assistance of Dr. Brian Iwata and how we continue to seek to train staff to competency in a field that previously had little evidence based practice despite decades of funding.

Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCaBA seeking to understand how to implement an increased proficiency in existing (and planned) human service and health care organizations.

Learning Objectives: 1) identify where the use of an RBT can assist in maintaining funding for existing programs 2) articulate the supervision requirements for RBTs to practice under the supervision of a BCBA 3) demonstrate knowledge of 3 key behaviors to shape on existing staff in order to implement an evidence-based practice.
 
 
Symposium #304
Examining the Role of State vs. Trait Variables on Delay Discounting Across Human and Animal Subjects
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Luis Rodriguez (Idaho State University)
Abstract:

Delay discounting, a behavioral measure of impulsive choice, is the decrease in subjective value of a reward as delay to its receipt increases. Steeper delay discounting has been associated with various health outcomes such as substance use, obesity, problematic gambling, risky sex, etc., and may be an underlying mechanism in the development and maintenance of these maladaptive health behaviors. The discounting literature has as abundance of evidence suggesting that an individual’s sensitivity to delayed outcomes is related to both state and trait properties. The purpose of this symposium is to present new data detailing effects of state and trait properties on delay discounting across rats and humans. The speakers will present data revealing the cross-species trait-like behaviors in the discounting of differing outcomes, the changes in discounting that can be observed across the lifespan and pubertal development, and how altering the verbal context can effect discounting rates across commodities. These results highlight the similarities and differences in trait and state like factors between non-humans and human subjects.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): age, discounting, explicit zero, state trait
 
Delay Discounting of Food and Water in Rats Shows Trait Characteristics
CAROLINE TOWSE (Utah State University), Jeremy Haynes (Utah State University), Annie Galizio (Utah State University), Charles Casey Joel Frye (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay discounting is the tendency for the subjective value of a reward to decrease as the time until receipt increases. It is an important predictor of maladaptive behavior such as substance abuse, problematic gambling, and risky sexual behaviors. Discounting of delayed outcomes appears to have both state and trait properties in humans. State manipulations of discounting (e.g., outcome framing) demonstrate that discounting can be affected by relatively short-term manipulations; however, discounting is also stable within individuals. The present study focuses on examining the trait properties of delay discounting in non-human animals. Long-Evans rats completed a discounting task from approximately 85 post-natal days to 365 days of age with two different commodities, food and water, that alternated daily. Results indicate discounting of water is significantly and positively correlated with discounting of food. Furthermore, delay discounting decreased overall across time. These results replicate prior research with humans, providing evidence of trait-level discounting in rats.
 
Relation Between Age, Puberty, and Obesity in Food Delay Discounting
YAEEUN LEE (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)
Abstract: No current study has investigated the effects of puberty on impulsivity measured through food delay discounting (DD). Eating patterns during puberty tend to shift toward more adult-like patterns as intake generally increases and maintains during adolescence to accompany growth spurts. The present study examined the relationship between DD for food, age, obesity status measured by percent body fat and body mass index, and puberty status measured by physician-report. Data from an ongoing study with 25 children and 86 adult participants were examined using regression analyses. One-way analysis of variance revealed no significant difference between groups for small (F(3,108)=0.77, p=0.51), medium (F(3,108)=0.83, p=0.48), and large (F(3,108)=1.19, p=0.32) magnitude of food DD. Regression analyses revealed magnitude effects with age identified as a significant predictor for medium (p=0.001) and large (p=0.005) magnitudes of food DD when controlling for puberty status and obesity status.
 
Extending the Explicit-Zero Effect to Cross-Commodity Discounting: Behavioral Economic and Clinical Relations
GIDEON P NAUDE (Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research and Treatment (University of Kansas)), David P. Jarmolowicz (Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research and Treatment (University of Kansas)), Laura Martin (University of Kansas Medical Center, Hoglund Brain Imaging Institute), Andrew T. Fox (Hoglund Brain Imaging Institute (University of Kansas Medical Center)), Derek D. Reed (Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research and Treatment (University of Kansas))
Abstract: Behavioral economics is a discipline rooted in operant psychology and microeconomics that provides useful tools for understanding factors contributing to maladaptive decision making. The most broadly researched behavioral economic concept is delay discounting and describes the systematic devaluation of outcomes as a function of delays to receipt. Research in this area has revealed robust associations with substance abuse and various other forms of pathological decision making, resulting in productive cross-pollination between behavioral psychology and other natural sciences. The majority of delay discounting research to date has involved asking individuals to choose between a reinforcer now and a larger amount of that same reinforcer after a delay. Real-world choices, however, are frequently more complex and typically involve qualitatively different reinforcers (e.g., alcohol now vs. money later) differing in magnitude and temporal location. It thereby follows that attempts to alter delay discounting should address such decisions as a means of achieving greater ecological validity. Toward this end, the present experiments sought to extend an established method of reducing delay discounting - explicit-zero framing – to cross-commodity discounting. Results indicated that explicit-zero framing extends to non-monetary outcomes across single- and cross-commodity frameworks. Moreover, cross-commodity discounting appeared to better capture relations to the binary components of demand (Persistence and Amplitude) and clinical alcohol-use measures.
 
 
Symposium #305
CE Offered: BACB
Identifying and Closing Skill Gaps: Assessment, Goal Setting, and Performance Feedback Strategies to Promote Learner Outcomes
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: Janice Frederick, Ph.D.
Abstract: The behavior analytic literature that establishes assessment and instructional strategies to promote learner acquisition is expansive and far-reaching. Empirical investigation in the context of ongoing clinical work continues to evolve our methodologies. We continue to ask questions about how we can we help learners ‘learn’ and meet their goals. These questions multiply under changing and novel conditions such as those associated with the corona virus 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic. For example, how can we identify deficits that may impact learner performance and apply well-documented strategies such as goal setting and performance feedback to support learners under these conditions? The current symposium examines the utilization of assessment, goal setting, and performance feedback across varied populations, target behaviors, and settings. The first paper describes outcomes related to an assessment tool and instructional program utilized with special education students to address deficits in prerequisite skills required for distance learning. The second paper involves an examination of the effectiveness of setting daily session-improvement goals across individual programs for learners diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The final paper reviews outcomes obtained for nonpublic school students exposed to a treatment package involving goal setting and daily feedback designed to improve academic task completion.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Visual inspection of data, familiarity with standard celeration charts, and understanding of behavioral skills training
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a tool and methodology for assessing and treating deficits in technology-based prerequisite skills for students enrolled in distance learning instruction, (2) describe the differential effects of general and specific goal setting on learner performance, and (3) describe components of a behavioral intervention package designed to improve students’ academic performance.
 

Assessment and Acquisition of Technology-Based Prerequisite Skills to Support Access to Distance Learning Instruction for Special Education Students

(Applied Research)
JESSICA KAREN PIZZICA (Santa Cruz City School District), Matthew Christopher Peterson (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

In response to the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) outbreak, schools across the world have been closed intermittently over the course of several months as an emergency measure to prevent spreading of the infection. During school closures, many students received instruction remotely either in entirety or under a hybrid model involving a mixture of on-campus and distance learning models. For some students, skill deficits may serve as a barrier to accessing instruction under these conditions. In the current study, special education teachers were surveyed to learn more about their methods for assessing and establishing preparedness for distance learning instruction with their students. A tool for assessment of technology-based prerequisite skills for distance learning was developed and administrated to special education students ranging from 1-12 grades. These data were utilized to create acquisition programs for specific skills hypothesized to impact student independence and engagement during distance learning sessions. These acquisition programs were then introduced with secondary level special education students. Results related to student assessment, acquisition of prerequisite skills, as well as social validity measures for teachers and students will be shared.

 

Gooooooaaaaaal!!! How Session-Improvement Goals Affect Learner Outcomes

(Applied Research)
MEGAN D. SZETO (The Learning Consultants (tLC)), Jeffrey Gesick (The Learning Consultants), Megan Han (The Learning Consultants), Ariel Bray (The Learning Consultants)
Abstract:

Goal setting is a well-established strategy for improving educational performance. Further, it is well documented that specific goals produce higher performance than goals that encourage a learner to “do your best.” This study examined the effectiveness of setting daily session-improvement goals across individual programs for learners diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). During the initial intervention phase, participants were provided a loose set of criteria to set goals for the learners they work with in order to compare the number of goals met to the number of programs run. Each of the participants collected daily data indicating each of these frequencies. Data were evaluated during staff meetings, where feedback was delivered and more specific criteria established for setting goals that resulted in an optimal percentage of goals met. Finally, these data were compared to the frequency of data-based decisions made that resulted in forward progress for learners in our clinic in order to evaluate optimal frequencies of data-based decisions for our staff.

 
The Present, Positive, Participant (P3) Project: A Component Analysis of a Behavior Analytic Intervention Package for Nonpublic School Students
(Applied Research)
MATTHEW CHRISTOPHER PETERSON (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of goal setting, behavioral contracting, performance feedback, and a reinforcement contingency on goal mastery for secondary level students attending a nonpublic school. Specifically, students committed to a mutually agreed upon goal of meeting individualized academic expectations every school day. Baseline data from each of 5 participants suggested failure to meet their academic expectations on the majority of school days. Three participants in the initial intervention phase worked with a ‘coach’ to set a goal related to meeting work completion criteria for each school day. Participants received daily feedback related to their goal via a text message to their caregiver and each attended a brief weekly meeting with a ‘coach’ during which they received feedback via a graph of their performance relate to their goals. Goal specific measures included the percentage of class periods where individualized academic criteria were met. A component analysis was initiated for 2 additional participants to examine the effects of each component of the intervention package. Overall results indicate that this relatively low-cost and minimally invasive intervention was effective in increasing student performance on goal related tasks.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #306
CE Offered: BACB
Translational OBM Research and Its Relevance for Practice
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
CE Instructor: Florence DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: FLORENCE DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The roles of basic and applied research have been the subject of much discussion in behavior analysis in recent years (e.g., Sidman, 2011). One view contends that innovation is possible through a translational research paradigm that synthesizes “basic and applied questions, literatures, and methods” (Mace & Critchfield, 2010, p. 293). This presentation will use Pasteur’s quadrant as a backdrop to describe the infrastructure of an OBM research laboratory designed to span the continuum of basic-to-applied research. To showcase the value of translational OBM research and its relevance for practice, data from use-inspired basic and applied research will be shared.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

scientists, researchers, graduate students, OBM practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define translational research; (2) describe the role of translational research in scientific discovery and addressing socially important problems in the workplace; (3) discuss results of studies using a translational research approach to inform practice issues.
 
FLORENCE DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas)

Dr. Florence DiGennaro Reed, a board certified behavior analyst, received a doctorate in school psychology from Syracuse University. She also completed a clinical post-doctoral fellowship at the Institute for Child Development and a pre-doctoral internship in clinical psychology at the May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation and the May Center for Child Development. Presently, Florence is an Associate Professor in and Chairperson of the Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas where she directs the Performance Management Laboratory. Her research examines effective and efficient staff training and performance improvement practices. Florence has published nearly 90 articles and book chapters and two edited books on a variety of topics including training, performance management, assessment, and intervention. Moreover, she has been an Associate Editor for Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Behavioral Education, and Behavior Analysis in Practice.

 
 
Symposium #307
CE Offered: BACB
Theoretical and Methodological Considerations Concerning the Participation of Verbal Behavior Within Metacontingency Experiments
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Fabio Henrique Baia (Universidade de Rio Verde)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Culturo-behavioral science is rapidly evolving into a scientific enterprise aimed, in part, at understanding relations between behavior and cultural selection processes. In this enterprise, cultural selection processes are largely seen as occurring through metacontingencies in which selecting events increase the likelihood that culturants (i.e., interlocking behavioral contingencies, or IBCs, and the aggregate products they produce) reoccur. As such, metacontingencies do not only increase the likelihood of observing particular responses of multiple individuals but functional relations between such responses. While verbal behavior has been shown to be important for facilitating metacontingent control of culturants, how verbal behavior or activity participates in establishing functional relations within IBCs remains elusive. The purpose of this symposium is to outline two different approaches towards analyzing the contribution of verbal behavior in metacontingency interactions: (1) by conducting descriptive analyses of referential interactions that occur between participants and (2) by limiting communicative interactions between participants and making selecting events contingent on one individual responding to stimuli that only other individuals contact. Although these approaches are distinct, they both can inform how relevant verbal processes are to establish functional relations within IBCs. Experiments utilizing each approach--and their implications for conceptualizing cultural selection—will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): cultural selection, metacontingency, reference, verbal behavior
 

Interindividual Performance in Metacontingencies: An Experimental Analysis of Interlocked Behaviors in the Unit of Interlocking Behavioral Contingencies

(Basic Research)
JOSE ARDILA (University of Nevada), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The main unit of analysis in metacontingencies are interlocking-behavioral contingencies (IBCs) measured by their aggregate product (AP) (Glenn et al. 2016). The experimental literature has demonstrated selection APs by factors external to the group (also known as “cultural consequences”). By contrast, social interactions occurring inside IBCs have received little examination, although they constitute a key element to understand different types of social dynamics. In this study interindividual performance and verbal interactions of individuals inside IBCs were examined. Communication between participants in dyads was experimentally manipulated such that some dyads wore noise-cancelling headphones while working together and other group of dyads used headsets to talk to each other during the experimental session. Verbal interactions were measured using video/audio digital recordings. Three type of instructions were presented to dyads to assess their effects on dyads performance under ambiguous circumstances throughout the task. Instructions varied in their degree of ambiguity in each condition: high (A), medium (B), and low-explicit rules (C). The order of rule presentation was alternated between groups. Our finding demonstrated significant differences in interpersonal performance between groups (verbal dyads vs nonverbal dyads). Overall, dyads spent more time engaging in cooperative verbal interactions than in any other type of verbal interaction, and similar acquisition patterns of these interactions were observed across dyads. The implications of these findings for futures studies related to the analysis of metacontingency will be discussed.

 

Investigating Cultural Behavior Using a Turn-Based Matching-to-Sample Procedure

(Basic Research)
WILL FLEMING (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Experimental analyses of metacontingencies assess how interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBCs) that produce aggregate products are selected and replicated as a single, functional unit. Turn-based matching-to-sample procedures (TBMTS) can be used to examine metacontingent selection. In TBTMS, pairs of participants take turns selecting comparison stimuli in the presence of particular sample stimuli. Dependency relations are arranged so that, on each trial, one participant responds in the presence of a stimulus selected by another. Rewards ae delivered based on correspondence (i.e., when one participant responds to a stimulus only shown to the another) and noncorrespondence (i.e., when on participant responds to a stimulus other than that only shown to another). When correspondence produces more points, participants typically select the same comparison stimuli as their partner across all sample stimuli and demonstrate symmetrical responding. While this task produces data that are interpretable from a metacontingency perspective, it also can be interpreted in terms of verbal processes. This presentation will elaborate on data collected utilizing TBMTS from a metacontingencies and molar operant contingencies and discuss the implications of each for future experimental analyses of culture, the importance of verbal behavior, and creating sustainable cultural change.

 
 
Panel #308
PDS: Finding Success After Graduation: Establishing Yourself in the First Few Years (3/3)
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno)
NICOLE GRAVINA (University of Florida)
CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (Auburn University)
JESSICA FOSTER JUANICO (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Every year graduate and undergraduate students need to plan carefully for life after college or graduate school. This means beginning the search for positions in a vast, demanding job market, where the possession of advanced skills acquired attending the higher education system is just a prerequisite. To prepare you for success, we have organized three panels during which experts will provide advice and tips in the hope of making your job search a little easier: Tackling the job market, composing application materials, preparing for interviews, and managing the first years on the job to put the foundations of a satisfying career. Join us so that you are better prepared to apply for jobs in which your knowledge of behavior analysis will make the difference for you and the organization. Each panel will focus on a separate component of the job market: 1) Creating and submitting application materials, 2) Interviewing for positions, and 3) Finding success in the first few years.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Symposium #309
CE Offered: BACB
Context Matters: Implementing Interventions Within Juvenile Justice Facilities
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida )
Discussant: P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: P. Raymond Joslyn, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium aims to disseminate some current research on the delivery of interventions within the context of juvenile justice settings. It brings together four studies that focus on important considerations that are pertinent to the safe functioning of the facility and delivering beneficial interventions for the residents. The first presentation will review prescribing and deprescribing practices for residents and the implications of those practices. The next presentation will describe an evaluation of positive and negative resident-staff interactions which informed a subsequent intervention for improved staff practices. Presentation three will discuss a pyramidal training model using behavioral skills training to improve the use of praise by staff. The final presentation will describe a training protocol using behavioral skills training for staff to improve contraband searches in resident rooms. Collectively, these presentations will highlight some of the varied interventions that may be important to consider in the context of juvenile justice facilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who work in juvenile justice facilities or are interested in learning about interventions within these settings would benefit from the presentations in this symposium.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify recommended prescribing guidelines for prescribing psychotropic medication to juveniles, especially those in secure residential justice facilities. 2. Describe the importance of increasing positive staff member and resident interactions in a juvenile justice facility. 3. Describe how Pyramidal Behavior Skills Training was implemented in a juvenile residential facility 4. Describe how behavioral skills training can be implemented with staff to teach job skills using a task analysis.
 
Psychotropic Medication Prescribing in a Residential Treatment Facility: Evidence of a Limited Deprescribing Process
ASHLEY ANDERSON (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Erica Kierce (Auburn University)
Abstract: This study examined medical files for former residents of a juvenile residential facility. Review of medical files for 135 adolescents adjudicated for sexual offenses revealed 57 (42.2%) received one or more psychotropic medications during their stay. The most frequently prescribed psychotropic medications for residents were stimulants (53.6%), antidepressants (50.9%), and antipsychotics (19.3%). Although more residents were taking medications at discharge than intake, statistical analysis revealed residents received a fewer number of medications at discharge than intake. In addition, 22 (38.6%) of the 57 residents who received psychotropic medication experienced deprescribing (discontinuation) of all psychotropic medication prior to discharge. Individuals who received an antipsychotic were (a) most likely to receive multiple psychotropic medications and (b) least likely to experience deprescribing of any medication. Residents who entered the facility with psychotropic medication were less likely to experience deprescribing than those who received psychotropic medication after intake. Guidelines exist to facilitate best practices for prescribers when prescribing to individuals in residential facilities, these are briefly discussed.
 

Increasing Praise Delivery Within Dorms of a Juvenile Justice Facility

ODESSA LUNA (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract:

It remains unclear whether practitioners can apply behavioral interventions to increase staff members’ appropriate interactions with residents within a juvenile justice facility. In Study 1, researchers compared staff behavior in three dorms (D1, D2, and D3) containing high levels of resident disruptive behavior to a dorm (D4) with consistently low levels of disruptive behavior. Staff in target dorms engaged in significantly higher rates of reprimands and negative statements than in D4. In Study 2, researchers trained staff in D1, D2, and D3 to increase contingent and noncontingent praise delivery. Results indicated praise delivery by staff increased slightly in each target dorm. In Study 3, researchers evaluated the extent to which measures of staff members’ and residents’ behaviors improved following training within each dorm. Subsequently, researchers compared the post-training behavioral measures from D1, D2 and D3 to D4 to determine the extent to which staff behavior in the training dorms was distinguishable from D4. Results of Study 3 indicated one or more staff behaviors improved in each training dorm. Residents’ disruptive behavior was unchanged in each target dorm. Staff members’ behavior in each target dorm continued to be distinguishable from staff members’ behavior in D4 on most measures.

 
Pyramidal Training in a Juvenile Residential Facility: Staff to Self-Monitor Use of Behavior Specific Praise
ZOE I HAY (ATBx), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Juvenile residential facilities are punitive and restrictive limiting youth opportunity to learn and engage in adaptive behavior. Staff training is necessary to reduce the punishment-based behavior management practices that are often in place and to increase reinforcement of appropriate behavior. Pyramidal training is a cost-effective and efficient strategy to train multiple levels of staff on behavior analytic skills. In this study a pyramidal training approach was used to train juvenile residential supervisors to deliver training to floor staff, using behavioral skills training (BST) procedures and to implement self-monitoring procedures to improve their practices. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to examine the impact of pyramidal training on supervisor’s procedural fidelity of delivering training to floor staff. Additionally, a multiple baseline across participants design evaluated floor staff delivery of behavior specific praise (BSP) and negative interactions. Changes in staff’s perception of problem behavior in youth they oversee were also examined. The results indicated that the pyramidal training was successful in improving supervisor procedural fidelity of conducting BST. Which resulted in increases in floor staff’s use BSP and decreases in negative interactions. Furthermore, the staff’s perceived levels of youth’s inappropriate behavior and major problem behavior decreased as a result.
 
Behavioral Skills Training to Increase Fidelity of Staff Room Searches at a Juvenile Residential Facility
ELLIE MOROSOHK (Adapt and Transform Behavior), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida), Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Room searches are a critical job task that staff at a juvenile residential facility complete daily in order to maintain the safety and security of the facility. For this study, we used a multiple baseline design to examine the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) for teaching staff to complete thorough room searches. Room searches were measured as percentage of steps correct on a task analysis. We also evaluated the potential for reactivity when staff were unaware of the researcher’s presence. Because we were unable to use video recordings in this study, we measured reactivity using duration of search and compared it to their previous duration with correct responding. If reactivity was evident, we provided feedback to the staff member and showed them how to use the room search task analysis as a self-monitoring checklist. The use of BST, feedback, and self-monitoring were effective for teaching staff how to thoroughly conduct and maintain room searches.
 
 
Symposium #310
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission A Nested Model to Stop Climate Change: The Needs of the Many and the Needs of the Few
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University )
Discussant: Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; Applied Global Initiatives LLC)
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium, we will explore multiple layers of a nested model of behavior that impacts earth’s climate. The model expands from solutions at the level of the individual (i.e., individualistic responsibility) to challenges that persist at the level of small (i.e., interrelated dynamic contingencies) and large (i.e., social policies) groups. First, we describe an experimental program to reduce individual carbon emission through a functional assessment of green behavior and an embedded shaping procedure. Second, we will discuss a series of basic experiments that model resource depletion as a function of competition that influences contingencies at the level of the individual and small groups. Third, we will describe how policies at a social level can impose constraints of collective behavior - but that preference for these policies can be successfully modelled within a delay discounting paradigm. Finally, we will move beyond discussing individuals’ context-specific behavior to propose a mathematical model that profiles individuals’ environmental choices across multiple circumstances and domains.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Climate change, Discounting, Dynamic Systems, Sustainability
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: (1) describe behaviors that are related to emissions and sustainability; (2) describe the role of interrelated contingencies on sustainable behavior; (3) describe how social policies exist within a multilevel model
 
Diversity submission 

Evaluating the Construct Validity of an Itemized Climate Change Assessment

CALEB STANLEY (Utah Valley University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Taylor Marie Lauer (Missouri State University ), Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University ), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University)
Abstract:

In recent years, concerns relating to global warming and the need for reducing carbon emissions has increased. An effective approach for reducing overall carbon emissions is to increase sustainability related behaviors. While such an approach affords this utility, an underlying factor that potentially limits the extent to which individuals engage in sustainable behavior is limited knowledge or information as to what specific behaviors are considered to be sustainable. As such, there is a need for a methodology to identify deficits as they relate to sustainability behavior. The current symposium discusses the development of an assessment designed to provide a measure of an individual’s sustainability behavior. In addition, researchers sought to evaluate the validity of the assessment by determining the extent to which assessment scores were related to carbon output. Scores for the sustainability assessment as well as carbon footprint measures were collected, and a Pearson product-moment correlation coefficient was obtained between the two measures. The results showed a moderate, negative correlation between scores on the sustainability assessment and carbon footprint measures. These findings suggest the sustainability assessment is a valid tool which has good correspondence with other sustainability measures, and it can be used to identify sustainability related behavior deficits.

 
Diversity submission Investigating Resource Consumption and Competitiveness using Experimental Analogues
JULIO CAMARGO (Federal University of São Carlos), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
Abstract: Several factors hamper the sustainable use of common-pool resources, including the growing competition between individuals who depend on such resources to survive. We describe two basic experiments that model the interrelated dynamics of situations in which the resources are scarce and shared among the individuals within small groups. The first experiment used an online network task to investigate how making individuals' returns contingent on group performance can affect resource depletion. Participants were XX college students, distributed in groups of four. On the baseline, individual earnings were not contingent on group performance. On intervention, the individual earnings depended on the group's average consumption. Results revealed increased resource depletion during the intervention compared to baseline. The second experiment used a fishing game to evaluate how opponents' competitiveness affects individual behavior. Sixteen college students played the game individually, sharing a fishpond with two opponents controlled by the computer. For half of the participants, opponents' consumption was more aggressive than the other half. Results showed that participants who played against more aggressive opponents had more difficulty to sustain the resources and presented more competitive responses. Taken together, the results of these two experiments revealed how inter-group competitiveness could modulate the sustainability of shared resources.
 
Diversity submission 

Things are Heating Up: Delaying the Point of No Return Through Policy

JORDAN BELISLE (Missouri State University), Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University), Lisa Vangsness (Wichita State University)
Abstract:

Policies provide shared social and economic contingencies that can influence the behavior of large groups, representing the outermost layer of our nested model. We will discuss data collected within multiple delay discounting tasks that have been adjusted to capture policy preferences and willingness to forego high emission commodities to delay the climate point of no return. Results suggest that participants discount climate change similar to catastrophic monetary losses, and that policy manipulations (group versus individual contingencies) can influence willingness to forego emission commodities. Behavior analysts may therefore play a role by quantitatively evaluating preference for policies that target high emission behavior. Research collected during and throughout COVID-19 will also be reviewed as an approximate model to the climate crisis showing that perceived probability of a catastrophic outcome and grouped versus individual contingencies can have a considerable impact on participants’ willingness to alter or adjust behavior to delay or avoid future hardship. Finally, the talk will conclude with an analysis of how the policy layer may conceptually interact with lower layers of the nested model.

 
Diversity submission 

Using Multi-Level Modeling to Profile Behavior Across Multiple Choice Domains

LISA VANGSNESS (Wichita State University)
Abstract:

Traditionally, discounting data is analyzed between-subjects in the form of indifference points. Separate curves are fit for each combination of conditions, and a curve-fitting parameter, k, is compared across conditions with a t-test or ANOVA. However, it is also possible to analyze this data in a repeated-measures analysis that treats responses as individually related cases. This talk will compare and contrast approaches using environmental discounting data and discuss how a multi-level approach allows researchers to model contingencies that occur on a geographic or partisan level, while preserving and studying relationships that unfold on the level of the individual. The talk will be practically-oriented, with R-markdown text provided as supplemental material.

 
 
Symposium #311
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Current Research and Ethical Issues in Supervision
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC)
Discussant: Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
CE Instructor: Melissa L. Olive, Ph.D.
Abstract:

With almost 31 states requiring licensure in behavior analysis and over 42,000 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (hereafter behavior analysts), the demands on our growing field could not be greater. Less than half of those behavior analysts have been certified 5 years or longer leaving few experienced supervisors to train the next generation of behavior analysts. Moreover, very few behavior analysts receive training in how to supervise. At best, behavior analysts complete the BACB required 8-hour training prior to providing supervision. Luckily, future behavior analysts will receive formal training as part of the new coursework requirements for the 5th Edition task list (BACB, 2017). Given the importance of and need for quality supervision, this symposium on will focus on current research, ethical issues, elements of effective supervision, and considerations when conducting remote supervision. Disclaimer: This session will not prepare you to become a supervisor but may be used in conjunction with additional training and experiences to become a supervisor.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Effective Supervision, Ethical Supervision, Ethics, Supervision
Target Audience:

Senior behavior analysts, Behavior Analysts thinking of becoming supervisors, and Supervisors

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe the current research in supervision practices 2. Participants will identify ethical considerations regarding supervision of independent fieldwork as well as how to incorporate ethics into supervision practices 3. Participants will describe the importance of structuring supervision sessions with measurable and targeted goals. 4. Participants will identify the importance of developing a meaningful supervision plan to support treatment fidelity 5. Participants will explain the importance of developing a scope and sequence for supervision prior to starting the supervision process 6. Participants will describe the components of BST as it relates to remote supervision 7. Participants will explain methods for assessing competency when supervising remotely
 
A Review of the Literature: Supervision Best Practices
NISSA VAN ETTEN (Cultivate Behavioral Health and Education)
Abstract: In 2016 Behavior Analysis in Practice published an entire issue on supervision requirements, standards, and research for the future. Since that publication, various leaders in the field have further defined and provided evidence on supervision skills of aspiring behavior analysts. This presentation will include a review of the pertinent literature on supervision as well as identify implications of the research and discuss next steps for future research.
 
Ethical Considerations When Supervising Independent Fieldwork
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC)
Abstract: This session will apply the Professional and Ethical Codes to various ethical situations that arise as a supervisor and supervisee move through the independent fieldwork process. Strategies for problem solving ethical dilemmas will be presented and finally procedures for preventing subsequent ethical missteps will be discussed.
 
Effective Supervision for Treatment Fidelity and Job Satisfaction
MELISSA SAUNDERS (Creative Interventions)
Abstract: The importance of having strong supervisory skills as a clinical supervisor can be easily overlooked. Supervisors are essential; not only to ensure that there is fidelity in treatment, but also to support behavior technicians so they have a solid foundation and are able to enjoy their work. Given that a sizable percentage of the behavior analyst's role is to act as a supervisor, it is essential to hone evidence-based supervision strategies that are grounded in best practice. Participants will learn the importance of structuring supervision with measurable and targeted goals as well as developing a meaningful supervision plan to support treatment fidelity. Finally, participants will explain the importance of developing a scope and sequence for supervision prior to starting the supervision process.
 
Utilizing Behavioral Skills Training in a Remote Supervision Model
LISA N. BRITTON (Britton Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract: Given the paucity of qualified supervisors, there is a greater need for remote supervision. The purpose of this presentation is to outline steps for using BST when providing remote supervision. The first step in this process is to develop a scope and sequence aligned to the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) task list. The next step includes teaching concepts to competency and utilizing systems to ensure that trainees are able to demonstrate performance in an applied capacity. The final area of focus includes building competency in all areas that will be expected of the trainees once they become a BCBA.
 
 
Paper Session #312
Evaluating Effectiveness of STEAM Workshops on Preschool Children With and Without Disabilities: Experiences During COVID-19 Pandemic
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:30 PM–5:55 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC
Chair: Nirvana Pistoljevic (EDUS; CABAS and Teachers College, Columbia University)
 

Evaluating Effectiveness of STEAM Workshops on Preschool Children With and Without Disabilities: Experiences During COVID-19 Pandemic

Domain: Applied Research
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (EDUS; CABAS and Teachers College, Columbia University), Eldin Dzanko (EDUS- Education for All)
 
Abstract:

ABA (Applied Behavior Analysis) and STEAM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Art, Math) in education for children with and without Developmental Disorders (DD) are mostly unknown or not affordable for the most Low-and-Mid Income Countries (LMIC) such is Bosnia and Herzegovina (B&H). Usual intervention services in B&H are delivered within public institutions and provided by defectologists dealing with rehabilitating, not educating children with developmental disorders. EDUS - Education for All, and NGO in B&H was the only high intensity behavioral intervention provider in the country, and for the past several years we have developed and tested different intensity programs across country. As the arrival of Pandemic, all programs in the country were stopped and EDUS developed different approach to try to provide lower intensity intervention to smaller groups of preschool age children. A total of 60 children ages 3 to 8 years old, went through the STEAM inclusive workshops during the pandemic. We tested this new curriculum and measured children’s advancement through a pre-post design across 12 dimensions of STEAM. Some of the 12 dimensions of STEAM we conducted the pre, post and maintenance probes are: verbal behavior, participation, collaboration, self-help, social skills, persistence, creativity, problem- solving. We will discuss the new model of STEAM workshops and the effects on the acquisition of new skills as a possible way to alleviate the lack of intense intervention/education during the pandemic.

 
 
 
Paper Session #313
Laboratory Teaching During COVID-19: SRGold as an Alternative to Rat Lab
Sunday, May 30, 2021
5:30 PM–5:55 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Fabio Leyser Goncalves (Universidade Estadual Paulista)
 

Laboratory Teaching During COVID-19: SRGold an Alternative to Rat Lab

Domain: Service Delivery
FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista)
 
Abstract:

Laboratory activities with rat have been an important tool for teaching behavior analysis since the 1940’s. In Brazil, Psychology undergraduate courses have incorporated this practice since 1960’s. In recent years, difficulties have been undermining this practice. In 2020, with the advent of COVID19 pandemics, teaching in the rat lab was not possible, with led me to create a alternative practices to use during remote teaching. The practices were developed using PsychoPy3 software, an open source software developed for psychophysical research. I developed 7 protocols: Shaping, CRF, FR, VR, FI, VI and Extinction. Students downloaded the software and the protocols on their own computer and performed the unidentified protocols at home. The scenario was a wall of rocks and the correct response was defined as a mouse click within a circular invisible area. Responses were followed by a pickaxe sound and reinforced with a picture of a gold nugget (that had to be clicked as a consummatory response) and coins sound. Students, then, could analyze their own data, discussing the effect of contingencies on click response, as well as in their thoughts and feelings. The protocols, named as SRGold, are freely available to anyone for teaching, as well as for research use.

 
 
 
Paper Session #314
Increasing Parent Engagement in ABA Therapy During COVID-19 Telehealth Services
Sunday, May 30, 2021
6:00 PM–6:25 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA
Chair: Euric V Guerrero (The COR Behavioral Group)
 

Increasing Parent Engagement in ABA Therapy During COVID-19 Telehealth Services

Domain: Service Delivery
AMANDA J FIGUEIRAS (The COR Behavioral Group), Euric V Guerrero (The COR Behavioral Group), Cheryl Spinella (The COR Behavioral Group)
 
Abstract:

Increased use of telehealth delivery methods and remote service applications provided additional options and opportunities to cultivate parent engagement with client services. Increased in-home support brought a variety of motivating operations to light, which resulted in increased buy-in from parents. Modifying delivery models early to increase parent engagement led to maintaining services to support families over the course of the quarantine. Naturalistic parent/client observations and interactions, indirect program implementation and data collection via collaborative instruction for parents and caregivers, general parent support and education, and advocacy with school districts all factored into propagating a culture of learning and application with clients families and treatment teams. Families’ need for support and education increased due to reduced services provided by school and suspension of other therapies. Crisis mitigation and daily routine support at home, as well as working with schools to identify feasible resources and collaboration were essential to maintaining service delivery.

 
 
 
Symposium #315
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Evaluations of Telehealth-Delivered, Culturally Adapted, and Caregiver-Implemented Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training Around the World
Sunday, May 30, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
CE Instructor: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau, Ph.D.
Abstract:

With the emergence of the COVID-19 pandemic, most behavior analysts have become more familiar with utilizing telehealth technology to deliver services to their local clients. The research teams presenting in today’s symposium have been leveraging telehealth service delivery models long before the pandemic to evaluate and deliver culturally-adapted services across areas in the world that have lower access to trained behavior analysts. The first presentation will describe a two-part study conducted in Africa via telehealth which includes a needs assessment of caregivers of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD), didactic instruction for caregivers, and individualized parent training in functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT). The second presentation will describe caregiver training of FA and FCT delivered via telehealth to families in South Asia with a focus on procedural integrity and generalization. The third presentation will illustrate an evaluation of culturally-adapted versus standard caregiver training during telehealth delivered FA and FCT for six families in India. All presentations will highlight effectiveness of interventions, social acceptability, in addition to cultural considerations in the delivery of telehealth caregiver-delivered FA and FCT across cultures.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): caregiver training, FCT, functional analysis, telehealth
Target Audience:

Practitioners and researchers interested in implementing and evaluating behavioral assessment and intervention via telehealth specifically to diverse populations across the world.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe methodologies for implementing caregiver-implemented functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) through telehealth and some of the supporting research evidence; (2) Describe the cultural considerations and modifications made by the authors when delivering caregiver-conducted FA and FCT across cultures; (3) Describe changes the participant can make to their own practice to deliver FA and FCT via telehealth effectively across cultures.
 
Diversity submission A Telehealth Model for Delivering Behavior Analytic Services to Families in Africa
LOUKIA TSAMI (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Bertilde U Kamana (The May Institute), Margaret Uwayo (Michigan State University; By Your Side Autism Services), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Just 30 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) reside in Africa even though the continent’s population is four times larger than that of the United States (BACB Certificant Registry, n.d.). In this two-part study, caregivers of children with autism from 24 African countries completed an online needs assessment. Survey results indicated that (a) children with autism do not have access to free public education, (b) misconceptions about autism are common in many communities, and (c) parents have few opportunities to receive training on how to treat problem behavior. Following the survey, BCBAs located in the United States provided educational presentations for caregivers and professionals in various African countries and selected three families of children to receive individualized parent training services. The BCBA coached the caregivers via telehealth to conduct functional analyses and functional communication training with their children, who engaged in high levels of problem behavior at home. The intervention was effective for all children, and the caregivers reported satisfaction with the procedures and training modality. These findings replicate those of prior research indicating that this telehealth model is effective for providing behavior analytic services to families in underserved countries (e.g., Tsami et al., 2019).
 
Diversity submission Training Caregivers in South Asia via Telehealth to Implement Function-Based Treatments for Problem Behavior
NAOMI ALPHONSO (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Marissa Matteucci (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
Abstract: Recent research has indicated that training caregivers to conduct functional analyses (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) via remote coaching is a highly efficient and socially valid procedure (Wacker et al., 2013, Tsami, Lerman, & Toper-Korkmaz, 2019). In the evaluation of the telehealth approach, one area that has not been examined is the amount of prompting caregivers need to implement FCT sessions with high fidelity and the generalization of their skills to areas outside of trained situations. With three participants from South Asia, the current study evaluated caregivers’ procedural integrity in the absence of the primary therapist and in various settings with novel preferred items as a measure of generalization. Caregivers from two countries implemented the FCT protocols with high integrity which was successful in reducing problem behaviors for three of the four children diagnosed with autism. High rates of procedural fidelity were maintained in the absence of the primary therapist and with the caregivers using novel stimuli in different locations. All caregivers rated the procedures as acceptable and were satisfied with the results. These findings indicate that after receiving remote coaching, caregivers can independently generalize the behavioral procedures to various locations with sustained high integrity.
 
Diversity submission One Size Fits One: Cultural Adaptations in the Remote Training of Care Providers
Rima Hamawe (Family Model Behavior Therapy, LLC), Amanda Rose Garcia (Family Model Behavior Therapy, LLC), Maithri Sivaraman (Ghent University), TARA FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Autism intervention is in its infancy with regards to considering cultural factors while describing best practices for recruitment, assessment, and treatment of individuals with autism. The drastic changes that have occurred world-wide in response to COVID-19 have led to an increased demand for evidence-based telehealth programming. Accompanying this is the demand for remote training, particularly in areas such as India where few certified behavior analysts exist. The purpose of this study was to closely examine the role that culture plays in remote parent coaching. We used either standard or culturally-adapted telehealth technologies to train six caregivers in India to implement functional analyses and functional communication training with their children with ASD. We evaluated culturally adapted training vs. standard caregiver training on acquisition of new skills, reductions in problem behavior, and social validity in our participants. We also compared the efficacy of our treatment using number of sessions to meet criterion, and number of session cancellations, and a direct measure of preference. Results showed no difference in the effectiveness and efficacy of both treatments but caregivers demonstrated higher preference for culturally-adapted treatment. These outcomes will be discussed in their relation to cultural competency and the proliferation of telehealth technologies worldwide.
 
 
Panel #316
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Assessing Outcomes Following Rapid Shift to Telehealth
Sunday, May 30, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Karen Nohelty, M.Ed.
Chair: Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
GINA T. CHANG (Autism Learning Partners)
MICHAEL J. JAMES CAMERON (University of Southern California)
HANNA C. RUE (LEARN Behavioral)
Abstract:

The COVID-19 global pandemic of 2020 and the ensuing state of emergency proclamation presented a threat to delivery of essential services for individuals receiving applied behavior analysis (ABA) based therapy for autism, as clinics and in-home care were prohibited in some parts of the country by regional restrictions and declined by families due to health concerns in other areas. Telehealth service models are a viable and established option for medical care, but applications of remote ABA-based services were not well documented in best practice literature. This panel will provide an overview of the ethical considerations (e.g., 2.09 Right to Effective Treatment) which guide the evaluation of client outcomes, and focus on evaluating those outcomes in a novel treatment modality. In a season of rapid innovation, ABA providers were left to design systematic problem-solving approaches to quickly deploying telehealth services that met ethical guidelines. These services were offered as case oversight/supervision, caregiver consultation, and, in some cases, direct 1:1 services. The panelists, representative of multiple ABA provider agencies in the United States, will share how they approached this challenge with a combined total of over 13,000 patients who received telehealth services. Methods of assessing outcomes will be reviewed, and initial family outcomes will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Audience members should be familiar with the range of services that can be provided via telehealth.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify at least 2 methods by which outcomes of telehealth services can be assessed. (2) Identify why collecting data on outcomes of telehealth services is critical to meet 2.09 of the BACB Compliance Code. (3) Identify at least 2 ethical considerations the panelists incorporated when rapidly implementing telehealth services during the pandemic.
Keyword(s): caregivers, ethics, outcomes, telehealth
 
 
Symposium #317
CE Offered: BACB
Process Outcomes from Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior: Outcomes Across Assessment, Treatment, and Delivery Models
Sunday, May 30, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kyle Dawson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Kyle Dawson, M.A.
Abstract: Behavior analysts employ empirically validated assessments to identify the environmental variables maintaining challenging behavior and select efficacious treatments to reduce challenging behavior. During an admission behavior analysts begin with an intake evaluation to determine dosage and type of service necessary for an individual and this is followed by the functional behavior assessment process, often employing indirect, direct, and experimental analysis. This process enables the clinician to generate hypotheses related to behavioral function and to develop operational definitions. The current symposium provides attendees with information for consideration throughout an admission for treatment of challenging behavior. In the first presentation we provide a thematic analysis of parent descriptions of challenging behavior during the intake process. In the second presentation we review a comparison of caregiver-implemented treatment outcomes for caregivers randomly assigned to descriptive assessment only versus descriptive assessment plus FA groups. Last, we examine FA outcomes from a large clinical sample using a retrospective consecutive case series to determine the prevalence of various behavioral functions and FA compositions The studies included in this symposium will collectively aid service providers in decision-making when providing assessment and treatment for challenging behavior.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Caregiver Report, Functional Analysis, Telehealth, Treatment Outcomes
Target Audience: Requires understanding of assessment of functional relations between problem behavior and reinforcement and methodology for arranging contingencies to increase adaptive behavior and reduce destructive behavior
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify FA outcomes and determine prevalence of behavioral function; (2) identify uses of qualitative information of client behavior; (3) examine various outcome measures of service delivery models.
 
Parent Perception of Problem Behavior: A Thematic Analysis of Parent Descriptions of Problem Behavior
NADRATU NUHU (Emory University, Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Children with developmental disorders are at increased risk of presenting with challenging behaviors (Kanne & Mazurek, 2011; Jang, Dixon, Tarbox, & Granpeesheh, 2011; Emerson et al., 2001). To date it researchers have established that interventions employing applied behavior analysis (ABA) techniques are effective at reducing the rates of challenging behaviors in these individuals (National Standards Report, 2009). Caregivers seeking ABA services for children that engage in challenging behaviors typically initiate the process by receiving an intake to assess their child’s presenting challenging behaviors and their associated concerns. Referrals for the assessment and treatment of severe challenging behaviors are typically based on caregiver report. While observations are crucial, qualitative information received from parents are vital in determining the level of services an individual may need (Scheithauer et al., 2018). This project focuses on coding caregiver descriptions of their child's challenging behavior at the initial intake meeting for reoccurring themes that may provide insight to caregiver perceptions of their child’s challenging behaviors. Caregiver reported a number of concerns regarding the impact of their child’s problem behavior on the family (e.g., damage to property, emergence of mental health problems, and limited family involvement in the community).
 

Evaluating Functional Behavioral Assessment Formats Through Treatment Outcomes

ALEC M BERNSTEIN (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Department of Pediatrics, Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Functional behavioral assessments (FBAs) include indirect assessments, descriptive assessments, and functional analyses (FAs). Behavior analysts have demonstrated questionable validity of indirect and descriptive assessments by comparing the identified function from these assessments to the function identified from an FA. Nonetheless, behavior analysts have also reported far more use of indirect and descriptive assessments relative to an FA. Thus, a more socially significant measure of validity across FBAs may be the comparison of treatment outcomes. We randomly assigned participants to one of two groups: descriptive assessment only or descriptive assessment and FA. We then trained and coached caregivers to implement all procedures. Based off the function identified by the terminal assessment, caregivers implemented functional communication training. We describe results in terms of correspondence between assessment and treatment outcomes and implications for deriving treatments from non-FA assessment methods.

 
Ten Years of Outcomes from Clinical Functional Analyses of Challenging Behavior
JESSIE WEBER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Billie Retzlaff (Intermediate School District #917), Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Alyssa Hurd (Utah State University), Heather Anderson (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Since Iwata et al. (1984/1992) described a functional analysis (FA) methodology for determining the environmental variables that maintain a target behavior, a large body of research has shown that treatments developed based on FA outcomes can significantly reduce destructive behavior across a variety of topographies and demographics (i.e., Beavers et al., 2013; Horner et al., 2014; Brosnan & Healy, 2010; Campbell, 2003). The purpose of this study is to provide to the literature by examining FA outcomes from a large clinical sample using a retrospective consecutive case series to determine the prevalence of various behavioral functions. Additionally, we evaluated outcomes across FAs that include a single versus multiple topographies. By using a consecutive case series, we circumvent some of the issue with publication bias because we included all cases which underwent common procedures and protocols specific to one university-affiliated severe behavior clinic as opposed to previous reviews which only included published datasets. The current research found around 70% of FAs identified at least one function of the target behavior. This percentage is less than has been observed in reviews of published FAs (e.g., 94% of FAs differentiated as reported by Beavers et al. [2013]) or than reported by Mueller et al. (2011) in public schools (i.e., 90% differentiation). Another important finding from our review was the high prevalence of control, at least in part, of target behaviors by access to tangibles. Out of 245 FAs included, 40% of the FAs included at least partial control by access to tangible items. This increasing trend could potentially be related to an increase of exposure to technological tangible items (e.g., iPad) which in our clinical experience often appear to be potent reinforcers which are difficult to satiated on (e.g., when you satiate on a specific application, you can switch to another). Our sample included only those individuals referred for intensive services and therefore also limits the generality of our findings with regards to individuals who may be exhibiting less severe, although still challenging, behavior.
 
 
Symposium #320
Application of Behavior Analytic Principles and Techniques for Individuals With Prader-Willi Syndrome
Sunday, May 30, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS) affects up to 1 in 15,000 people worldwide (Cassidy & Driscoll, 2009). Among other characteristics, individuals with PWS often experience hyperphagia (excessive hunger). The presence of hyperphagia often leads to problem behaviors such as aggressive food-seeking, food-stealing, and over-eating. Hyperphagia, and the associated problem behaviors, can at minimum pre-dispose individuals with PWS to develop obesity and associated health risks, but can also be very dangerous, resulting in death due to stomach rupture. (Dykens, 2000). A variety of interventions have been developed to address the behavioral difficulties presented by many individuals with PWS, including behavior analytic interventions. This symposium will consist of three parts. First, a literature review will be presented, to describe the current status of the behavior analytic literature, as it relates to PWS. Second, findings will be presented from an archival study, that examined the effects of a comprehensive treatment package for the management of diet and behavior for adults with PWS at a residential facility (Bedard et al., 2020). Finally, information will be presented on the development of a behavioral parent training program for parents of children with PWS. Recommendations will be made for future direction of behavior analytic intervention for PWS.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Literature Review, Parent Training, Prader-Willi Syndrome, Residential
 

Behavior Analysis and Prader Willi Syndrome: A Literature Review

Kasey Bedard (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), PATTY WEIGAND (Behavior Analysis Services, Inc.)
Abstract:

A systematic literature review was conducted to gain an understanding of the scientific evidence relevant to the behavior analytic intervention focused on assessment and intervention for individuals with Prader-Willi Syndrome. Results of the review suggest that behavioral interventions have been largely successful in reducing weight, food stealing, and behavior problems in adults with PWS. Findings also suggest that exercise, training on healthy food choices, training on self-monitoring of food intake, and reinforcing weight loss have all been shown to be effective interventions for reducing weight (Altman, Bondy & Hirsch, 1978; Maglieri, DeLeon, Rodriguez-Catter & Sevin, 2000; Singh et al., 2008). Also, differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO), a procedure where an individual is reinforced for the absence of problem behavior, has demonstrated positive effects for reducing cover food stealing, weight (Page, Finney, et al., 1983; Page, Stanley, et al.,1983; Rone, 2010), and rectal digging, when combined with limited bathroom time and Functional Communication Training (Stokes & Luiselli, 2009). Bedard et al. (2020), described the effect of multiple contingencies, such as DRO, token economies, training alternative behaviors, self-management, and discrimination training on reducing weight, food stealing, tantrum behaviors, skin picking, rectal digging, and problem behavior, with progress and treatment gains maintained over a six year span. Together these findings support the use of behavior intervention to reduce and eliminate weight gain and problem behaviors associated with PWS. These findings will be discussed, along with directions for future research.

 

Behavioral and Dietary Management for Adults With Prader-Willi Syndrome in a Residential Setting

ANNETTE GRIFFITH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kasey Bedard (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Archival data will be presented to demonstrate the effects of a comprehensive treatment package for the management of diet, weight, and behavior for adults with Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS) at a residential facility. Data were collected from forty-five individuals with PWS who participated in the residential program over a span of six years. Data were analyzed to provide a summary of the characteristics of the individuals, and to evaluate the change in weight and behavior difficulties associated with PWS (e.g., food stealing, aggression, skin picking). Although the study relied on archival data, the results suggest strong evidence to support efficacy of the program in reducing weight, food stealing, and other behavioral topographies. Recommendations for future research are discussed.

 
Development of a Behavioral Parent Training Program for Parents of Children with Prader-Willi Syndrome
KASEY BEDARD (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: This session will present information about the development and planned assessment of a parent training program for prevention and management of problem behaviors commonly associated with Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS) for children between the ages of 2 and 12 years. In addition to the hyperphagia and extensive food stealing, children with PWS often suffer from pervasive problem behavior, including severe tantrums, self-injury including skin picking, task refusal, and OCD-type behaviors such as rigidity and repetitive routines, and perseverative questions and actions (Sinnema et al., 2011). Despite extensive research, there are currently no established interventions for PWS (Arnold, 2017; Marinari et al., Liu, Wong, Lam, & Ng, 2020; Scheimann et al., 2012). As a result, children with PWS and their families are left to deal with dangerous and disruptive problem behavior. Therefore, a comprehensive parent training program has been developed to teach parents to prevent, reduce, and eliminate problem behavior. Information will be provided to describe the development of the program, and the process for assessment of the feasibility, effectiveness, and social validity of this program.
 
 
Symposium #321
CE Offered: BACB
Gilbert Goes to School: Applying a Systems Analysis to Education
Sunday, May 30, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University)
Discussant: Cloyd Hyten (ADI)
CE Instructor: Ronnie Detrich, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For years there have been many efforts to reform the American educational system. These efforts have not been successful. The reform efforts have generally focused on specific educational innovations to the neglect of a systems analysis necessary to achieve the benefits of the innovation. Tom Gilbert’s seminal book, Human Competence: Engineering Worthy Performance (1978) provides a comprehensive systems analysis. In this session, we will present Gilbert’s Behavior Engineering Model and consider how it can be productively applied to the education system to improve student outcomes. Teachers are the focus in this session because they are primarily responsible for influencing student outcomes; however, for them to succeed, the educational system must create the necessary conditions for them to be effective. The Behavioral Engineering Model offers six conditions for competent performance. The first three describe environmental supports necessary. The second three conditions describe what is necessary to assure that the individual performer has the necessary repertoires to effectively educate students. In this session one of the presenters will describe the environmental conditions necessary and the other presenter will describe the personal repertoires and the responsibility of the system to assure they are present

Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium are BCBAs that work in public schools, individuals that are engaged in systems change, and anyone interested in educational reform.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe the six boxes of Gilbert's Behavioral Engineering Model. 2) Participants will be able to provide examples of system supports for each of the six boxes in the Behavioral Engineering Model 3) Participants will be able to describe the logic of the progression across the six boxes of the Behavioral Engineering Model in the process of systems change.
 

Gilbert’s Behavioral Repertoire and Education: Maximizing the Repertoire

RONNIE DETRICH (Utah State University)
Abstract:

This talk focuses on the second component, the individual’s repertoire, of the Behavioral Engineering Model. The individual repertoire is divided into three categories, knowledge, capacity, and motivation. Rather than focus on what the individual brings to the task, the focus is on developing the necessary repertoire so the individual can competently perform the tasks related to worthy accomplishments. In this conceptualization, there is an emphasis on scientifically based training to assure the individual knows what to do (knowledge). Developing job aides, adapting the work so the individual can perform the task, and a well-developed selection process to assure as close of a match as possible between the requirements of the task and the skills of the individual are subsumed under the category capacity. The motives of the individual are considered but only after all other components of the Behavior Engineering Model have been addressed. In this talk, examples of how these categories can be applied to the education system to improve outcomes for students. These recommended practices will be compared to the common current practices in education. By comparing current practices to practices recommended by Gilbert, it should provide a roadmap for increasing competent by those working in education.

 

Gilbert’s Environmental Supports and Education: Creating Optimal Conditions for Student Achievement

SARAH E. PINKELMAN (Utah State University)
Abstract:

In his book, Human Competence: Engineering Worthy Performance, Tom Gilbert (1978) outlines his Behavior Engineering Model, and this model provides a powerful framework for analyzing the educational system in the United States. Gilbert’s model includes aspects of behavior engineering related to a performer’s repertoire and the environment in which the individual is expected to perform. In this session, the environmental supports of Gilbert’s Behavior Engineering Model will be examined as they relate to the educational system in the United States. The environmental supports in Gilbert’s model include information (data), instrumentation (instruments), and motivation (incentives). Each of these supports will be described and mapped on to the U.S. educational system. From this analysis, it becomes clear that necessary environmental supports are absent or inadequate, and it is no surprise that the educational system continues to struggle in producing socially significant student outcomes. Following a discussion of this analysis, future directions for a comprehensive approach to educational reform that is informed by Gilbert’s Behavior Engineering Model will be explored.

 
 
Panel #322
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Hindsight’s 2020: Missteps, Mistakes, and Lessons Learned for the Future of Ethics in Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 30, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Darren Sush, Psy.D.
Chair: Darren Sush (Cigna; Pepperdine University)
SARA GERSHFELD LITVAK (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
SHANE T. SPIKER (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.)
IVY M CHONG (May Institute)
Abstract: While the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is full of monumental accomplishments and noteworthy achievements, today’s behavior analysts must also acknowledge the ethical challenges that contributed to the shaping of our discipline. Just as we review the behaviors of our predecessors, with the benefit of hindsight and context, it is imperative that we continue to monitor our current practice and anticipate how the choices we make as a field will be viewed and interpreted by future behavior analysts 5-, 10- and 20-years from now. Panelists will discuss ethical dilemmas in relation to the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2014), and what the behavior analysts of the future will learn from our successes and mistakes, with particular emphasis on the field’s response and reaction to the events surrounding COVID-19.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: The target audience is those currently practicing or conducting research in applied behavior analysis. Those who are teaching, or participating in graduate programs studying behavior analysis, particularly in the areas of ethics in ABA, will also benefit from this discussion.
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will gain knowledge into understanding ethical challenges when they occur to reduce risk, as well as insight into identifying potential ethically precarious situations before they become problematic. 2. Attendees will become familiar with ethical challenges that contributed to the development and maintenance of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. 3. Attendees will gain insight into current ethical issues that are relevant to today's behavior analytic practices, and how these challenges may shape the future ethical practice of the field of ABA.
Keyword(s): "Ethics Code", "Ethics", BACB Code"
 
 
Symposium #323
Everybody Dreams: An Overview of Behavioral Conceptualizations of Dreams and Dream Analysis
Sunday, May 30, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Patrick Wade Richardson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: David R. Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

The philosophical and empirical evaluation of dreams can be traced all the way back to early Greek philosophers. Popularized in psychology by Sigmund Freud, dreams represent a complex class of covert behaviors not frequently conceptualized by behavior analysts. Nonetheless, B. F. Skinner is documented describing dreams as perceptual behaviors, subject to operant and respondent stimuli, operating in the absence of consequence. In contrast, J.R. Kantor labeled dreams as implicit behavior, coming about via stimulus substitution. Further, Kantor proposes that dreaming behavior seems to function apart from any immediate interacting context, which contributes to its varying and sometimes radical content. In the first paper, the author will present historical conceptualizations of dreams and dreaming behavior, followed by an in-depth discussion on Skinnerian interpretations. In the second paper, Skinner’s writings on dreams will be contrasted with Kantor’s interbehavioral theory, with a particular emphasis on the advantages of adopting an interbehavioral approach. These papers are intended to facilitate open discussion about dreams and show the connection between varying historical conceptualizations.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behaviorism, Dream Analysis, Dreams, Interbehaviorism
 

Dreams: A Historical and Skinnerian Perspective

BRAD PARFAIT (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Thomas B. Sease (Texas Christian University), MaKensey Sanders (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract:

Dreams have a long history of cultural, spiritual, and scientific discussion. With the progression of humankind, so too did the conceptualization of dreams evolve in both science and philosophy. Psychology’s most common interpretation of dreams comes from the psychoanalytic work of Sigmund Freud. According to Freud, dreams are symbolic projections of people’s unfulfilled desires and repressed traumas. To understand dreams, psychoanalysts sought to understand the symbols within the dreams themselves, with the assumption that universal symbols persist in function across individuals and populations. Freud’s interpretation of dreams was challenged with the emergence of Skinner's radical behaviorism in the mid to late 20th century. In Skinner’s perspective, dreams are, like all behavior, the product of operant and respondent learning. Specifically, Skinner proposed that dreams are private events of seeing and hearing that emerge from our learning history under minimal consequential control. In this paper, these divergent perspectives will be discussed as well as implications for research and clinical practice.

 
The Behavioral Field: Dreams and Dream Analysis from an Interbehaviorist
THOMAS B. SEASE (Texas Christian University), Brad Parfait (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), MaKensey Sanders (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: Kantor’s interbehavioral psychology differs from Skinnerian behaviorism, in part, because of how it embraces the bidirectional relationship between the environment and behavior, and adopts that functional relationship, referred to as interbehavior, as the primary unit of analysis. Considering the difficulty that comes with identifying the consequences and antecedents that shape dreaming behavior, an interbehavioral perspective offers a unique contrast to traditional Skinnerian writings on the topic. Dreams, conceptualized as implicit interbehavior, involve the transfer of stimulus function without the restraints of any immediate interacting context. This paper will explore the advantages of conceptualizing dreaming from an interbehavioral perspective, emphasizing the substitutional nature of the content of dreams and the complex learning history of the dreamer. Further, the author will discuss potential implications for both research and practice.
 
 
Symposium #324
CE Offered: BACB
Quality Indicators in Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs
Sunday, May 30, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Erick M. Dubuque (University of Louisville)
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Erick M. Dubuque, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The number of colleges and universities offering applied behavior analytic training has grown rapidly over the last decade. However, despite this growth, it remains unclear how the profession should be evaluating the quality of training being offered to the next generation of scientist practitioners. Applied behavior analysis training programs have largely avoided pursuing traditional forms of quality control in the form of accreditation from the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Instead, these programs have pursued the Verified Course Sequence (VCS) designation in an effort to attract students interested in meeting the coursework eligibility requirements to sit for a Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) examination. In this symposium, the presenters will suggest faculty scholarly contributions and BACB first-time pass rate data as potential quality indicators for training programs. Data collected on both indicators will be presented and the implications of these findings will be discussed. Suggestions for how potential applications to these training programs and the field should respond to these data will be shared.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): accreditation, quality indicators, training programs, VCS
Target Audience:

The target audiences for this presentation include (a) applicants to applied behavior analysis training programs; (b) faculty; (c) Verified Courses Sequence Coordinators; (d) the ABAI Accreditation Board; and (e) and anyone interested in quality controls in the field's training programs. Attendees should have a basic understanding of Verified Course Sequences (VCS).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between VCS approval and ABAI accreditation for graduate programs in behavior analysis; (2) articulate at least two benefits and two limitations to the use of faculty research productivity as an indicator of behavior analysis graduate program quality; (3) identify at least three features that prospective students should consider when evaluating graduate programs in behavior analysis; (4) articulate why Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) first-time pass rates are relevant quality indicators for behavior analysis training programs hosting a Verified Course Sequences (VCS); (5) identify significant trends in first-time pass rates across VCS on the BACB Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) certification exams; and (6) describe actions behavior analysts could take to support quality training in applied behavior analysis training programs.
 

Casting a Wider Net: AnAnalysis of Scholarly Contributions of Behavior Analysis Graduate Program Faculty

CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (University of Florida and Disney's Animal Kingdom), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Abstract: As interest in careers in behavior analysis has grown, there has been a concomitant increase in the number of training programs providing coursework in behavior analysis. There is a growing need for indices of quality of these programs, with some authors recently suggesting that faculty research productivity might serve as one indicator of program quality. We continue this conversation, taking a broad view of faculty scholarly contributions by conducting a search of all articles authored by instructors in graduate-level Behavior Analyst Certification Board verified course sequences (VCSs) and published from 2000 to 2015 in peer-reviewed journals indexed by the PsycINFO database. The resulting list includes 8,906 publication records in 715 journals, authored by 1,232 instructors from 224 programs. Our analysis suggests that graduate-level VCS instructors have published in a broad array of journals and topic areas. We discuss implications of these data for prospective students’ evaluations of program quality and fit.

 
An Investigation of BACB Exam Pass Rates as a Quality Indicator of Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (University of Louisville), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: We used first-time pass rates on the Board Certified Behavior Analyst® (BCBA®) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst® (BCaBA®) examinations across Verified Course Sequences (VCSs) as quality indicators to investigate differences between training programs. We analyzed publicly available data between 2013 to 2019 and found that more than a third of VCS trainees initially failed to pass the exam and less than 5% of all VCSs were responsible for the coursework completed by over 50% of the first-time candidates. Additionally, the overall first-time pass rates for trainees completing a BCBA VCS categorized as “Campus” or “Hybrid” was over ten percentage points higher than overall first-time pass rates for candidates completing coursework at VCS categorized as “Distance” or “Both.” Finally, the overall first-time pass rates for VCSs housed within an Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) accreditation degree programs were about ten percentage points higher than those not housed within an ABAI accredited program. We discuss the use of first-time pass rate data as a quality indicator and provide recommendations for addressing the issues raised by these findings.
 
 
Panel #324A
CE Offered: BACB
Memorial for the Life and Work of David Dwight Harshbarger (1938-2020)
Sunday, May 30, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Ludwig, Ph.D.
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida)
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University)
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC)
Abstract:

Dwight wrote of “sliding doors” in his autobiography in CCBS’ Behavioral Science: Tales of Inspiration and Service as discrete moments when opportunities arise that send one’s life in a different trajectory. Whether we knew him or not, we are all the beneficiaries of Dwight’s work and relationships as sliding doors in our careers and outreach. For many of us this includes the development of what came to be Behavioral Safety Now, for others it was an invitation to impact humanity through his work as Executive Director for the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and still others it was the founding (along with Bill Hopkins) the Commission on Behavioral Safety Accreditation. His scholarship includes seminal works in Behavioral Systems, his professional career included executive positions with Sealy and Reebok, and his many historical fiction novels remind us of the externalities of our corporate actions. His mission to apply the science of behavior analysis to reduce human suffering in all its forms will remain a central tenet of our field. Join our esteemed panel as we celebrate Dwight’s life and legacy.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
 
Business Meeting #326
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior Business Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Presenting Authors:

Meeting for editorial board members, authors and other interested ABAI members

 
 
Business Meeting #327
Neuroscience SIG
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Presenting Authors:

To discuss future directions for the SIG, how to increase relevance to ABAI members and how to grow the membership.

 
 
Business Meeting #328
Self & Match Business Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Katharine M. Croce (Felician University)
Presenting Authors:
This business meeting will bring together professionals that have attended the “Exploring the Systematic Use of Self-Monitoring as a Behavioral Intervention: The Self & Match System” workshop and are currently implementing Self & Match System(s). The goal of this session is to help behavior analysts identify ways to optimize current Self & Match interventions. This session will include a round table discussion and review of current Self & Match systems. A systematic Self & Match: Considerations During Implementation Guide will be shared with all participants in order to help implementers as they critically evaluate their systems. We would also love to hear from you if you have conducted (or are considering conducting) research regarding the Self & Match System. Please email if you are considering attending: selfandmatch@gmail.com.
Keyword(s): behavioral interventions, School-based, self-monitoring, SelfandMatch
 
 
Business Meeting #329
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of this business meeting is to update members on ways the VB SIG has been promoting theory, research, and practice in Verbal Behavior. There will be presentations from the Chair, TAVB Editor, Student Liaison, and other officers. We will present awards to the winners of the VB SIG Student Research Competition, the VB SIG Student Grant Competition, and the Jack Michael Award. Attendees may become members prior to attending the meeting or at the front door. We will provide all attendees with a new issue of the VB SIG newsletter, VB News.
Keyword(s): business meeting, special interest, verbal behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #330
Autism Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Presenting Authors:
The meeting will review past and current activities/initiatives of the SIG. We will discuss future directions of the SIG, new bylaws, and awards. The meeting will also include a discussion of topics related to autism intervention.
Keyword(s): autism
 
 
Business Meeting #331
Diversity submission Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) Business Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University)
Presenting Authors:

BFSR is the oldest SIG in ABAI. BFSR members engage in theoretical, conceptual, and empirical analyses of significant social issues related sustainability, economic and social justice, violence, health and wellness, political systems, culture, among others. In the business meeting, the BFSR planners will report on our active projects, including (a) the Matrix Project which is oriented toward increasing preparation and opportunities for behavior analysts to engage in work related to major social issues, (b) international outreach, (c) social media presence, (d) education initiatives, and (e) sustainability initiatives. Discussion of opportunities for participation will follow these brief reports.

Keyword(s): Culture, Justice, Social Issues, Sustainability
 
 
Business Meeting #332
Update: Strategic Plan Group
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (University of the Pacific)
Presenting Authors:
Despite years of dissemination effort on our part, a National Medal of Science for Skinner, and impressive generality, replication, and application, operant and Pavlovian principles still frequently get ignored in mainstream psychology, minimized or misrepresented in texts, and only spottily incorporated into relevant related disciplines. In 2018, a group of behavior analysts created a list of action items toward a strategic plan for the integration/reintegration of these principles into mainstream psychology and underrepresented interdisciplinary areas - taking advantage of high-profile supporters in those areas, among other methods. Indeed, we helped bring Alan Kazdin to ABAI last year. This meeting will provide an update on progress, and further discussion on how to promote interdisciplinary collaboration and dissemination. Andy Lattal and Ray Pitts will co-chair.
Keyword(s): dissemination, interdisciplinary collaboration
 
 
Business Meeting #334
Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis Annual Business Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Kyle Machos (Windward Synergy Center)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this meeting will be to address current issues relevant to HABA's mission in Hawai'i.

Keyword(s): Aloha, HABA, Hawai'i
 
 
Business Meeting #335
Behavior Analysis for Military and Veterans Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Abigail Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Presenting Authors:
Behavior Analysis in Military and Veteran Affairs is a special interest group designed to promulgate the concepts and practices of behavior analysis and behavior change methodologies. This group works with people from any country with needs in supporting military personnel and families. The group consists of military personnel, former military personnel, people related to present and former military members, the Veterans Affairs office or hospitals, children in military families with special needs, and others interested in viewing the military through the lens of behavior analysis. The three categories critical to this special interest group are post-traumatic stress disorder, suicide, and traumatic brain injury. Governments are concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, post-traumatic stress, suicidal issues, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active duty service. The group approaches these issues from the perspective of public events, inner events, and verbal behaviors while looking at each of these areas where behavior analysis has effective treatments. This group facilitates research, and promotes awareness of issues including the practice of applied behavior analysis with this population.
 
 
Business Meeting #336
Behavior Analysis in Practice Editorial Board Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
This is an open meeting for the editorial board members, authors, and prospective authors for Behavior Analysis in Practice. A report for the journal will be delivered, and time for open discussion with the editor and associate editors will be provided so all interested parties can bring forth issues, ideas, or commentary about the direction of the journal. All are welcome.
Keyword(s): editorial board, journal, publication
 
 
Business Meeting #337
Texas Association for Behavior Analysis Public Policy Group Networking Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Jeffrey E. Dillen (Texana Center)
Presenting Authors:
The TxABA Public Policy Group (TxABA PPG) networking meeting aims to provide an opportunity for professionals in Texas who deliver ABA services to network and learn about the legislative work of TxABA PPG. Attendees will be given an opportunity to learn about current legislative priorities being addressed by TxABA PPG such as efforts related to Medicaid benefits, private insurance, and public education. Attendees will also learn about ways to get involved in these efforts including membership and sponsorship. BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs, students, managers, provider representatives, and all others are welcome to join in on this networking and collaboration opportunity.
Keyword(s): advocacy, legislation, public policy
 
 
Business Meeting #338
The Psychological Record Business Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Presenting Authors:
Meeting to review statistics related to the journal and discuss future directions and projects, etc. The meeting is open to anyone interested in attending, including Associate Editors, Editorial Board Members, authors, and students.
Keyword(s): Journal, Publication
 
 
Business Meeting #339
Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2021
7:00 PM–7:50 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University)
Presenting Authors:
The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group (SIG) focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the SIG to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine SIG offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine SIG. We hope that the SIG will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field. The annual business meeting is open to all conference attendees interested in behavioral health and medicine. The meeting will be conducted to discuss various administrative matters relevant to the Behavioral Medicine SIG. In addition, during the business meeting, the Behavioral Medicine Student Research Award winner will be announced and receive their award.
Keyword(s): Behavioral Medicine, Behavioral Psychology, Health Psychology
 
 
Reunion #341
Florida State University: Celebrating 50 Years of Behavior Analysis at FSU
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)

Reunion for FSU graduates, students, and friends of FSU Behavior Analysis.

 
 
Reunion #342
Speech Pathology Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Reunion, Social and Networking Reception
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.)

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group welcomes its members, and any other ABAI attendees, for an occasion of informal social interaction and dialogue. This is an opportunity for speech-language pathologists, behavior analysts, and students in the fields of speech/language pathology and/or ABA to meet and talk about areas of common professional interests in clinical practice and research as well as to further interprofessional collaboration. This social reception will provide our members and other interested professionals with ample opportunity to connect and converse. Bring your friends!

 
 
Reunion #343
Welcome to Florida Tech's Reunion at the 47th Annual ABAI Convention--2021 Virtual!
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)

Florida Tech's Reunion for the 47th Annual ABAI Convention-2021 Virtual.

 
 
Reunion #344
The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, B. F. Skinner Foundation
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Ashley Whittington-Barnish (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
This event provides an opportunity for all ABAI attendees involved with or interested in the B. F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (TCS) ABA departments in Chicago, Southern California, Washington, DC, Dallas, and Online to get together, get updates on activities, and make plans for the future. This event is a great time to meet a diverse group of behavior analysts - from students to seasoned faculty to well-known researchers in the field. All ABAI attendees are invited to network, discuss common interests, and have an all-around good time!
Keyword(s): BFSkinner Foundation, Cambridge Center, TCS
 
 
Reunion #345
Columbia University Teachers College and CABAS®
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
This event is a social gathering for current students and graduates of the programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis of Teachers College and Columbia University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, as well as CABAS® professionals and friends from around the world.
Keyword(s): CABAS, Columbia University, Teachers College
 
 
Reunion #346
Southern Illinois University Carbondale Reunion
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Ryan N. Redner (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the Southern Illinois University Carbondale (SIUC) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than five decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at SIUC.
 
 
Reunion #347
University of North Carolina Wilmington Reunion
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
tudents, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Behavior Analysis program at the University of North Carolina Wilmington are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate our MA and Ph.D. programs
Keyword(s): Soaring Seahawks, UNCW
 
 
Reunion #348
The Ohio State University Reunion
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Attention Buckeyes—students, alumni, friends, and faculty! Please join us for The Ohio State University reunion at ABAI.
Keyword(s): Reunion
 
 
Reunion #349
Arizona State University Online ABA Program Reunion
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Samuel DiGangi (Arizona State University)
Attention SUN DEVILS - Students, Alumni, Faculty, & Friends are invited to join us for an ASU ABA Reunion. Pop by to connect and reconnect with classmates, other alumni, your instructors, and colleagues. Forks Up!
 
 
Reunion #351
Annual Celebration for Beacon ABA Services, Beacon CT, Evergreen Center, and Friends of MassABA
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services, Inc.)
All colleagues, acquaintances, friends, and staff are invited to an evening of engaging social interactions, spirits/food, and team trivia.
Keyword(s): Autism, Effective Treatment, Service Delivery
 
 
Reunion #352
Thirtieth Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)

This year marks the 30th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We are looking forward to celebrating the following accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2020: • Our Program has Conferred over 60 Ph.D. degrees. • Our On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees. • Our Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations. • Our undergraduate specialization in Behavior Analysis received the ABAI accreditation in 2016. • Awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010.

 
 
Reunion #353
University of Cincinnati Behavior Analysis Program Reunion
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati)
This reunion will be a casual time for students and alumni from the University of Cincinnati Behavior Analysis Program to connect and network. The faculty look forward to hearing where you are now, discussing ways the program can support you further, and celebrating your successes.
 
 
Reunion #354
University Of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion
Sunday, May 30, 2021
8:00 PM–10:00 PM EDT
Online
Chair: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas (UNT) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than three decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at UNT.
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
{"isActive":false}